Administrative Action Index Sept. 2000 - current by langkunxg

VIEWS: 0 PAGES: 479

									                                                                                                                                                                                                          Date approved by
                                            Course                                                                                                                           Date passed                                   Date copy
                    Department or                                                                                                                                                        Date approved      the Executive                Date posted
AA-Year     AA-#                       prefix/number or                                         Administrative Action Description                                               by the                                     sent to the
                     Committee                                                                                                                                                           by the Provost          Vice                     to Catalog
                                             action                                                                                                                            Senate                                       Registrar
                                                                                                                                                                                                           President/COO


                                        Faculty Manual
                    Faculty Manual                         MOTION: A motion was made by Michael Ruse that the Senate terms begin with the first meeting of the new
2000-2001   AA-01                      change regarding                                                                                                                       9/6/2000      12/4/2000        12/6/2000      12/6/2000
                      Committee                            academic year. The motion passed and the Faculty Manual will reflect this clarification.
                                         Senate terms

                                                           MOTION: A motion was made by Horace Wood to accept the recommendation of Dave Evans that requests
                                        Faculty Manual
                    Faculty Manual                         amending Section IV, D, 5 (Attendance) of the Faculty Manual to read: “When necessary, Senators who
2000-2001   AA-02                      change regarding                                                                                                                       10/4/2000    11/14/2000        11/14/2000     11/15/2000
                      Committee                            can not attend are responsible for arranging for a substitute from the College which they represent, who will
                                          attendance
                                                           have the rights and privileges of the Senator they are representing.” The motion passed.

                     Buildings and                         MOTION: A motion was made by Claudia McCollough for the Senate to support the request of the
2000-2001   AA-03       Ground          EMS parking lot    Buildings and Grounds Committee to eliminate the parking space in the EMS parking lot on the end in front          11/1/2000     12/4/2000        12/6/2000      12/6/2000
                      Committee                            of the handicapped spaces. The motion passed.

                                                           MOTION: Whitley said a motion had been presented by Michael Ruse at the September 6, 2000 Senate
                                                           meeting regarding Senate terms. The original motion is as follows: the senate terms begin with the first
                                                           meeting of the new academic year. (AA-01 2000-2001)
                                                           For clarification purposes Michael Ruse presented a substitute motion which reads as follows: regularly
                                                           elected senate terms start at the beginning of the first senate meeting of the new academic year, and end at
                                        Faculty Manual     the same time three years later.
                    Faculty Manual
2000-2001   AA-04                      change regarding    For special elections replacing senators who are leaving the senate before the end of their terms, the new         11/1/2000     12/4/2000        12/6/2000      12/6/2000
                      Committee
                                         Senate terms      senator's term will begin the first meeting after the election is held AND the former senator leaves the
                                                           senate. Such terms will end when the former senator's term ends.
                                                           For special elections of additional senators, the new senate term will begin the meeting after the election is
                                                           held AND the reapportionment becomes official. Such terms will last the remainder of the academic year in
                                                           which they were elected plus two years. These terms will end at the first meeting of the senate in the
                                                           subsequent academic year. After discussion and some changes, the motion passed.


                                                           MOTION: A motion was made by Steve West to accept the recommendation from the College of Humanities
2000-2001   AA-05   Academic Affairs      MUS 130C         and Fine Arts as follows: 1. Request for Change in a Course: MUS 130C, All 'Dat' Jazz. Change title to             11/1/2000     12/4/2000        12/6/2000      12/6/2000
                                                           POP 101. Rationale for change: "Pop 101" is more inclusive. The motion passed.


                                                         MOTION: A motion was made by Jack Riley to accept the recommendation from the College of Education
                                                         as follows:
                                                         1. Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program: The College of Education seeks to establish the new
                                                         major BA in Middle Grades Education (proposal attached). Statement of the purposes and objectives of the
                                     BA in Middle Grades program: The broad purpose of the middle grades teacher education program at Coastal Carolina University
2000-2001   AA-06   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                          11/1/2000     12/4/2000        12/6/2000      12/6/2000
                                          Education      is to prepare prospective teachers to teach in the unique and high dynamic middle school environment. As a
                                                         program of study leading to initial teacher certification, the overarching program objectives are the same as
                                                         for those individuals who seek certification in the other programs offered by the College. The College of
                                                         Education at Coastal utilizes the Teacher as Reflective Practitioner conceptual model with five specific areas
                                                         of study and/or skills development being emphasized.

                                                           2. Request for Addition of New Course: EDUC 441B, Middle School Curriculum and Organization. Catalog
2000-2001   AA-06   Academic Affairs      EDUC 441B        Description: Study of the middle level program, including the grouping, grading, and placement of students;        11/1/2000     12/4/2000        12/6/2000      12/6/2000
                                                           school organization and teaching techniques are included.
                                                           3. Request for Addition of New Course: EDUC 445, Instructional Theory and Practice - Middle Level.
                                                           Catalog Description: Application of general teaching models as they apply to subject matter in the middle
2000-2001   AA-06   Academic Affairs      EDUC 445         school. The student will be expected to demonstrate a variety of instructional competencies during                 11/1/2000     12/4/2000        12/6/2000      12/6/2000
                                                           supervised teaching situations in simulated settings and in school classrooms. Clinical experiences in public
                                                           schools are included.

                                                           4. Request for Addition of New Course: EDUC 489, Materials & Methods of Teaching English/Language
                                                           Arts in the Middle School. Catalog Description: The development of the knowledge, skills, and attitudes
2000-2001   AA-06   Academic Affairs      EDUC 489         necessary for instruction in English/language in the middle grades arts and for the integration of the areas of    11/1/2000     12/4/2000        12/6/2000      12/6/2000
                                                           the curricular concentration. Standards-based instructional strategies, appropriate assessment techniques,
                                                           and implementation of planned instructional units will be addressed.
                                                               5. Request for Addition of New Course: EDUC 490, Materials & Methods of Teaching Social Studies in the
                                                               Middle School. Catalog Description: A study of the methods, techniques, and materials appropriate to the
                                                               investigation of the teaching of social studies at the middle school level. Strategies for effective teaching in
                                                               the social studies will be analyzed and evaluated using current research. Emphasis will be placed on but not
2000-2001   AA-06   Academic Affairs       EDUC 490                                                                                                                               11/1/2000   12/4/2000   12/6/2000   12/6/2000
                                                               limited to such topics as the cultural approach to the study of history, reciprocal reinforcement among the
                                                               disciplines, values classification, controversial issues, citizenship education, methods of social studies
                                                               instruction, and the roles of the social studies as a mirror of society or as a change agent for society. the
                                                               student will be expected to plan and implement specific lessons utilizing various resources and techniques.


                                                               6. Request for Addition of New Course: EDUC 491, Materials & Methods of Teaching Science in the Middle
                                                               School. Catalog description: A study of the methods, techniques, and materials of instruction appropriate to
2000-2001   AA-06   Academic Affairs       EDUC 491                                                                                                                               11/1/2000   12/4/2000   12/6/2000   12/6/2000
                                                               science teaching at the middle level. The student will be expected to plan and implement specific lessons
                                                               utilizing various resources and techniques.
                                                               7. Request for Addition of New Course: EDUC 492, Materials & Methods of Teaching Mathematics in the
                                                               Middle School. Catalog description: A study of methods, techniques, and materials of instruction
2000-2001   AA-06   Academic Affairs       EDUC 492                                                                                                                               11/1/2000   12/4/2000   12/6/2000   12/6/2000
                                                               appropriate to mathematics education. The student will be expected to plan and implement specific lessons
                                                               utilizing various resources and techniques.

                                                               8. Request for Addition of New Course: EDUC 517, Teaching Reading in the Middle School. Catalog
                                                               description: This course examines the particular skills necessary for successful reading at the middle school
                                                               level, and the appropriate teaching methods for these skills. The skills include comprehension, fluency, word
2000-2001   AA-06   Academic Affairs       EDUC 517                                                                                                                               11/1/2000   12/4/2000   12/6/2000   12/6/2000
                                                               attack, higher level thinking skills, content area reading skills, and study skills. Constructivist teaching
                                                               methods are emphasized, in conjunction with concerns for developmental and motivational issues for middle
                                                               level students. Includes a practicum experience.


                                        Horry-Georgetown
                                                          MOTION: A motion was made by Claudia McCollough requesting further involvement by Coastal's
2000-2001   AA-07                       Technical College                                                                                                                         11/1/2000   12/4/2000   12/6/2000   12/6/2000
                                                          administration with regards to Horry-Georgetown Technical College Day Care Center. The motion passed.
                                        Day Care Center

                                                               MOTION: A motion was made by Claudia McCollough to accept the recommendation from the College of
                                          BA in Special
2000-2001   AA-08   Academic Affairs                           Education to establish a Bachelor of Arts Degree in Special Education. The motion passed.                          12/6/2000   1/15/2001   1/17/2001   1/17/2001
                                           Education

                                                               A motion was made by Steve West to accept the recommendations from the Thomas W. and Robin W.
                                                               Edwards College of Humanities and Fine Arts as follows:                                               1.
2000-2001   AA-09   Academic Affairs    BA in Philosophy       Proposal to the SC Commission on Higher Education to establish a Bachelor of Arts Degree in Philosophy.            12/6/2000   1/15/2001   1/17/2001   1/17/2001



                                                               2. Request for Addition of New Course: PHIL 302, 18th and 19th Century Philosophy. Rationale for new
2000-2001   AA-09   Academic Affairs        PHIL 302                                                                                                                              12/6/2000   1/15/2001   1/17/2001   1/17/2001
                                                               course: This course is needed for the curriculum of the new philosophy major.

                                                               3. Request for Addition of New Course: PHIL 419, Epistemology. Rationale for new course: This course is
2000-2001   AA-09   Academic Affairs        PHIL 419                                                                                                                              12/6/2000   1/15/2001   1/17/2001   1/17/2001
                                                               needed for the curriculum of the new philosophy major.
                                                               4. Request for Addition of New Course: PHIL 420, Metaphysics. Rationale for new course: This course is
2000-2001   AA-09   Academic Affairs        PHIL 420                                                                                                                              12/6/2000   1/15/2001   1/17/2001   1/17/2001
                                                               needed for the curriculum of the new philosophy major.
                                                               5. Request for Addition of New Course: PHIL 490, Capstone Seminar. Rationale for new course: This
2000-2001   AA-09   Academic Affairs        PHIL 490                                                                                                                              12/6/2000   1/15/2001   1/17/2001   1/17/2001
                                                               course is needed for the curriculum of the new philosophy major.

                                                               6. Request for Change in a Course: PHIL 412, Philosophy of Science. Rationale for change: Aligns the
2000-2001   AA-09   Academic Affairs        PHIL 412                                                                                                                              12/6/2000   1/15/2001   1/17/2001   1/17/2001
                                                               course with other upper level Philosophy courses used as cognate electives. The motion passed.

                                       Master of Education
                                                           MOTION: A motion was made by Jill Sessoms to accept the recommendations from the College of
                                           Degree in
2000-2001   AA-10   Academic Affairs                       Education as follows: a proposal to the SC Commission on Higher Education to establish a Master of                     12/6/2000   1/15/2001   1/17/2001   1/17/2001
                                          Educational
                                                           Education Degree in Educational Technology. The motion passed.
                                          Technology
                       Calendar                                MOTION: A motion was made by Claudia McCollough to accept the recommendations from the Calendar
2000-2001   AA-11                      2006-2007 Calendar                                                                                                                         12/6/2000   1/15/2001   1/17/2001   1/17/2001
                      Committee                                Committee for the 2006-2007 Calendar. The motion passed.
                                                               MOTION: A motion was made by Susan Libes that the Senate establish an ad hoc committee composed of
                       ad hoc                                  interested students and faculty to draft a set of recommendations based on the spirit of the Talloires
2000-2001   AA-12                      Talloires Declaration                                                                                                                      12/6/2000   1/15/2001   1/17/2001   1/17/2001
                      Committee                                Declaration for approval by the Faculty Senate, the Student Government Association, and if approved,
                                                               forwarded to the Provost. The motion passed
                                        Master of Arts in      MOTION: Dennis Wiseman and Eldred “Wink” Prince presented the Master of Arts in Teaching (MAT)
2000-2001   AA-13                       Teaching Degree        Degree Proposal for endorsement by the Senate. A motion was made by Jose Sanjines to endorse the                   2/7/2001    2/22/2001   2/22/2001   3/19/2001
                                            (MAT)              Master of Arts in Teaching Degree proposal. The motion passed.
                                                          MOTION: Dave Evans, Academic Affairs Committee Chair, reported as information, that the three forms
                                                          used by Academic Affairs: 1)Request for Addition of New Course; 2)Request for Addition or Change in
                                                          (Degree Program; Emphasis, Concentration or Minor); and 3)Request for Change in a Course will be
                                       Academic Affairs   changed to require a syllabus be attached and all syllabi should include learning objectives. Also added is
                                           Forms          the statement “All sections below must be completed”.
                                         ENGL 103         Evans noted that the following corrections should be made. Under English, Item 1, the course should be
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                          2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                         WOST 103         changed from ENGL 103 to WOST 103, Introduction to Women’s Studies, and Item 4, the course should be
                                         ENGL 498         changed from ENGL 498 to WOST 498, Women Knowing: Knowing Women. Evans said under Academic
                                         WOST 498         Affairs, Section C, Wall College of Business, Items 6-16 are for Senate information only since it is minor
                                                          changes (course numbers, prerequisite, title or description changes).
                                                          A motion was made by Jill Sessoms to consider the items from Academic Affairs by discipline. The motion
                                                          did not pass.



                                                          A motion was made by Gene Collins to accept the following items from Academic Affairs as a total package.
                                                          The motion passed.                                                                  1. Request to Change
                                                          Degree Program: Deletion of course: THEA 140 as an art foundation requirement and add additional upper
                                                          level Art History course. Suggested Change: Suggested change, remove THEA 140 as a foundation Art
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs      THEA 140        Studio course then add an additional upper level Art History course. Rationale for change: Speech is not a          2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                                          foundation requirement for studying art. The depth and breadth of the Art History curriculum is yet to be
                                                          realized, additionally, none of the current Art History courses emphasize a non-western perspective. This
                                                          change will add depth and breadth while also aiding the department in meeting educational objectives 2 and
                                                          3 as are listed in the 2000-2001 University Catalog, page 146


                                                          2. Request to Change Degree Program: Suggested change: ARTH 105 or 106 be listed as the
                                                          department’s Humanities/Fine Arts component of the core curriculum. (ARTH 101 is to be removed).
                                          ARTH 105        Rationale for change: By taking one of these courses, students will receive a more thorough introduction to
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs      ARTH 106        diverse world cultures and develop a wider global view from these more focused art history courses. An              2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                          ARTH 101        additional result of this change will be an increase in the number of students taking these two courses. In
                                                          addition, this change will allow the new art historian to concentrate on offering additional upper-level art
                                                          history classes.


                                                          3. Request for Change in Degree Program: Remove ARTS 110, Freshman Seminar in Art, as a requirement
                                                          for art majors. Move the one-credit requirement for this course to ARTS 297, Sophomore Review, which
                                          ARTS 110
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs                      currently carries 0 credits. Rationale for change: Students are being better served by the Freshman                 2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                          ARTS 297
                                                          Seminar Program offered by the Academic Advising & Retention Office. The awarding of one credit for
                                                          ARTS 297 would strengthen this important diagnostic tool of the Department.


                                                          4. Request for Addition to Degree Program: Suggested change: Add ARTS 111 must be taken before
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs      ARTS 111        ARTS 112. Rationale for change: Both are skills-based courses, therefore, some skills are needed from               2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                                          ARTS 111 before a student can be expected to be successful in ARTS 112.


                                                          5. Request for Addition of New Course: ARTH 355, American Film. Rationale for new course: American
                                                          Film is an introduction to the important and influential art of the motion picture. The course is constructed
                                                          around critical analysis based on discussion of “visual style” and “narrative structure.” By focusing on the
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs      ARTH 355        popular genres of American films-suspense film, film noir, the “woman’s picture”, melodrama, populist               2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                                          comedy, the western, comedies, or musicals, from selected significant periods, the course evaluates how
                                                          imagery is complicit in affecting societal attitudes. In addition, the course provides an opportunity for gaining
                                                          insight into how images function within a social, political, historical context.

                                                          6. Request for Addition of New Course: ARTH 360, Gender and Ethnicity in Art. Rationale for new course:
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs      ARTH 360        Provide a visual art perspective to an interdisciplinary course of study on gender and ethnicity pertinent to a     2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                                          “Women’s Studies Minor”.

                                                          7. Request for Change in Minor: Change the Art History requirement for the Art Minor. Rationale for
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs      Art Minor       change: ARTH 101 will be removed as the Departments Core offering and replaced with ARTH 105 or 106.                2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                                          If ARTH 105 or 106 is used to satisfy the core, students could select ARTH 207, 355, or 360.
                                                           8. Request for Addition of New Course: WOST 103, Introduction to Women's Studies. Rationale for new
                                                           course: WOST 103 will be conducted as a combination of lecture and class discussion. Students will be
                                                           expected to keep up with the reading, lead the group in discussion of the reading, and present the results of
                                                           a group research project. Students will also be expected to learn the vocabulary pertaining to the discipline
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs     WOST 103          of women’s studies, and to utilize it, as well as research methods that pertain specifically to the investigation   2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                                           of women’s issues, in their presentations at the end of the semester. Students will also be responsible for:
                                                           1) a short (2-3 page) response paper focusing on the reading for which they will lead the group discussion, 2)
                                                           a mid-term and 3) a final exam. There will be a total of six grades for the course, with the presentation and
                                                           the final counting twice.


                                                           9. Request for Change in a Course: ENGL 329, Autobiography. Rationale for change: The title needs to
                                                           be more inclusive and specific. Change title from “Autobiography” to “Autobiography, Journal, and Memoir.”
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs      ENGL 329                                                                                                                             2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                                           Change course from non-writing intensive to writing intensive. Change course description in catalog to read
                                                           “… autobiographies, journals, and memoirs” wherever it now reads merely “autobiographies.”

                                                           10. Request for Addition of New Course: ENGL/THEA 381, Modern British and American Drama.
                                          ENGL 381         Rationale for new course: Course will complement departmental offerings in fiction and poetry, and allow
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                           2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                          THEA 381         students to fill current departmental drama gap between Shakespeare (ENGL 405-406) and World Dramatic
                                                           Literature (ENGL 425). Theater department would also benefit from an additional drama offering.


                                                           11. Request for Addition of New Course: WOST 498, Women Knowing; Knowing Women. Rationale for
                                                           new course: WOST 498 will be conducted as a seminar. The students will be given the majority of the
                                                           responsibility for class discussion, after the professor has introduced the discipline’s terminology and theory.
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs     WOST 498          The students will be responsible for three (3) 3 or 4 page essays applying theory to practice, and for one final    2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                                           group project on an aspect of women’s studies generated by assigned readings, but not covered by class
                                                           discussion. There will be five (5) equally weighted grades in the course. The project will count for two
                                                           grades.

                                                           12. Request for Addition of New Course: MUS 124A, Symphonic Band. Rationale for new course: To
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs     MUS 124A          provide the opportunity for students to: 1) experience varied band literature, 2) express themselves                2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                                           creatively, 3) represent CCU through performance.

                                                           13. Request for Addition of New Course: MUS 124S, Steel Drum Ensemble. Rationale for new course: To
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs     MUS 134S          provide students the opportunity to learn multi-cultural instrument and experience diverse music and                2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                                           performance styles. Provides experience directly related to teaching/performing.


                                                           14. Request for Addition of Minor: Women's Studies. Rational for addition: This Women’s Studies Minor is
                                                           proposed to support the third strategic theme of our university (Academic programs founded on the arts and
                                                           sciences with the aim of furthering an enlightened populace in a modern global society), to offer students
                                       Women's Studies
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs                       another intellectually stimulating option and to bring innovation to the curriculum. This minor will incorporate    2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                           Minor
                                                           existing gender-focused courses with newly designed courses presenting an interdisciplinary curriculum that
                                                           engenders the critical examination of issues through the lens of women’s worldviews resonating across the
                                                           boundaries of age, class, race and ethnicity.


                                                           15. Request for Addition of New Course: RELG 360, Women and World Religions. Rationale for new
                                                           course: The overarching perception of women is usually found in the mythology or religious texts of a given
                                                           culture and, concomitantly, enshrined in its institutions. Subsequently, the perception, treatment and social
                                                           condition of women constitute an excellent acid test to gauge change in any culture. Many contemporary
                                                           societal constructs that pertain to women (i.e. the practice of Habib and polygyny in Islam), when examined
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs      RELG 360         in historical context are found to have strayed from the benevolence of their original intent. Women and            2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                                           World Religions will provide a vital link between historical context and contemporary interpretation. This
                                                           course was offered as an experimental course in fall 1999 with an enrollment of 26 students. The
                                                           evaluations showed that the course was well received. Students consistently express interest in upper level
                                                           religion courses that address issues germane to contemporary world events, and this course will certainly
                                                           address that interest.


                                                           16. Request for Change in Degree Program: Suggested change: Require all Political Science majors to
                                                           take either Introduction to World Politics (POLI 101) or Introduction to World Politics: Regional Perspectives
                                       Political Science   (POLI 102). Rationale for change: In an effort to present material on world politics and foreign relations
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                           2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                             Majors        more coherently, the Department wants all majors to go through a standardized introductory course first.
                                                           POLI 101 and 102 are different courses (and can be taken in any order), but they both contain the basic
                                                           material needed to do further work in international relations
                                                           17. Request for Addition of New Course: THEA 230, Complete Stage Makeup. Rational for new course:
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs      THEA 230         This class was offered once before, and according to the assessment from faculty and students, it enhanced           2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                                           the students overall knowledge of design elements in the theatre.

                                                           18. Request for Addition of New Course: THEA 391, British Theatre Experience. Rational for new course:
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs      THEA 391                                                                                                                              2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                                           Students experience quality professional theatre.
                                                           19. Request for Addition of New Course: THEA 392, New York Theater Experience. Course description: A
                                                           critical and historical survey of New York Theatre, from the earliest record to the present, culminating in a trip
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs      THEA 392         to New York during Spring Break to see plays and sites of related interest. Modern and contemporary New              2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                                           York theatre and drama will be emphasized, including the people and institutions that currently comprise the
                                                           New York state.
                                                           20. Request for Addition of New Course: BIOL 101, The Science of Life. Rational for new course: We
                                                           realize that non-science majors have not only different backgrounds but also different needs than those of
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs      BIOL 101                                                                                                                              2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                                           science majors. This course content is designed specifically for these students and is not merely a simplified
                                                           version of the introductory majors sequence.
                                                           21. Request for Addition of New Course: BIOL 101L, The Science of Life Laboratory. Rational for new
                                                           course: We realize that non-science majors have not only different back-grounds but also different needs
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs      BIOL 101L                                                                                                                             2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                                           than our science majors. This course content is designed specifically for these students and is not merely a
                                                           simplified version of the introductory majors sequence.
                                                           22. Request for Change in Minor: Deletion of Real Estate minor and deletion of CBAD 367 and CBAD 368.
                                                           Rationale for change: Currently, we do not have any students pursuing the Real Estate Minor, nor have we
                                       Real Estate Minor
                                                           had a request for offering the two courses recommended for deletion from the Catalog. People wishing to
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs      CBAD 367                                                                                                                              2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                                           obtain real estate sales or real estate appraisal licenses often attend short courses at other local schools.
                                          CBAD 368
                                                           The real estate minor was not specifically designed for students pursuing various licenses in real estate to
                                                           begin with.

                                                      23. Request for Change in Degree Program: Allow CBAD 375 to be a selective course. Much of the
                                                      content in the course is management-oriented. Currently, two of the four selectives for management majors
                                     Management Major
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs                  are courses that are either required or can be taken as a selective by marketing majors. This change will                 2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                        CBAD 375
                                                      provide for a clearer distinction between the management and marketing major, and it will give management
                                                      majors greater flexibility in choosing from five rather than four selective courses.



                                                           24. Request for Change in Degree Program: Establish two tracks for accounting majors to choose from: the
                                                           CPA track and the CMA/CFM track. Rationale for change: 1. The accounting curriculum should be
                                                           designed to support a variety of career paths; public accounting, corporate finance/industry accounting,
                                                           governmental accounting, and income taxation. 2. Students interested in the corporate career path should
                                                           be exposed to those academic subjects that are tested on the appropriate professional examinations (e.g.
                                       Accounting Major    CMA and CFM). 3. Current courses that are specific to public accounting should be renumbered to reflect
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs    CPA track and      their role as undergraduate/graduate courses. 4. There is evidence of profound change everywhere in the              2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                       CMA/CFM track       accounting profession. Although change has been talked about for years, only in the last few years has
                                                           change become institutionalized. A few cases in point follow: *Beta Alpha Psi, the honorary accounting
                                                           fraternity, has opened its membership to students in both accounting and finance. This is a remarkable
                                                           change, given the traditionally strict requirements of this organization. * the Institute of Management
                                                           Accountants (IMA) has begun issuing its trade journal under the new name Strategic Finance, which was
                                                           formerly titled Management Accountant.


                                                           25. Request for Addition of New Course: ECON 335, Intermediate Economics. Rationale for new course:
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs      ECON 335         This course will cover advanced topics in macroeconomics and microeconomics for those accounting and                 2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                                           finance majors interested in working toward a CMA/CFM designation

                                                           26. Request for Addition of New Course: CBAD 434, Controllership. Rationale of new course: Designed
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs      CBAD 434         for accounting and finance majors who are interested in private (industry) accounting and the CMA/CFM                2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                                           designation as opposed to public accounting and the CPA designation.
                                                           27. Request for Change in a Course: CBAD 433, Governmental Accounting to 533. Rationale for
                                                           proposed change: The proposal is based on three principal reasons: 1. The new course numbers explicitly
                                                           recognize the fact that accounting majors in the CPA track are required by national accounting bodies to
                                                           have 150 hours in order to sit for the Uniform CPA Examination. Thus, the CPA track is no longer a strictly
                                          CBAD 433 to      undergraduate program. This is information that students need early in their college careers. 2. A review of
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                      2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                           CBAD 533        accounting curricula at other universities indicates that these three courses are typically taught at the
                                                           graduate – i.e., masters-level. Renumbering the courses allows us to communicate that fact. 3.
                                                           Discussions with Winthrop University MBA administrators have raised the possibility that students may be
                                                           able to earn 6-9 hours of graduate credit by taking these courses in their senior year. Renumbering allows
                                                           us to signal to graduate programs that these courses can be considered for graduate credit.



                                                      28. Request for Change in a Course: CBAD 435, Advanced Accounting to 535. Rationale for proposed
                                                      change: The proposal is based on three principal reasons: 1. The new course numbers explicitly recognize
                                                      the fact that accounting majors in the CPA track are required by national accounting bodies to have 150
                                                      hours in order to sit for the Uniform CPA Examination. Thus, the CPA track is no longer a strictly
                                     CBAD 435 to CBAD undergraduate program. This is information that students need early in their college careers. 2. A review of
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                      2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                           535        accounting curricula at other universities indicates that these three courses are typically taught at the
                                                      graduate – i.e., masters-level. Renumbering the courses allows us to communicate that fact. 3.
                                                      Discussions with Winthrop University MBA administrators have raised the possibility that students may be
                                                      able to earn 6-9 hours of graduate credit by taking these courses in their senior year. Renumbering allows
                                                      us to signal to graduate programs that these courses can be considered for graduate credit.



                                                      29. Request for Change in a Course: CBAD 437, Auditing Theory to 537. Rationale for proposed change:
                                                      The proposal is based on three principal reasons: 1. The new course numbers explicitly recognize the fact
                                                      that accounting majors in the CPA track are required by national accounting bodies to have 150 hours in
                                                      order to sit for the Uniform CPA Examination. Thus, the CPA track is no longer a strictly undergraduate
                                     CBAD 437 to CBAD program. This is information that students need early in their college careers. 2. A review of accounting
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                      2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                           537        curricula at other universities indicates that these three courses are typically taught at the graduate – i.e.,
                                                      masters-level. Renumbering the courses allows us to communicate that fact. 3. Discussions with Winthrop
                                                      University MBA administrators have raised the possibility that students may be able to earn 6-9 hours of
                                                      graduate credit by taking these courses in their senior year. Renumbering allows us to signal to graduate
                                                      programs that these courses can be considered for graduate credit.



                                                      30. Request for Change in a Course: CBAD 436, Accounting Systems and Data Processing to 336.
                                                      Rationale for change: Accounting Systems & Data Processing will now be offered as a first semester junior
                                                      year course, rather than as a senior level course as it is currently offered. Renumbering the course to CBAD
                                     CBAD 436 to CBAD
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs                  336 reflects that the course should be taken during the junior rather than senior year. Taking CBAD 330             2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                           336
                                                      (Intermediate Accounting I) and CBAD 336 together will reinforce each other in that both courses begin with
                                                      the accounting cycle. All accounting majors will be required to take both CBAD 330 and CBAD 336
                                                      regardless of the particular track they choose.


                                                      31. Request for Change in a Course: CBAD 431, Federal Tax Procedures I, replaced with CBAD 439,
                                                      Income Taxation of Business Entities. New course description will be as follows: 439 Income Taxation of
                                     CBAD 431 to CBAD Business Entities. (3) (Prereq: Completion of 54 semester hours). Introduction to the income taxation of
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                      2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                           439        business entities, including sole proprietorships, partnerships, and corporations. Basic concepts of the
                                                      federal income tax system…gross income, business deductions, property transactions, comparison of
                                                      business entities…on-line tax research and tax return preparation. F.


                                                        32. Request for Change in a Course: CBAD 432, Federal Tax Procedures II, replaced with CBAD 440,
                                                        Individual Income Taxation. New course description will be as follows: 440 Individual Income Taxation. (3)
                                       CBAD 432 to CBAD
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs                    (Prereq: Completion of 54 semester hours.) Introduction to sources of income tax law, basic concepts,             2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                             440
                                                        property transactions, and research with consideration of filing status, exemptions, gross income,
                                                        deductions, and computations leading to preparation of individual tax returns.
                                                           33. Request for Change in a Course: CBAD 201, Financial Accounting, to CBAD 201, Financial and
                                                           Managerial Accounting I. Rationale for change: There is evidence of profound change in accounting
                                                           education. For years, colleges and universities have taught financial accounting and managerial accounting
                                                           in two separate courses as if they are totally unrelated. Although change has been talked about for years,
                                                           largely in reaction to the impact of technology on the profession, only in the last few years has change
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs       CBAD 201                                                                                                                            2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                                           become institutionalized. In making this change, the accounting faculty have looked at a variety of studies in
                                                           which the focus was on course content within the accounting curriculum. The faculty also looked at what
                                                           other schools are doing in response to these studies. The faculty believe that there is enough evidence to
                                                           support the integration of financial and managerial accounting in a two course sequence. Most institutions
                                                           that have done so report an increase in student understanding of material and overall performance.



                                                           34. Request for Change in a Course: CBAD 202, Managerial Accounting to CBAD 202, Financial and
                                                           Managerial Accounting II. Rationale for change: There is evidence of profound change in accounting
                                                           education. For years, colleges and universities have taught financial accounting and managerial accounting
                                                           in two separate courses as if they are totally unrelated. Although change has been talked about for years,
                                                           largely in reaction to the impact of technology on the profession, only in the last few years has change
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs       CBAD 202                                                                                                                            2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                                           become institutionalized. In making this change, the accounting faculty have looked at a variety of studies in
                                                           which the focus was on course content within the accounting curriculum. The faculty also looked at what
                                                           other schools are doing in response to these studies. The faculty believe that there is enough evidence to
                                                           support the integration of financial and managerial accounting in a two course sequence. Most institutions
                                                           that have done so report an increase in student understanding of material and overall performance.


                                                        35. Request for Change in a Course: ECON 221, Principles of Economics I to 201, Macroeconomics.
                                       ECON 221 to ECON Rationale for change: The course number change will better reflect that this course is the first level
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                           2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                             201        economics course required of business majors. The title change provides a better description of the course
                                                        topics covered.

                                                      36. Request for Change in a Course: ECON 222, Principles of Economics II to 202, Microeconomics.
                                                      Rationale for change: ECON 202 will become the second course required of all business majors. Currently,
                                                      students are allowed to take ECON 221-222 out of sequence, since one of the courses deals primarily with
                                     ECON 222 to ECON
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs                  macroeconomics and the other one with microeconomics. To understand microeconomics, there are some                       2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                           202
                                                      macroeconomic topics that must be understood, so professors find themselves having to repeat some topics
                                                      in ECON 222 that were covered in ECON 221. Requiring these courses in sequence will eliminate
                                                      duplication of topics, and the name change better reflects the course content.

                                                           37. Request for Change in a Course: CBAD 497, Business Internship. Rationale for change: With the
                                                           current prerequisite, business majors are not allowed to do an internship until their last semester. The
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs       CBAD 497        business faculty feel that this is too restrictive and that business majors should be allowed to do an              2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                                           internship with the start of the spring semester of their junior year. By this time, students will have completed
                                                           most of the survey courses in the business core.

                                                           38. Request for Change in Degree Program: Suggested change: Eliminate the requirement of BIOL 111
                                       Marketing Majors in
                                                           and BIOL 232 (with labs) for marketing majors enrolled in the Professional Golf Management (PGA)
                                        the Professional
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs                       program. The natural science requirement for PGM students will be the same for all business majors.                 2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                       Golf Management
                                                           Rationale for change: The PGA no longer requires anatomy for students enrolled in the PGM program. PGM
                                         (PGA) program
                                                           students must complete 8 hours of a natural science.


                                                           STIPULATION: THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS SHOULD CONTACT THE OFFICE OF THE PROVOST
                                                           FOR PROPER IMPLEMENTATION OF THE DEGREE OPTION.
                                          International    39. Request for Addition to Degree Program: Change in Other: New Option for Management majors -
                                            Tourism        International Tourism Management. Suggested change: The College of Business is proposing to create a
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                           2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                        Management with    new International Tourism Management Option. This option will require an articulation agreement between
                                           stipulation     CCU and foreign institutions. One phase of the agreement involves foreign students completing three years
                                                           in their native country and their senior year at CCU. The second phase of this option involves CCU students
                                                           studying abroad during their junior year and returning to CCU to complete their senior year.
                                                           40. Request for Addition of New Course: UNIV 100, Seminar in Leadership Development. Rationale for
                                                           new course: This course has been offered for the last three (3) years as a non-credit course through the
                                                           Office of Student Affairs known as the EMERGE leadership program. Increased participation and
                                                           involvement in extracurricular activities has prompted the need for a course to train and develop students’
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs      UNIV 100         leadership skills and help students understand the importance of leadership in society. This course will        2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                                           address leadership theories and roles and assist students in refining their skills to better prepare them for
                                                           their careers and everyday interactions within organizations where collaboration is essential. It seems
                                                           customary that the course be offered as a University course through Student Affairs, which is consistent with
                                                           colleges and universities across the country.


                                                           41. Request for Addition of New Course: UNIV 200, Student Media Production. Rationale for new course:
                                                           UNIV 200 replaces ENGL 220 (Newspaper Production), ENGL 221 (Yearbook Production), ENGL 222
                                                           (Literary Magazine Production) and ENGL 223 (Magazine Production) with one course. The Department of
2000-2001   AA-14   Academic Affairs      UNIV 200         English agrees with the Vice President for Student Affairs that the three media production courses are best     2/7/2001   3/8/2001   3/14/2001   3/14/2001
                                                           taught by the media advisors and overseen by the Office of Student Affairs to administer the course. The
                                                           Office of Student Affairs currently compensates the instructors of ENGL 220-223. The new course is
                                                           introduced in anticipation of a new staff position in Student Affairs dedicated to student publications.


                                                           MOTION: NEW BUSINESS: Dave Evans, Chair of the Academic Affairs Committee, made a motion to
                                                           approve the following requests from the College of Humanities and Fine Arts. The motion passed.
2000-2001   AA-15   Academic Affairs      JOUR 308         Request for Addition of New Course: JOUR 308, Public Opinion and Propaganda. Rationale for new                  3/7/2001   4/1/2001   4/2/2001    4/3/2001
                                                           course: Meets requirements for Journalism elective as well as serving as a possible elective for Political
                                                           Science majors.

                                                           Request for Addition of New Course: JOUR 309, Introduction to Public Relations. Rationale for new course:
2000-2001   AA-15   Academic Affairs      JOUR 309                                                                                                                         3/7/2001   4/1/2001   4/2/2001    4/3/2001
                                                           Meets the requirements for Journalism electives as well as serving as an elective for business majors.


                                                           MOTION: Dave Evans, Chair of the Academic Affairs Committee, made a motion to approve the following
                                                           request from the College of Natural and Applied Sciences. The motion passed.
                                                           Request for Addition or Change in Minor: Suggested change as follows: PHYSICS MINOR, A minor in
                                                           Physics is available. Students interested in minoring in Physics should contact the Department Chair of
                                       change in Physics   Chemistry and Physics. A grade of C or above is required in each course to be applied toward the minor.
2000-2001   AA-16   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                       3/7/2001   4/1/2001   4/2/2001    4/3/2001
                                            Minor          Prerequisites: Credits PHYS 211, PHYS 211L, PHYS 212, PHYS 212L, PHYS 213 and PHYS 213L for 12
                                                           credits. Upper Level: Choose Three: PHYS 301, PHYS 302, PHYS 303, PHYS 304 for 9 credits. Choose
                                                           One: Any 300 or higher physics course, CHEM 441 (Physical Chemistry), or MSCI 301 (Physical
                                                           Oceanography) and MSCI 301L for 3-4 credits. Total Credits Required 24-25. Rationale for change: To fit
                                                           current course offerings.

                                                       MOTION: Dave Evans, Chair of the Academic Affairs Committee, made a motion to approve the following
                                                       request from the College of Natural and Applied Sciences. The motion passed.
                                         change in     Request for Addition or Change in Minor: Change in Required courses. Suggested change: "Choose one:
2000-2001   AA-17   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                       3/7/2001   4/1/2001   4/2/2001    4/3/2001
                                     Mathematics Minor Mathematics 331, 332, 344, 446, 465, 474" to "Choose one: Mathematics 331, 332, 344, 349, 446, 465,
                                                       474". Rationale for change: One course (349) has been added in order to give students more flexibility in
                                                       choosing courses.

                                                           MOTION: Dave Evans, Chair of the Academic Affairs Committee, made a motion to approve the following
                                                           requests from the College of Natural and Applied Sciences. The motion passed.
                                                           Request for Change in a Course: MATH 220, Mathematical Proofs and Problem Solving. Rationale for
2000-2001   AA-18   Academic Affairs      MATH 220                                                                                                                         3/7/2001   4/1/2001   4/2/2001    4/3/2001
                                                           change: The prerequisite change is needed because the Department of Mathematics and Statistics
                                                           changed the calculus sequence from 4 three hour courses (150, 151, 250, 251) to 3 four hour courses (160,
                                                           161, 260). The "old" calculus sequence has been phased out.


                                                           Request for Change in a Course: MATH 242, Modeling for Scientists. Rationale for change: To
                                                           accommodate the "new" calculus sequence. The prerequisite change is needed because the Department of
2000-2001   AA-18   Academic Affairs      MATH 242                                                                                                                         3/7/2001   4/1/2001   4/2/2001    4/3/2001
                                                           Mathematics and Statistics changed the calculus sequence from 4 three hour courses (150, 151, 250, 251)
                                                           to 3 four hour courses (160, 161, 260). The "old" calculus sequence has been phased out.

                                                           Request for Change in a Course: MATH 242L, Modeling for Scientists Lab. Rationale for change: To
                                                           accommodate the "new" calculus sequence. The prerequisite change is needed because the Department of
2000-2001   AA-18   Academic Affairs     MATH 242L                                                                                                                         3/7/2001   4/1/2001   4/2/2001    4/3/2001
                                                           Mathematics and Statistics changed the calculus sequence from 4 three hour courses (150, 151, 250, 251)
                                                           to 3 four hour courses (160, 161, 260). The "old" calculus sequence has been phased out.
                                                   Request for Change in a Course: MATH 320, Elementary Differential Equations. Rationale for change: To
                                                   accommodate the "new" calculus sequence. The prerequisite change is needed because the Department of
2000-2001   AA-18   Academic Affairs   MATH 320                                                                                                                      3/7/2001   4/1/2001    4/2/2001    4/3/2001
                                                   Mathematics and Statistics changed the calculus sequence from 4 three hour courses (150, 151, 250, 251)
                                                   to 3 four hour courses (160, 161, 260). The "old" calculus sequence has been phased out.

                                                   Request for Change in a Course: MATH 331, Foundations of Geometry. Rationale for change:
2000-2001   AA-18   Academic Affairs   MATH 331    Mathematics 220 (Proofs and Problem Solving) is necessary for this course. Change prerequisite to exclude         3/7/2001   4/1/2001    4/2/2001    4/3/2001
                                                   permission of Instructor.
                                                   Request for Change in a Course: MATH 332, Modern Geometry. Rationale for change: Mathematics 220
2000-2001   AA-18   Academic Affairs   MATH 332    (Proofs and Problem Solving) is necessary for this course. Change prerequisite to exclude permission of           3/7/2001   4/1/2001    4/2/2001    4/3/2001
                                                   Instructor.

                                                   Request for Change in a Course: MATH 344, Linear Algebra. Rationale for change: In the College of
                                                   Natural and Applied Sciences, Mathematics and Statistics and Computer Science are the only departments
                                                   which require its students to complete the calculus sequence through MATH 260 (see p-179, 180 and 171,
                                                   respectively). Chemistry and Marine Science require only up to MATH 161 (see p. 168 and 174,
2000-2001   AA-18   Academic Affairs   MATH 344                                                                                                                      3/7/2001   4/1/2001    4/2/2001    4/3/2001
                                                   respectively). Biology requires only a MATH 130 and a statistics course (see p. 182-183 and 188-189).
                                                   Raising the standards to MATH 260 would keep the Chemistry and Marine Science students, and possibly
                                                   some industrious Biology students, from taking this course. Since this is a course which is of great benefit to
                                                   them, we should not block them out because we changed the calculus sequence.


                                                   Request for Change in a Course: MATH 370, Elementary Number Theory. Prerequisites: Change the
                                                   prerequisite from MATH 151 to MATH 161. Rationale for change: To accommodate the "new" calculus
2000-2001   AA-18   Academic Affairs   MATH 370    sequence. The prerequisite change is needed because the Department of Mathematics and Statistics                  3/7/2001   4/1/2001    4/2/2001    4/3/2001
                                                   changed the calculus sequence from 4 three hour courses (150, 151, 250, 251) to 3 four hour courses (160,
                                                   161, 260). The "old" calculus sequence has been phased out.


                                                   Request for Change in a Course: MATH 397, Mathematics Practicum. Prerequisites: Change the
                                                   prerequisite from MATH 250 to MATH 260. Rationale for change: To accommodate the "new" calculus
2000-2001   AA-18   Academic Affairs   MATH 397    sequence. The prerequisite change is needed because the Department of Mathematics and Statistics                  3/7/2001   4/1/2001    4/2/2001    4/3/2001
                                                   changed the calculus sequence from 4 three hour courses (150, 151, 250, 251) to 3 four hour courses (160,
                                                   161, 260). The "old" calculus sequence has been phased out.


                                                   Request for Change in a Course: MATH 434, Elements of General Topology. Prerequisites: Change the
                                                   prerequisite from MATH 251 or 260 to MATH 260. Rationale for change: To accommodate the "new"
2000-2001   AA-18   Academic Affairs   MATH 434    calculus sequence. The prerequisite change is needed because the Department of Mathematics and                    3/7/2001   4/1/2001    4/2/2001    4/3/2001
                                                   Statistics changed the calculus sequence from 4 three hour courses (150, 151, 250, 251) to 3 four hour
                                                   courses (160, 161, 260). The "old" calculus sequence has been phased out.


                                                   Request for Change in a Course: MATH 450, Advanced Calculus I. Prerequisites: Change the prerequisite
                                                   from MATH 251 or 260 to MATH 260. Rationale for change: To accommodate the "new" calculus
2000-2001   AA-18   Academic Affairs   MATH 450    sequence. The prerequisite change is needed because the Department of Mathematics and Statistics                  3/7/2001   4/1/2001    4/2/2001    4/3/2001
                                                   changed the calculus sequence from 4 three hour courses (150, 151, 250, 251) to 3 four hour courses (160,
                                                   161, 260). The "old" calculus sequence has been phased out.

                                                   Request for Change in a Course: MATH 474, Discrete Mathematics I.. Prerequisites: Change the
                                                   prerequisite from MATH 161 to MATH 160 and 174. Rationale for change: Given that Mathematics 174 is
2000-2001   AA-18   Academic Affairs   MATH 474    titled "Introduction to Discrete Mathematics", it appears obvious that an upper level course carrying the same    3/7/2001   4/1/2001    4/2/2001    4/3/2001
                                                   title should have the lower level course as a prerequisite. Also, Calculus II (161) is not necessary for this
                                                   course, just Calculus I (160).
                                                   MOTION A motion was made by Claudia McCollough to accept the entire request approved by Academic
                                                   Affairs as follows:
                                                   Wall College of Business
2000-2001   AA-19   Academic Affairs   RTMA 381                                                                                                                      5/2/2001   6/11/2001   6/14/2001   6/14/2001
                                                   1. Request for Addition of New Course: RTMA 381, International Internship. Rationale for new course: This
                                                   course will become a part of the International Tourism Management option. It will provide student's an
                                                   opportunity to receive international work experience in tourism.

                                                   2. Request for Addition of New Course: RTMA 386, Applied Tourism Research. Rationale for new course:
2000-2001   AA-19   Academic Affairs   RTMA 386    This course will become a part of the International Tourism Management Option. It will provide students an        5/2/2001   6/11/2001   6/14/2001   6/14/2001
                                                   opportunity to gain valuable experience in research/data collection techniques related to tourism.

                                                   3. Request for Addition of New Course: PGMP 180I, International Golf Internship I. Rationale for new
2000-2001   AA-19   Academic Affairs   PGMP 180I   course: This course is part of the contractual agreement between CCU and the Autonomous University of             5/2/2001   6/11/2001   6/14/2001   6/14/2001
                                                   Barcelona (Spain).
                                                   4. Request for Addition of New Course: PGMP 280I, International Golf Internship II. Rationale for new
2000-2001   AA-19   Academic Affairs   PGMP 280I   course: This course is part of the contractual agreement between CCU and the Autonomous University of              5/2/2001   6/11/2001   6/14/2001   6/14/2001
                                                   Barcelona (Spain).
                                                   5. Request for Addition of New Course: PGMP 380I, International Golf Internship III. Rationale for new
2000-2001   AA-19   Academic Affairs   PGMP 380I   course: This course is a part of the contractual agreement between CCU and the Autonomous University of            5/2/2001   6/11/2001   6/14/2001   6/14/2001
                                                   Barcelona (Spain).

                                                   6. Request for Change in a Course: RTMA 490, Seminar in Resort Tourism Planning. Proposed change in
                                                   (Prerequisite). Rationale for proposed change: Request that the prerequisite be changed to read "Completion
2000-2001   AA-19   Academic Affairs   RTMA 490    of 84 Semester Hours." This will allow all business majors an opportunity to take this course if they have at      5/2/2001   6/11/2001   6/14/2001   6/14/2001
                                                   least 84 semester hours. The prerequisites previously set are not necessary according to Director of Resort
                                                   Tourism Management Program.

                                                   7. Request for Change in a Course: RTMA 490, Seminar in Resort Tourism Planning. Proposed change in
                                                   (Other). Rationale for proposed change: By cross-listing this as CBAD 490, it will encourage more business
2000-2001   AA-19   Academic Affairs   RTMA 490    majors (especially those not completing the Resort Tourism Option) to take this course. Also, the                  5/2/2001   6/11/2001   6/14/2001   6/14/2001
                                                   management faculty believe this course is a great option for management majors that wish some exposure
                                                   to the field of tourism/hospitality.

                                                   1. Request for Change in a Course: HLED 401, Issues in Family Life and Sexuality. Proposed change in
2000-2001   AA-19   Academic Affairs   HLED 401    (Course number). Rationale for proposed change: To provide for proper sequencing of courses for health             5/2/2001   6/11/2001   6/14/2001   6/14/2001
                                                   promotion majors. New course number will be HLED 310 - Issues in Family Life and Sexuality


                                                   2. Request for Change in a Course: HLED 301, Introduction to Epidemiology. Proposed change in (Course
                                                   number, Catalog description, Prerequisite). Rationale for proposed change: Health promotion majors will
                                                   now take two health promotion courses which focus on research methods, needs assessment, and
                                                   evaluation models in health promotion (HLED 410 and 490). (Students previously took SOC 331 - Methods
2000-2001   AA-19   Academic Affairs   HLED 301    in the Social Sciences or PSYC - Research Methods in Psychology and HLED 490 - Evaluation of Health                5/2/2001   6/11/2001   6/14/2001   6/14/2001
                                                   Programs). New Requirement/description: HLED 410 - Epidemiology and Quantitative Research Methods.
                                                   (Prerequisites: HLED 350, 382; STAT 201 or the equivalent and senior standing). An overview of
                                                   epidemiological models and quantitative research methods used by public health agencies and health care
                                                   providers to analyze patterns of acute and chronic diseases.

                                                   3. Request for Change in a Course: HLED 333, Environmental Health. Proposed change in (Prerequisite).
2000-2001   AA-19   Academic Affairs   HLED 333    Rationale for proposed change: To insure appropriate prerequisite is taken prior to enrolling in the course.       5/2/2001   6/11/2001   6/14/2001   6/14/2001
                                                   (Prerequisite: HLED 221).

                                                   4. Request for Change in a Course: HLED 481, Behavioral Foundations and Decision Making in Health
2000-2001   AA-19   Academic Affairs   HLED 481    Education. Proposed change in (Prerequisite). Rationale for proposed change: Senior standing is preferred          5/2/2001   6/11/2001   6/14/2001   6/14/2001
                                                   for majors and minors who enroll in this course. (Prerequisites: HLED 221 and senior standing).

                                                   5. Request for Change in a Course: HLED 482, Diseases and Disorders. Proposed change in (Course
                                                   number, Prerequisite). Rationale for proposed change: To insure appropriate prerequisite is taken and to
2000-2001   AA-19   Academic Affairs   HLED 482                                                                                                                       5/2/2001   6/11/2001   6/14/2001   6/14/2001
                                                   require completion of this course prior to HLED 410-Epidemiology and Quantitative Research Methods. New
                                                   prerequisite: HLED 221 - Course number will be HLED 382 rather than 482.

                                                   6. Request for Change in a Course: HLED 485, Field Study in Health Careers. Proposed change in
2000-2001   AA-19   Academic Affairs   HLED 485    (Prerequisite). Rationale for proposed change: To insure appropriate prerequisite is taken prior to enrolling in   5/2/2001   6/11/2001   6/14/2001   6/14/2001
                                                   this course. (Prerequisites: HLED 350 and senior standing).

                                                   7. Request for Change in a Course: HLED 490 (Change to HLED 491), Evaluation of Health Programs.
                                                   Proposed change in (Course number, Catalog description, Prerequisite, Other). Rationale for proposed
                                                   change: Health Promotion will now take two health promotion courses which focus on research methods,
                                                   needs assessment, and evaluation models in health promotion (HLED 410 and 491). (Students previously
                                                   took SOC 331-Methods in Social Sciences or PYSC 226 - Research Methods in Psychology and HLED 491 -
2000-2001   AA-19   Academic Affairs   HLED 490                                                                                                                       5/2/2001   6/11/2001   6/14/2001   6/14/2001
                                                   Evaluation of Health Programs). New Requirement/description: HLED 491, Need Assessment and
                                                   Evaluation of Health Programs. (Prerequisites: HLED 350; STAT 201 or the equivalent; senior standing).
                                                   Needs assessment and evaluation models will be reviewed with practical applications in the classroom,
                                                   laboratory, and field settings. Major emphasis on qualitative design and analysis, but an application of
                                                   quantitative design and instruments will be provided.

                                                   8. Request for Addition of New Course: HLED 349, Peer Educator Training. Rationale for new course: To
2000-2001   AA-19   Academic Affairs   HLED 349    introduce students to current issues, trends, and approaches in addressing sexual assault, date rape,              5/2/2001   6/11/2001   6/14/2001   6/14/2001
                                                   intimate partner violence and sexual harassment on college campuses.
                                                            9. Request for Addition of New Course: HLED 350, Professional and Program Development in Health
                                                            Promotion and Education. Rationale for new course: After completing a rubric of the competencies required
                                                            for successful completion of the Certified Health Education Specialist (CHES) exam, we found the health
2000-2001   AA-19   Academic Affairs       HLED 350                                                                                                                         5/2/2001   6/11/2001   6/14/2001   6/14/2001
                                                            promotion program was weak in this area. Completion of this course should provide students with the skills
                                                            necessary to communicate messages to target populations and also assist them in developing the skills
                                                            needed to improve community health.

                                                            10. Request for Addition of New Course: HLED 495 - Senior Seminar - CHES Review. Rationale for new
2000-2001   AA-19   Academic Affairs       HLED 495         course: To assist health promotion students in preparing for the CHES exam and also to serve as a program       5/2/2001   6/11/2001   6/14/2001   6/14/2001
                                                            evaluation.

                                                            11. Request for Addition of New Course: HLED 499 - Directed Undergraduate Research. Rationale for new
2000-2001   AA-19   Academic Affairs       HLED 499                                                                                                                         5/2/2001   6/11/2001   6/14/2001   6/14/2001
                                                            course: Directed independent research projects which will be submitted for conference presentations.

                                                         12. Request for Addition or Change in (Degree Program). Change in (Required Courses). Suggested
                                        change in Heath change: Addition of HLED 495 --Senior Seminar - CHES Review (1 credit) to major requirements. Rationale
2000-2001   AA-19   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                        5/2/2001   6/11/2001   6/14/2001   6/14/2001
                                       Promotion Program for change: This course will assist in preparation to certify as a Certified Health Education Specialist (CHES)
                                                         and also serve a s a program evaluation.

                                                       13. Request for Addition or Change in (Degree Program): Change in (Prerequisites). Suggested change:
                                                       Removing SOC 331 - Methods in the Social Sciences or PSCY 226 - Research Methods in Psychology from
                                                       major requirements. Addition of HLED 350 - Professional and Program Development in Health Promotion
                                      change in Heath and Education (Writing Intensive) to major requirements. Rationale for change: After completing a rubric of
2000-2001   AA-19   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                        5/2/2001   6/11/2001   6/14/2001   6/14/2001
                                     Promotion Program the competencies required for successful completion of the Certified Health Education Specialist (CHES)
                                                       exam, we found the health promotion program was weak in this area. Completion of this course should
                                                       provide students with the skills necessary to communicate messages to target populations and also assist
                                                       them in developing the skills needed to improve community health.

                                                            1. Request for Addition of New Course: SCIE 101, Introduction to Science. Rationale for new course: The
2000-2001   AA-19   Academic Affairs       SCIE 101         course is designed to be the first college-level laboratory science for non-science majors. The course is the   5/2/2001   6/11/2001   6/14/2001   6/14/2001
                                                            first of two laboratory sciences required in the core curriculum.
                                                            2. Request for Addition of New Course: SCIE 101L, Introduction to Science Laboratory. Rationale for new
2000-2001   AA-19   Academic Affairs       SCIE 101L        course: Required laboratory associated with SCIE 101, an introductory science course for non-science            5/2/2001   6/11/2001   6/14/2001   6/14/2001
                                                            majors

                                                            3. Request for Change in a Course: CSCI 209, Programming in Java. Change in (Prerequisite). Rationale
2000-2001   AA-19   Academic Affairs       CSCI 209                                                                                                                         5/2/2001   6/11/2001   6/14/2001   6/14/2001
                                                            for change: Students need a good understanding of objects, which are not fully covered until CSCI 150.

                                                            4. Request for Change in a Course: CSCI 330, Software Engineering I. Change in (Catalog description,
                                                            Prerequisite, Other). Rationale for change: Course title & description will emphasize the software
2000-2001   AA-19   Academic Affairs       CSCI 330                                                                                                                         5/2/2001   6/11/2001   6/14/2001   6/14/2001
                                                            engineering nature of the existing course thus making the course more identifiable to the academic
                                                            community.
                                                            5. Request for Change in a Course: CSCI 490, Software Engineering II. Change in (Catalog description,
                                                            Prerequisite, Other). Rationale for change: Course title & description will emphasize the software
2000-2001   AA-19   Academic Affairs       CSCI 490                                                                                                                         5/2/2001   6/11/2001   6/14/2001   6/14/2001
                                                            engineering nature of the existing course thus making the course more identifiable to the academic
                                                            community.
                                                            6. Request for Addition of a New Course: CSCI 106, Advanced Computer Applications. Rationale for
2000-2001   AA-19   Academic Affairs       CSCI 106         change: Increasing numbers of students are asking for advanced applications - other disciplines are also        5/2/2001   6/11/2001   6/14/2001   6/14/2001
                                                            requesting more advanced skills for use by their majors.
                                                            7. Request for Addition of a New Course: CSCI 208, Programming in Visual Basic. Rationale for new
2000-2001   AA-19   Academic Affairs       CSCI 208         course: Visual Basic is commonly used in developing database access applications for businesses.                5/2/2001   6/11/2001   6/14/2001   6/14/2001
                                                            Knowledge of Visual Basic would benefit Information Systems students.

                                                            8. Request for Addition of a New Course: CSCI 220, Data Structures. Rationale for new course: This
2000-2001   AA-19   Academic Affairs       CSCI 220         course replaces CSCI 320, Information Structures. This change results from concepts formerly taught in          5/2/2001   6/11/2001   6/14/2001   6/14/2001
                                                            CSCI 380 migrating to CSCI 320 and concepts taught in CSCI 320 migrating to CSCI 150.

                                                            9. Request for Addition of a New Course: CSCI 385, Introduction to Information Systems Security.
                                                            Rationale for new course: This course introduces the student to a timely and needed understanding of the
2000-2001   AA-19   Academic Affairs       CSCI 385                                                                                                                         5/2/2001   6/11/2001   6/14/2001   6/14/2001
                                                            security pitfalls inherent in computer information systems and the role of the Certified Information Systems
                                                            Security Professional.
                                                            10. Request for Addition of a New Course: CSCI 415, Systems Programming. Rationale for new course:
2000-2001   AA-19   Academic Affairs       CSCI 415                                                                                                                         5/2/2001   6/11/2001   6/14/2001   6/14/2001
                                                            Practical applications of previous material hands-on experience.
                                                            11. Request for Addition of a New Course: CSCI 485, Introduction to Robotics. Rationale for new course:
2000-2001   AA-19   Academic Affairs       CSCI 485         Mobile robots are becoming more prevalent in industry and knowledge of them is increasingly important for       5/2/2001   6/11/2001   6/14/2001   6/14/2001
                                                            computer science majors.
                                                        12. Request for Addition or Change in (Minor): Change in (Required courses). Drop Computer Science 320
                                                        Information Structures, as a required course for all CS minors. Add Computer Science 220 ,as a required
                                     change to Computer
2000-2001   AA-19   Academic Affairs                    course for all CS minors. Rationale for change: This change results from concepts formerly taught in CSCI            5/2/2001    6/11/2001   6/14/2001   6/14/2001
                                        Science Minor
                                                        380 migrating to CSCI 320 and concepts taught in CSCI 320 migrating to CSCI 150. As a result CSCI 320
                                                        be deleted from the curriculum.

                                                        13. Request for the Addition or Change in Degree Program: Deletion of Courses. Delete Computer Science
                                                        320, Information Structures. and delete Computer Science 208, Programming in Ada. Rationale for change
                                     change to Computer Computer Science 320, Information Structures, is being replaced by Computer Science 220, Data
2000-2001   AA-19   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                         5/2/2001    6/11/2001   6/14/2001   6/14/2001
                                        Science Major   Structures. Computer Science 208, Programming in Ada, has never been offered. The language is no longer
                                                        supported by the Department of Defense. Hence, this course is being replaced by CSCI 208, Programming
                                                        in Visual Basic, where there is a growing demand for programmers.


                                                        14. Request for the Addition or Change in Degree Program: Change in required courses. Drop Computer
                                                        Science 320, Information Structures, as a foundation course for all CS majors. Add Computer Science 220,
                                     change to Computer
2000-2001   AA-19   Academic Affairs                    Data Structures, as a foundation course required for all CS majors. Rationale for change: This change                5/2/2001    6/11/2001   6/14/2001   6/14/2001
                                        Science Major
                                                        results from concepts formerly taught in CSCI 380 migrating to CSCI 320 and concepts taught in CSCI 320
                                                        migrating to CSCI 150. As a result, CSCI 320 will be dropped from the curriculum and replaced by CSCI 220.

                                                            Revisions to Academic Policies
                                                            1. Students have three years from the time the course in question ends to submit a petition for a grade
                                      Revisions regarding
                                                            change. (no change in wording from original submission)
                                         time limits for
                       Academic                             2. Students who receive an 'I' (incomplete) grade normally have one regular semester to complete the work
2000-2001   AA-19                      petition for grade                                                                                                                    5/2/2001    6/11/2001   6/14/2001   6/14/2001
                        Policies                            required. The 'I' will not affect the student's GPA during the one semester or during the contractually agreed
                                         changes and
                                                            upon time limit. If the work is not completed when the time limit has expired, the 'I' will convert to an 'F'
                                      incomplete grades
                                                            grade. (revised wording to capture recommended changes from committee) The motion passed in its
                                                            entirety.
                                                       MOTION: John Beard advised that at the last meeting there was a report submitted under new business that
                                                       was tabled. That report from Student Affairs Committee concerned wording to be changed in the student
                                                       handbook, and also changes regarding membership on the Campus Judicial Board. Discussions of those
                                                       changes were tabled at that time, primarily because one or two people had questions and there was no
                                                       representative present from that committee. Beard moved to untable the motion of the previous meeting
                                                       regarding the Stalking and Harassment policy. The motion to untable passed. Whitely said the motion was
                                                       now on the floor, and it is that this policy be accepted. Beard reminded the Senate that one section of this
                                                       motion is the wording of the Harassment and/or Stalking Charge, and the other is clarification of membership
                                                       on the Campus Judicial Board. Mike Gilbert, Campus Judicial Board Chair, said the number of faculty and
                                                       the number of students serving on the Campus Judicial Board has not changed. The proposal before the
                                                       Senate now, Gilbert said, involving the student handbook is for clarification. After much discussion and
                                                       several grammatical changes, a vote was taken on the motion regarding the changes in the student
                                                       handbook. The motion passed. See changes below:
                                                       Changes to the Student Code of Conduct for 2000/2001 CCU Student Handbook. Noted below are changes
                                                       to the Student Code of Conduct. All references are to the 2000/2001 Student Handbook wherein the Code of
                                                       Conduct is reported.
                                                       Page 44: Refer to the Code of Conduct without using “Student” throughout.
                                      Changes to the   Page 44: New #3, Harassment and/or Stalking (listed below)
                                      Student Code of Page 44: Old #3 renumbered as #4 and each number thereafter changed accordingly.
2000-2001   AA-20   Academic Affairs Conduct for 2000- Page 47: IV. A. Membership: six students                                                                              7/11/2011   7/27/2001   7/31/2001   3/4/2002
                                     2001 CCU Student Page 47: IV. B. Board Panel (Sitting Board) … three faculty members … will form the “sitting” Campus
                                         Handbook      Judicial Board for a particular case.
                                                       3. Harassment and/or Stalking:
                                                       Coastal Carolina University is committed to protecting the right of all individuals to pursue their intellectual,
                                                       vocational, and personal interests without harassment or interference. The University is also committed to
                                                       providing an environment in which visitors to and members of the campus community are treated with
                                                       dignity, respect and regard for their welfare and learning needs. The University prohibits harassment and/or
                                                       stalking on the University campus and/or properties under its jurisdiction. The University defines harassment
                                                       as patterns of intentional, substantial, and unreasonable intrusion into the private life of a targeted person
                                                       that causes the person and would cause a reasonable person in their position to suffer mental distress. The
                                                       University defines stalking as a pattern of words or conduct that is intended to cause and does cause a
                                                       targeted person and would cause a reasonable person in the targeted person’s position to fear the following
                                                       for themselves or a member of their family: death, assault, bodily injury, criminal sexual conduct, kidnapping,
                                                       or damage to the property of the person or a member of their family.
                                                       Incidents occurring on or off campus are subject to University discipline when such actions materially affect
                                                       the learning environment or operations of the University. A student charged with harassment and/or stalking
                                                       may be prosecuted under South Carolina criminal statutes and discipline under the University’s Code of
                                                       Conduct whether or not civil authorities elect to prosecute such offenses. Victims of harassment and/or
                                                       stalking are strongly encouraged to seek redress in a confidential process wherein a complaint has been filed
                                                           MOTION: Joan Piroch asked for open discussion regarding the University Post-tenure review procedure
                                                           changes. A motion was then made by Joan Piroch to vote for acceptance for the four proposals. It was
                                                           pointed out by Jessie Brown that the College of Education has an Assistant to the Dean that should be
                                                           included in Motion #1 and Motion #3. Piroch noted that the College of Natural and Applied Sciences also
                                         change to the
                                                           has an Assistant to the Dean. Dr. Idoux clarified to the Senate that while a faculty member is serving as an
                                        University Post-
2000-2001   AA-21   Academic Affairs                       administrator, and teaching fewer than 6 hours per semester, they do not go up for post-tenure review.          7/11/2001   7/27/2001    7/31/2001   7/31/2001
                                         tenure review
                                                           What triggers the review, Idoux said, is when they change their status to teaching at least 6 or more hours
                                           procedure
                                                           per semester. At that time, the post-tenure review process begins, and the review will be 6 years hence.
                                                           Phillip Schneider made a motion that the motion on the floor be amended by striking Motion #3. The motion
                                                           to amend passed. The amended motion is that the Senate accepts Motion #1, #2, and #4. The amended
                                                           motion passed.

                                                         A motion was made by Joan Piroch to accept items 1-7 from the College of Science for changes in the
                                          change to      Chemistry/Physics Degree Program. The motion passed.                                        1. Request
2001-2002   AA-01   Academic Affairs   Chemistry/Physics for Addition or Change in Degree Program. Change in Required courses. Suggested change: CHEM 305,                 10/3/2001   10/31/2001   11/1/2001   11/1/2001
                                           Degree        Marine Chemistry changed to MSCI 305, Marine Chemistry. Rationale for Change: To remove unnecessary
                                                         cross-listing of courses.
                                          change to      2. Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program. Change in Required courses. Suggested change:
2001-2002   AA-01   Academic Affairs   Chemistry/Physics CHEM 305L, Marine Chemistry Laboratory changed to MSCI 305L, Marine Chemistry Laboratory. Rational                10/3/2001   10/31/2001   11/1/2001   11/1/2001
                                           Degree        for Change: To remove unnecessary cross-listing of courses.
                                          change to      3. Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program. Change in Required courses. Suggested change:
2001-2002   AA-01   Academic Affairs   Chemistry/Physics CHEM 401, Environmental Chemistry changed to MSCI 401, Environmental Chemistry. Rational for                      10/3/2001   10/31/2001   11/1/2001   11/1/2001
                                           Degree        Change: To remove unnecessary cross-listing of courses.
                                          change to      4. Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program. Change in Required courses. Suggested change:
2001-2002   AA-01   Academic Affairs   Chemistry/Physics CHEM 401L, Environmental Chemistry Laboratory changed to MSCI 401L, Environmental Chemistry                       10/3/2001   10/31/2001   11/1/2001   11/1/2001
                                           Degree        Laboratory.
                                          change to      5. Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program. Change in Required courses. Suggested change:
2001-2002   AA-01   Academic Affairs   Chemistry/Physics CHEM 402, Analytical and Field Methods in Environmental Chemistry changed to MSCI 402, Analytical and             10/3/2001   10/31/2001   11/1/2001   11/1/2001
                                           Degree        Field Methods in Environmental Chemistry.

                                          change to      6. Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program. Change in Required courses. Suggested change:
2001-2002   AA-01   Academic Affairs   Chemistry/Physics CHEM 402L, Analytical and Field Methods in Environmental Chemistry Laboratory changed to MSCI 402L,               10/3/2001   10/31/2001   11/1/2001   11/1/2001
                                           Degree        Analytical and Field Methods in Environmental Chemistry Laboratory.

                                          change to
                                                         7. Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program. Change in Required courses. Suggested change:
2001-2002   AA-01   Academic Affairs   Chemistry/Physics                                                                                                                   10/3/2001   10/31/2001   11/1/2001   11/1/2001
                                                         CHEM 403, Environmental Internships changed to MSCI 403, Environmental Internships.
                                           Degree

                                                           Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program. Change in Required courses. Suggested change: Add
                                       change to Marine
                                                           MSCI 303/303L and MSCI 375/375L to the list of courses 300 level and above that students must choose at
2001-2002   AA-02   Academic Affairs    Science Degree                                                                                                                     10/3/2001   10/31/2001   11/1/2001   11/1/2001
                                                           least one course from MSCI 311/311L, 316/316L, 318/318L, 321/321L, 402/402L, 445/445L, 459/459L,
                                           Program
                                                           475/475L, 476/476L, 495/495L, 497 (3 credits accepted for 497 only) (to meet SACS oral requirement).


                                                           Request for Change in a Course. MSCI 375L, Biology of Marine Mammals. Change in Catalog description:
                                                           add, “Each student will be required to give an oral presentation.” An oral presentation is required of all
2001-2002   AA-02   Academic Affairs      MSCI 375L        students in the class. The presentation is based on significant research by the student regarding a marine      10/3/2001   10/31/2001   11/1/2001   11/1/2001
                                                           mammal topic and is graded based on both content and presentation technique. This change would add
                                                           MSCI 375 to the list of courses available for SACS oral requirement credit.


                                                           Request for Addition or Change in Minor. Suggested change: add a Minor in Coastal Geology to the
                                                           offerings at Coastal Carolina University. Change Catalog description: The curriculum in the coastal geology
                                                           minor is designed to provide the student with a thorough education in geologic processes and features
                                                           typical of coastal areas. The program provides rigorous education and practical field experience for students
                                         add Coastal
2001-2002   AA-03   Academic Affairs                       preparing for a career or graduate education in coastal geological studies.                                     10/3/2001   10/31/2001   11/1/2001   11/1/2001
                                        Geology Minor
                                                           Students interested in pursuing the Coastal Geology Minor should consult with their major advisor and the
                                                           coordinator of the Geology Minor to plan their program of study as early as possible. No more than four
                                                           credits of GEOL 399 may be applied toward the minor. A student must earn a grade of C or above in all
                                                           courses to be applied toward the minor in Coastal Geology.
                                                             Request for Addition of New Course. Course: 331L, Methods in the Social Sciences Laboratory. Rationale
                                                             for new course: The lecture component of SOC 331 introduces students to the predominant methodologies
                                                             used by social scientists, including experiments, surveys, participant observation, and analysis using
                                                             secondary data A one-credit lab experience will be used to provide students with the experience of designing
2001-2002   AA-04   Academic Affairs       SOC 331L                                                                                                                           10/3/2001   10/31/2001   11/1/2001   11/1/2001
                                                             and executing studies using the predominant methodologies. In addition, emphasis will be given to writing
                                                             style and format in the preparation of a required research proposal. Weekly lab meetings will also allow the
                                                             instructor to allocate time for each student to orally present his or her proposal to class members and
                                                             interested sociology majors and faculty.



                                                        The Faculty Welfare and Development Committee met with the Senior Administration on September 7, 2001
                                                        to discuss a proposal concerning the Professional Mini-grant Program awards for academic year 2001-2002.
                                                        Due to the fiscal situation of the university and the scarcity of travel funds in the colleges, it was proposed
                                                        that the committee make bulk awards of the funds to each of the colleges. The committee voted unanimously
                                                        to recommend that for this year these grant monies be awarded directly to the colleges and library using a
                                                        proportional scale outlined by the senior administration at the meeting. The form of the recommendation and
                    Faculty Welfare
                                     Professional Mini- its temporary nature were based upon the fact that under our charge as stated in the Faculty Manual we
                          and
                                      Grant Program     have the obligation to forward recommendations on awards to the Provost. Any permanent reallocation of
2001-2002   AA-05    Development                                                                                                                                              10/3/2001   10/31/2001   11/1/2001   11/1/2001
                                    awards for AY 2001- the program funds to the colleges would require a modification of the committee charge in the Faculty
                        (FWD)
                                           2002         Manual The Committee also agreed to take on the responsibility of making recommendations on the
                      Committee
                                                        awarding of Academic Enhancement Grants for academic year 2001-2002. They reviewed the memo
                                                        containing the call for Academic Enhancement Grant applications. The due date for grant applications is
                                                        November 1, 2001 and the committee will finalize its recommendations on November 12, 2001. The
                                                        Committee is also soliciting comments from the faculty concerning what type of development needs that they
                                                        have. We will be discussing how the university can best allocate its resources in order to maximize our
                                                        development as professionals. Please inform your colleagues.



                                                             (1) That the present name of the Recruitment and Retention Committee be changed to “Retention”
                                        Name change for      Committee; (2) That the membership be reconstituted to include two representatives from each college, one
                    Recruitment and
                                        Recruitment and      representative from the library, and two student representatives selected from the pool of peer mentors
2001-2002   AA-06      Retention                                                                                                                                              10/3/2001   10/31/2001   11/1/2001   11/1/2001
                                           Retention         teaching in the Freshman Success Seminar program; (3) That the ex-officio position of Vice President for
                      Committee
                                          Committee          Enrollment Services be deleted and the ex-officio positions of Assistant Director of Academic Advising and
                                                             Direction or Student Development be added.


                                                           Philip Schneider moved to approve Parts A and B on the Student Evaluation of Course Form shown below.
                                                           Part A: Student Information
                                                           (1) I took this class: a) to meet a requirement in the core curriculum; b) to meet a requirement in my major or
                                                           minor; c) as an elective.
                                                           Part B: Student Evaluation of Professor
                                                           (1) The instructor presented the material in a clear and understandable way.
                                                           (2) The instructor was consistently well prepared for class.
                       ad hoc          Student Evaluations
2001-2002   AA-07                                          (3) The professor promoted a classroom atmosphere that was conducive to learning.                                  11/7/2001   11/29/2001   12/1/2001   12/1/2001
                      Committee            of courses
                                                           (4) The instructor knew the subject matter well.
                                                           (5) Papers and exams were returned promptly.
                                                           (6) Overall, the instructor was an effective teacher.
                                                           (7) Please indicate your satisfaction with the availability of the instructor outside the classroom by choosing
                                                           one response from the scale below. (In selecting your rating, consider the instructor’s availability via
                                                           established office hours, appointments, and other opportunities for face-to-face interaction as well as via
                                                           telephone, e-mail, fax, and other means.)

                                                             A motion was made by Dave Evans to have the Ad Hoc Committee on Student Evaluations test the 5 vs 7
                       ad hoc                                point scale. A motion was made by Philip Schneider to amend the motion as follows: Have Institutional
2001-2002   AA-08                      Student Evaluations                                                                                                                    11/7/2001   11/29/2001   12/1/2001   12/1/2001
                      Committee                              Effectiveness test the 5 vs 7 point scale and make recommendation on presentation of data without the
                                                             decimals. The motion as amended passed.

                                                             Request for Addition of New Course. PHIL 315, Technology and Human Values. Course description: (3)
                                                             (Prereq. PHIL 101, permission of the instructor). Technology has come to play an increasingly dominant role
                                                             in human life. This course will analyze modern technology from several perspectives including: the ethical
2001-2002   AA-09   Academic Affairs        PHIL 315                                                                                                                          11/7/2001   11/29/2001   12/1/2001   12/1/2001
                                                             implications of employing information systems, the neutrality of non-neutrality of technology, the individual,
                                                             social, and cultural impact of technology transfer, and the impact of technology upon the environment. The
                                                             works of both critics and proponents of technology will be explored.
                                                           1. Request for Addition or Change in Minor. Change in required courses. Suggested change: Delete
                                       change to Biology   Biology 133/L from requirements. Reduce number of hours required for minor from 28 to 24. Require any
2001-2002   AA-10   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                            11/7/2001   11/29/2001   12/1/2001   12/1/2001
                                            Minor          two of the following: BIOL 340L, BIOL 350L, or BIOL 370L. Rationale for change: 1) Introductory biology
                                                           sequence has been changed, 2) Strengthen core requirement for Biology minor.


                                                           2. Request for Addition of New Course. BIOL 410, Developmental Biology. Course description: This
                                                           course is designed to provide students with an understanding of modern developmental biology. The course
                                                           will consider classical embryology as well as the molecular basis of development. Topics include
2001-2002   AA-10   Academic Affairs      BIOL 410         gametogenesis, fertilization, embryogenesis, cell differentiation, pattern formation, organogenesis and cell         11/7/2001   11/29/2001   12/1/2001   12/1/2001
                                                           cycle regulation. The course will also include a discussion of emerging areas of developmental biology such
                                                           as cloning, stem cell research, cancer genetics and genomics. Rationale for new course: This course will
                                                           support a concentration of molecular biology within the Department of Biology.

                                                           3. Request for Addition of New Course: BIOL 410L, Developmental Biology Lab. Course description: A
2001-2002   AA-10   Academic Affairs      BIOL 410L        laboratory course to complement BIOL 410 that will include the basic experimental questions and techniques           11/7/2001   11/29/2001   12/1/2001   12/1/2001
                                                           of developmental biology.

                                                           4. Request for Addition of New Course: BIOL 450, Molecular Biology and Evolution. Course description:
                                                           Techniques of molecular analysis with emphasis on DNA methods, including cloning, PCR, DNA
2001-2002   AA-10   Academic Affairs      BIOL 450                                                                                                                              11/7/2001   11/29/2001   12/1/2001   12/1/2001
                                                           sequencing, RFLP, RAPD and VNTR analysis. Applications of these techniques to problems in ecology,
                                                           evolution, population studies, animal behavior and other areas of sciences.

                                                           5. Request for Addition of New Course: BIOL 450L, Molecular Biology and Evolution Lab. Course
2001-2002   AA-10   Academic Affairs      BIOL 450L                                                                                                                             11/7/2001   11/29/2001   12/1/2001   12/1/2001
                                                           description: Exercises and guided reading to accompany BIOL 450.

                                                           6. Request for Addition of New Course: BIOL 451, Molecular Techniques. Course description: A research-
2001-2002   AA-10   Academic Affairs      BIOL 451         based practicum on techniques of DNA analysis. Laboratory exercises serve as an introduction to DNA                  11/7/2001   11/29/2001   12/1/2001   12/1/2001
                                                           purification, quantitation and sequencing, PCR, gel electrophoresis, enzyme digestion and cloning.

                                                           7. Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program. Change in Required courses, Deletion of course.
                                       change to Biology   Suggested change: BIOL 121, 121L and 122, 122L are proposed as a new introductory sequence for
2001-2002   AA-10   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                            11/7/2001   11/29/2001   12/1/2001   12/1/2001
                                           Degree          biology and other Science majors. The old introductory sequence is BIOL 111, 111L, 112, 112L and 113,
                                                           113L.

                                                           8. Request for Addition of New Course. BIOL 121, Principles of Biology I. Course description: An
                                                           introduction to biological principles for students majoring in biology and related fields of study. Topics include
                                                           scientific method, chemistry of life, macromolecules, cell structure and function, mendelian and molecular
2001-2002   AA-10   Academic Affairs      BIOL 121                                                                                                                              11/7/2001   11/29/2001   12/1/2001   12/1/2001
                                                           genetics. Rationale for new course: New course for Biology majors and majors in related fields of study.
                                                           Non-science majors are encouraged to meet basic science requirements with SCIE 101, plus CHEM 101,
                                                           PHYS 101, MSCI 101 or BIOL 101.

                                                           9. Request for Addition of New Course: BIOL 121L, Principles of Biology I Laboratory. Course description:
                                                           Experiments related to topics in BIOL 121. Exercise topics include evolution, experimental design, data
2001-2002   AA-10   Academic Affairs      BIOL 121L                                                                                                                             11/7/2001   11/29/2001   12/1/2001   12/1/2001
                                                           analysis, photosynthesis, cellular respiration and macromolecules. Rationale for new course: New lab
                                                           course to complement BIOL 121.

                                                           10. Request for Addition of New Course: BIOL 122, Principles of Biology II. Course description: An
                                                           introduction to biological principles for students majoring in biology and related fields of study. Topics include
2001-2002   AA-10   Academic Affairs      BIOL 122         evolution, origin of life, plant and animal development, ecology. Rationale for new course: This course is for       11/7/2001   11/29/2001   12/1/2001   12/1/2001
                                                           Biology majors and minors in related fields of study. Non-science majors may meet basic science
                                                           requirements by taking SCIE 101, PHYS 101, CHEM 101, BIOL 101 or MSCI 101.

                                                           11. Request for Addition of New Course: BIOL 122L, Principles of Biology II Laboratory. Course
2001-2002   AA-10   Academic Affairs      BIOL 122L        description: Experiments, exercises and demonstrations emphasizing the topics covered in Biology 122 with            11/7/2001   11/29/2001   12/1/2001   12/1/2001
                                                           oral communication component. Rationale for new course: Laboratory to complement Biology 122.

                                                           12. Request for Addition of New Course: MSCI 355, Introduction to Environmental Ecotoxicology. Course
                                                           description: An introduction to the impacts of pollutants upon ecological systems. We will examine, from a
2001-2002   AA-10   Academic Affairs      MSCI 355         molecular to global perspective, the fate and transformation of chemical contaminants in the biosphere.              11/7/2001   11/29/2001   12/1/2001   12/1/2001
                                                           Emphasis will be placed on the integration and assimilation of chemical, biological, and mathematical
                                                           principles as they relate to the field of ecotoxicology.

                                                           13. Request for Addition of New Course: MSCI 355L, Introduction to Environmental Ecotoxicology
                                                           Laboratory. Course description: The lab will focus on quantitative inquiry based exercises as well as an
2001-2002   AA-10   Academic Affairs      MSCI 355L                                                                                                                             11/7/2001   11/29/2001   12/1/2001   12/1/2001
                                                           introduction to the techniques and analytical instrumentation used to detect and quantify contaminants in
                                                           environmental martices.
                                          Emphasis in       14. Request for Addition or Change in Emphasis: Change in Required courses. Suggested change: Add
2001-2002   AA-10   Academic Affairs     Environmental      MSCI 355L to the list of required upper level elective courses for the area of emphasis in Environmental        11/7/2001   11/29/2001   12/1/2001   12/1/2001
                                           Chemistry        Chemistry.
                                          Emphasis in       15. Request for Addition or Change in Emphasis: Change in Required courses. Suggested change: Add
2001-2002   AA-10   Academic Affairs     Environmental      MSCI 355 to the list of required upper level elective courses for the area of emphasis in Environmental         11/7/2001   11/29/2001   12/1/2001   12/1/2001
                                           Chemistry        Chemistry.

                                         Environmental      16. Request for Addition or Change in Minor. Change in Required courses. Suggested change: Add MSCI
2001-2002   AA-10   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                        11/7/2001   11/29/2001   12/1/2001   12/1/2001
                                         Sciences Minor     355 to the list of elective courses required for the environmental sciences minor.

                                         Environmental      17. Request for Addition or Change in Minor. Change in Required courses. Suggested change: Add MSCI
2001-2002   AA-10   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                        11/7/2001   11/29/2001   12/1/2001   12/1/2001
                                         Sciences Minor     355L to the list of elective courses required for the environmental sciences minor.

                                                           A Resolution from the Student Government Association, entitled ‘Mascot Deliberation’, was presented for
                                                           Faculty Senate endorsement. The Resolution reads:
                                                           Purpose: To allow the SGA to have an active part in polling for a new mascot.
                       Student                             Whereas: The SGA will be informed about the mascot poll results, and any action taken regarding any
                                       Resolution entitled
2001-2002   AA-11     Government                           decision process.                                                                                                11/7/2001   11/29/2001   12/1/2001   12/1/2001
                                       Mascot Deliberation
                      Association                          Whereas: The SGA will have a prominent role regarding the student’s voice pertaining to the mascot
                                                           decision process.
                                                           Therefore: The SGA will have predominant and active role in the mascot decision process.
                                                           A motion was made by Michael Lackey to endorse the resolution. The motion passed.
                       ad hoc          revisions in Faculty
2001-2002   AA-12                                           THIS AA WAS VOIDED AND REPLACED WITH AA-25 2004-2005.                                                           2/6/2002       n/a          n/a         n/a
                      Committee             Handbook

                                                            1. Request for Addition of a New Course. CSCI 305 (1) (Prereq: Academic Studying above freshman)
                                                            Ethics in Computer Science. Course description: This course provides real-world experiences that will
2001-2002   AA-13   Academic Affairs       CSCI 305         stimulate discussion of ethical issues in the technical workplace. Topics include ACM code of Ethics, general   2/6/2002    4/18/2002    4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                            moral responsibilities, privacy, security, copyright and ownership agreement, computer crimes, and personal
                                                            ethics. The class format will present case studies of current news events regarding computer ethics.

                                                            2. Request for addition of a New Course. CSCI 390, Theory of Computation (3), (Prereq: grade of C or
2001-2002   AA-13   Academic Affairs       CSCI 390         above in CSCI 220 and 310,) Course description: This course is designed to provide general models for           2/6/2002    4/18/2002    4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                            computation, formal languages and automata theory, and algorithmic unsolvability.


                                                            3. Request for Addition of a New Course. CSCI 460, Algorithms in Bioinformatics (3). (Prereq: Senior level
                                                            status or permission of instructor) Course description: This course provides an introduction to the main
2001-2002   AA-13   Academic Affairs       CSCI 460         algorithms used in Data Mining of Genomic sequences and evaluation of gene expression data from Micro           2/6/2002    4/18/2002    4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                            Arrays. Topics include Dynamic programming, Hidden Markov Models, Support Vector Machines, Clustering
                                                            algorithms, and Singular Value Decompositions.

                                                         4. Request for Addition or Change in Emphasis (CSCI Theoretical track). Change in Required courses for
                                                         Computer Science, Theoretical track. Suggested change: Drop MATH 260, and MATH 474 from list of
                                       Computer Science required foundation courses. Drop CSCI 420 from major requirements selective list. Add CSCI 305, 330,
2001-2002   AA-13   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                        2/6/2002    4/18/2002    4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                       Theoretical Track CSCI 390 and CSCI 490 to graduation requirements. Rationale for change: These changes are being made
                                                         to the Theoretical Option for the purpose of positioning the Department of Computer Science to apply for
                                                         CSAB accreditation.
                                                            5. Request for Change in a Course: CHEM 705, Modern Instrumental Methods in Chemistry. Suggested
2001-2002   AA-13   Academic Affairs       CHEM 705         change: Course number from CHEM 705 to CHEM 605. Rationale for change: To bring numbering system                2/6/2002    4/18/2002    4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                            in line with that used for masters degree.
                                                            6. Request for Addition or Change in a Minor. Change in required course for Statistics minor. Suggested
2001-2002   AA-13   Academic Affairs     Statistics Minor   change: Change from STAT 412, STAT 413, STAT 420 to STAT 412 and choose two: STAT 413, STAT                     2/6/2002    4/18/2002    4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                            418, STAT 420, or STAT 399.
                                                            7. Request for Addition of New Course. STAT 399, Independent Study/Internship in Statistics (3) (Prereq
2001-2002   AA-13   Academic Affairs       STAT 399         STAT 412) Course description: Directed study of specific topics or supervised work as part of an approved       2/6/2002    4/18/2002    4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                            internship.

                                                            1. Request for Change in a Course (CBAD 336, Accounting Information Systems.) Change in prerequisite.
                                                            Suggested change: Grade of C or above in CSCI 105 or equivalent and concurrent enrollment with CBAD
2001-2002   AA-14   Academic Affairs       CBAD 336         330. Rationale for change: In Fall 2000 the course number was changed from CBAD 436 to 336, yet the             2/6/2002    4/18/2002    4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                            prerequisite remained the same. This prerequisite change will also allow prerequisite material to be covered
                                                            before students enroll in more advanced accounting courses.
                                                           2. Request for Change in a Course (CBAD 458, Marketing Strategies.) Change in prerequisite. Suggested
                                                           change: Admission to the College of Business and a Grade of C or above in Business Administration 351
2001-2002   AA-14   Academic Affairs       CBAD 458        and 357. Rationale for change: 1) CBAD 458 is a senior level marketing course, and it is necessary for          2/6/2002    4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                           students to have completed both CBAD 351 and CBAD 357. 2) Requiring both CBAD 351 and CBAD 357
                                                           will allow more advanced topics in marketing management to be covered with greater depth.

                                                      3. Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program. Deletion of Course Suggested Change: CBAD 458
                                                      as a selective course for management majors. Rationale for change: 1) Since CBAD is a marketing course,
                                        change to     the faculty feel that CBAD 490 (or an Alternative management selective) is more suitable for management
2001-2002   AA-14   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                       2/6/2002    4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                     Management Major majors, especially since many of the management graduates seek employment in some form of resort
                                                      tourism/hospitality management. 2) This change is also justified due to the increase in students majoring in
                                                      marketing.
                                                           4. Request for Change in a Course (CBAD 458, Marketing Strategies.) Change in catalog description.
                                                           Suggested change: Offer CBAD 458 every fall and spring semester and change catalog designation from "S"
2001-2002   AA-14   Academic Affairs       CBAD 458        to "F, S" designation. Rationale for change: 1) There has been an increase in marketing majors and the          2/6/2002    4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                           addition of the Professional Golf Management Program.        2) This change is also justified due to the
                                                           increase in students majoring in marketing.

                                                           5. Request for Change in a Course (CBAD 357, Marketing Research). Change in Catalog description.
                                                           Suggested change: Offer CBAD 357 every fall and spring semester and change catalog designation from “F”
2001-2002   AA-14   Academic Affairs       CBAD 357        to a “F, S” designation. Rationale for change: 1)There has been an increase in marketing majors. 2)This         2/6/2002    4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                           course has been offered both terms for the last year.         3) CBAD 357 requires group/teamwork, so
                                                           offering this class both terms may contribute to a smaller class size to facilitate more group/teamwork.

                                                           6. Request for Addition or Change in Minor. Addition of a minor in International Business Studies:
                                          International
                                                           Suggested change: Add an 18 semester hours minor in International Business Studies with the start of the
2001-2002   AA-14   Academic Affairs    Business Studies                                                                                                                   2/6/2002    4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                           2002-2003 academic year. Proposed courses are GEOG 121, POLI 101, or POLI 102, POLI 315 or POLI
                                              Minor
                                                           318, CBAD 401, CBAD 454, and CBAD 463.

                                                           7. Request for change in a course (CBAD 478, Business Policy). Change in course title. Suggested
2001-2002   AA-14   Academic Affairs       CBAD 478        change: Change title to Strategic Management. Rationale for change: Business policy is a generic term,          2/6/2002    4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                           whereas Strategic Management is more descriptive of course content.

                                        Change to     8. Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program. Suggested change: CBAD 375 no longer be a
2001-2002   AA-14   Academic Affairs Management Major selective course for management majors. Rationale for change: Management majors will be required to                  2/6/2002    4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                        CBAD 375      complete CBAD 374, 376, and 477 (9 hours), and DBAD 401, 426, 473, 490 (choose 2) 6 hours.

                                           entrance       9. Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program. Change in entrance requirements into College.
2001-2002   AA-14   Academic Affairs requirements for the Suggested Change: Students admitted to the upper-division of the College of Business have an overall GPA         2/6/2002    4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                     College of Business of 2.25


                                                           10. Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program. Double major Requirement in Business
                                                           Administration. Suggested change: Students, may double major, within the business discipline, and must
                                           Business
                                                           satisfy the major requirements in both programs. A minimum of 15 discrete hours must be earned in each
                                         Administration
2001-2002   AA-14   Academic Affairs                       major. No course common to both majors may be shared unless the student earns at least 15 additional            2/6/2002    4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                         Double Major
                                                           discrete hours for and specific to each major. Rationale for change: Provides enough coursework that
                                         Requirements
                                                           clearly distinguishes the two majors. Completion of 15 discrete hours demonstrates pursuit of a
                                                           distinguishable body of knowledge in a second business discipline.

                       Calendar        Bursar a member of A proposal from the Calendar Committee that the Bursar be made an ex-officio, non-voting member of the
2001-2002   AA-15                                                                                                                                                          12/5/2001   3/12/2002   3/13/2002   3/13/2002
                      Committee          the committee    Calendar Committee was passed.

                                                         A report from the International Programs Committee requests their description in the Faculty Manual be
                                                         changed as follows:
                                                         14. International Programs
                                        Faculty Manual   Membership: four elected (one from each college); one appointed by the Senate Chair; four appointed by
                      International
                                       changes regarding the University President; two students appointed by the Student Government Association. Ex Officio:
2001-2002   AA-16       Programs                                                                                                                                           3/6/2002    3/12/2002   3/13/2002   3/13/2002
                                        membership and Director of International Programs.                                                  Purpose: In cooperation with
                       Committee
                                           purpose       other relevant entities on and off campus, this committee will help promote major and minor programs of
                                                         international study, and will help further activities from the Office of International Programs. The Committee
                                                         helps set the direction for the cosmopolitan and cross-cultural enrichment of campus and community at both
                                                         the human and academic levels.
                                                  1. Request for Addition of New Course. JAPN 110, Introductory Japanese I. (3) Course description: For
                                                  students with no or very limited background in Japanese. Emphasis on the mastery of the basic structure of
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs   JAPN 110                                                                                                                        2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                  Japanese through intensive conversational exercise and practice. Development of reading and writing skills.
                                                  Introduction to Japanese culture.
                                                  2. Request for Addition of New Course. JAPN 120 Introductory Japanese II (3) (Prereq: JAPN 110 or
                                                  equivalent). Course description: Continued emphasis on the mastery of the basic structure of Japanese
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs   JAPN 120                                                                                                                        2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                  through intensive conversational exercise and practice. Further development of reading and writing skills,
                                                  and Japanese culture.
                                                  3. Request for Addition of New Course. JAPN 130, Introductory Japanese III (3) (Prereq: JAPN 120, or
                                                  equivalent) Course description: Continued emphasis on the mastery of the basic structure of Japanese
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs   JAPN 130                                                                                                                        2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                  through intensive conversational exercise and practice. Further development of reading and writing skills.
                                                  Introduction to Japanese culture.
                                                  4. Request for Addition of New Course. SPAN 211, Conversation/Composition II (3). (Prereq. SPAN 130 or
                                                  placement.) Course description: This course continues and complements the first semester intermediate
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs   SPAN 211   level Spanish (Spanish 210: Conversational/Composition I). Further expansion of language skills and                  2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                  appreciation of Hispanic cultures. Additional emphasis on grammar review in preparation for work in upper-
                                                  level courses.

                                                  5. Request for Addition of a New Course. SPAN 320, Spanish for the Professions (3). (Prereq: SPAN 210)
                                                  Course description: Study of the applied nature of the language focusing on the cultural aspects and
                                                  specialized vocabulary of a given professional field. Emphasize on developing skills to ask and answer
                                                  questions relating to a particular professional field, drafting relevant documents, and describing events that
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs   SPAN 320                                                                                                                        2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                  may arise in the practice of the profession. The following are among the possible fields on which the course
                                                  will focus: a) Spanish for Business: b) Spanish for Health Professions: c) Spanish for Public Safety: d)
                                                  Spanish for the Travel and Tourism Industry. Rationale for new course: This course is part of the approved
                                                  Spanish major.


                                                  6. Request for Addition of New Course. SPAN 321, Conversations on Hispanic Current Events (3). (Prereq:
                                                  SPAN 210) Course description: This course is designed to promote an active command of the language and
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs   SPAN 321   an appreciation of the cultural diversity of the Spanish-speaking world. Topics that emerge from the media           2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                  serve as a basis for conversation, class presentations, and essays. Rationale for new course: This course is
                                                  part of the approved Spanish major.

                                                  7. Request for Addition of New Course. SPAN 322, Latin American Literature in Translation. Course
                                                  description: (Writing Intensive) Selected readings of Latin American Literature in translation. Students write
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs   SPAN 322                                                                                                                        2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                  primary critical essays. All readings are in English. Rationale for new course: This course is one of the
                                                  foundation course of the new Spanish major.

                                                  8. Request for Addition of New Course. SPAN 323, Spanish for Business and Tourism (3). (Prereq: SPAN
                                                  210) Course description: This course provides students with linguistic skills necessary to discuss business
                                                  concepts and the tourism industry in Spanish. Emphasis is placed on developing the four basic language
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs   SPAN 323   skills (listening, speaking, reading, and writing) in the context of business situations. Special consideration is   2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                  devoted to acquiring an appreciation and understanding of Hispanic culture in the business world. Rationale
                                                  for new course: This course is a ramification of Spanish 320, Spanish for the Professions, that is part of the
                                                  approved Spanish major.

                                                  9. Request for Addition of New Course. SPAN 330, Approaches to Literature and Culture (3). (Prereq:
                                                  SPAN 210). Course description: Introductory studies in the literature and cultural manifestations of the
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs   SPAN 330                                                                                                                        2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                  Hispanic world. Authors, genres or cultural expressions may vary. Emphasis on continued development of
                                                  oral, reading and writing skills.

                                                  10. Request for Addition of New Course. SPAN 333. Topics in Language, Literature, and Culture (3).
                                                  (Prereq: SPAN 210) Course description: Selective study of topics in the language, Literature, and culture of
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs   SPAN 333                                                                                                                        2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                  Latin America and Spain. Class format includes reading assignments, lectures, discussions, oral and written
                                                  reports. Topics vary. Rationale for new course: This course is part of the approved Spanish major.

                                                  11. Request for Addition of New Course. SPAN 340, Hispanic Culture and Civilization (3). (Prereq. SPAN
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs   SPAN 340   210) Course description: A study of the historical development and various cultural manifestations of the            2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                  Spanish, Latin America, and contemporary Hispanic civilizations.

                                                  12. Request for change in Undergraduate Course: SPAN 351, Spanish Internship. Request to delete
                                                  course. Justification: Listing SPAN 351 is no longer necessary because this course has been superseded
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs   SPAN 351                                                                                                                        2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                  by SPAN 495, Internship since the implementation of the COHFA centralized internship program and
                                                  adoption of the 495 rubric across all College departments for this type of course.
                                                  13. Request for Addition of New Course. SPAN 360, Studies in Hispanic Poetry (Writing Intensive) (3).
                                                  (Prereq: SPAN 210) Course description: Selected topics in Hispanic poetry. This course is designed to
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs   SPAN 360   develop students’ appreciation of poetry and to develop critical approaches to poetic texts. Periods covered   2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                  may include the following: Renaissance and Baroque Poetry of Spain, Modern Spanish Poetry, and Poetry of
                                                  Latin America from Modernism to the present.


                                                  14. Request for Addition of New Course. SPAN 431, Advanced Language Study (Writing Intensive) (3).
                                                  (prereq: SPAN 210) Course description: Intensive practice of oral skills. Advanced study of grammar, syntax,
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs   SPAN 431                                                                                                                  2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                  and composition. Emphasis on mastery of complex language structures. Oral and written examinations.
                                                  Rationale for new course: This course is part of the approved Spanish major.

                                                  15. Request for Addition of New Course. SPAN 480, Capstone: Advanced Topics in Literature and Culture
                                                  (Writing Intensive) (3). (Prereq: SPAN 210: Junior standing or above) Course description: Intensive study
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs   SPAN 480   and analysis of a notable author or authors, literary trends or selected cultural topics. Emphasis may be      2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                  placed on one or more of the various forms of artistic, cultural or linguistic expressions. Consolidate and
                                                  further the skills in the Spanish major

                                                  16. Request for Change in a Course Number: (FREN 101, Introductory French I). Change in Course
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs   FREN 101   Number. Suggested change: Change FREN 101 to FREN 110. Rationale for course number change: This                2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                  change will more accurately reflect the three-semester first-year programs at Coastal.

                                                  17. Request for Change in a Course Number and Prerequisite: (FREN 102, Introductory French II).
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs   FREN 102   Suggested change: Change FREN 102 to FREN 120, and change the prerequisite from FREN 101 to FREN               2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                  110 or placement.
                                                  18. Request for Change in a Course. FREN 111, Introductory French I-II (Intensive). Change in Catalog
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs   FREN 111   description. Suggested change: The last line should read: “For students with two years of high school          2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                  French with an average grade of B or better, or by placement.”
                                                  19. Request for Change in a Course. FREN 201, Intermediate French I. Change in course number and
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs   FREN 201   prerequisite. Suggested change: Change FREN 201 to FREN 130, and change the prerequisites to FREN              2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                  120, 111 or by placement.
                                                  20. Request for Change in a Course. FREN 202, Intermediate French II (Intensive). Change in course
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs   FREN 202   number and prerequisite. Suggested change: Change FREN 202 to FREN 201, and change prerequisites to            2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                  FREN 130 or by placement.
                                                  21. Request for Change in a Course. GERM 101, Introductory German I. Change in course number.
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs   GERM 101                                                                                                                  2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                  Suggested change: Change GERM 101 to GERM 110.
                                                  22. Request for Change in a Course. GERM 102, Introductory German II. Change in course number and
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs   GERM 102   prerequisite. Suggested change: Change GERM 102 to GERM 120, and change the prerequisites to GERM              2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                  110 or by placement.

                                                  23. Request for Change in a Course. GERM 111, Introductory German I-II (Intensive). Change in catalog
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs   GERM 111   description. Suggested change: Change catalog description’s last line to read as follows: “For students with   2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                  two years of high school German with an average grade of B or better, or by placement.”

                                                  24. Request for Change in a Course. GERM 201, Intermediate German I. Change in course number and
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs   GERM 201   prerequisite. Suggested change: Change GERM 201 to GERM 130, and change the prerequisites to GERM              2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                  120, 111, or by placement.
                                                  25. Request for Change in a Course. GERM 202, Intermediate German II (Intensive). Change in course
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs   GERM 202   number and prerequisite. Suggested change: Change GERM 202 to GERM 210, and change the                         2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                  prerequisite to GERM 130 or by placement.
                                                  26. Request for Change in a Course. LATN 101, Introductory Latin I. Change in course number.
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs   LATN 101                                                                                                                  2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                  Suggested change: Change LATN 101 to LATN 110.
                                                  27. Request for Change in a Course. LATN 102, Introductory Latin II. Change in course number and
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs   LATN 102   prerequisite. Suggested change: Change LATN 102 to LATN 120, and change the prerequisites to LATN              2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                  110 or by placement.
                                                  28. Request for Change in a Course. LATN 201, Intermediate Latin I. Change in course number and
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs   LATN 201   prerequisite. Suggested change: Change LATN 201 to LATN 130, and change the prerequisites to LATN              2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                  120 or by placement.
                                                  29. Request for Change in a Course. SPAN 101, Introductory Spanish I. Change in course number.
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs   SPAN 101                                                                                                                  2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                  Suggested change: Change SPAN 101 to SPAN 110.
                                                  30. Request for Change in a Course. SPAN 102, Introductory Spanish II. Change in course number and
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs   SPAN 102   prerequisite. Suggested change: Change SPAN 102 to SPAN 120, and change the prerequisites to SPAN              2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                  110 or by placement.
                                                           31. Request for Change in a Course. SPAN 111, Introductory Spanish I-II (Intensive). Change in catalog
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs       SPAN 111        description. Suggested change: Change catalog description’s last line to read as follows: “For students with        2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                           two years of high school Spanish with an average grade of B or better, or by placement.”

                                                           32. Request for Change in a Course. SPAN 201, Intermediate Spanish I. Change in course number and
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs       SPAN 201        prerequisite. Suggested change: Change SPAN 201 to SPAN 130, and change the prerequisites to SPAN                   2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                           120, 111, or by placement.
                                                           33. Request for Change in a Course. SPAN 202, Intermediate Spanish II (Intensive). Change in course
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs       SPAN 202        number and prerequisite. Suggested change: Change SPAN 202 to SPAN 210, Conversation/Composition                    2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                           I, and change the prerequisite to SPAN 130 or by placement
                                                           34. Request for Change in a Course. SPAN 380, Introduction to World Film. Change in Course title.
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs       SPAN 380                                                                                                                            2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                           Suggested change: Change course title to Studies in World Film-Focus: Hispanic Cinema.

                                                           35. Request for Change in a Course. SPAN 390, Spanish Peninsular Literature. Change in course number
                                                           and prerequisite. Suggested change: Change SPAN 390 to SPAN 410 and change the prerequisite from
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs       SPAN 390                                                                                                                            2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                           SPAN 202 or equivalent to SPAN 210. Rationale for course number and prerequisite change: The change
                                                           in the numbers of the course and the prerequisite reflect the structure of the new Spanish major.

                                                           36. Request for Change in a Course. SPAN 391, Spanish American Literature. Change in course number
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs       SPAN 391        and prerequisite. Suggested change: Change SPAN 391 to SPAN 411 and change the prerequisite from                    2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                           SPAN 202 or equivalent to SPAN 210.
                                                           37. Request for Change in a Course. SPAN 415, Spanish Linguistics. Change in course number and
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs       SPAN 415        prerequisite. Suggested change: Change SPAN 415 to SPAN 430 and change the prerequisite from SPAN                   2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                           202 or equivalent to SPAN 210.
                                                          38. Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program: Change in required courses and structural
                                       changes to Spanish changes. Suggested change: A number of structural changes have been made to the proposed major in
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                           2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                             Major        Spanish that was approved by the Faculty Senate on 7/12/00. Two new courses have been added:
                                                          ENGL/SPAN 322 and SPAN 323.

                                       changes to Spanish 39. Request for Addition or Change in Minor. Change in required courses and structural changes.
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                           2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                             Minor        Suggested change: Structural changes and new course offerings have modified the old Spanish minor.

                                                           40. Request for Addition of New Course. JOUR 310, Writing for Broadcast (3) (Prereq: ENGL 101, ENGL
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs       JOUR 310        102, JOUR 201). Course description: This course offers students an introduction to broadcast media as well          2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                           as reporting. Students learn components of script writing, videotape editing and the impact of broadcast.


                                                           41. Request for Addition of New Course. ENGL 210, Technical Editing. (3) (Prereq. C or above in ENGL
                                                           101 and 102). Course description: A rigorous workshop emphasizing essential methods and techniques for
                                                           editing technical papers, including stylistic editing, substantive editing, and production editing. Students will
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs       ENGL 210                                                                                                                            2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                           improve command of standard English grammar, mechanics, spelling, and usage. Students will also edit
                                                           documents for clarity, conciseness and style appropriate to a particular audience, and acknowledge primary
                                                           and secondary sources of information using in-text citation.


                                                           42. Request for Addition of New Course. ENGL 211, Introduction to Technical & Professional Writing. (3)
                                                           (Prereq. Grade of C or better in ENGL 101 and 102, ENGL 210 with a grade of B or better.) Course
                                                           description: A practical introduction to principal types and forms of technical writing, including description of
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs       ENGL 211        mechanism, process analysis, definition, and the proposal. Rationale for new course: This course teaches            2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                           students how to write clearly and precisely so that the end user of a document can easily access the
                                                           message. This course lays the foundation for the other courses that follow in the sequence and is therefore
                                                           a necessary foundation for the future technical writer.


                                                           43. Request for Addition of New Course. ENGL. 212 Theories of Visual Rhetoric. (3) (Prereq. Grade of C or
                                                           better in ENGL 101 and 102, Grade of B or better in Engl. 210 and 211). Course description: An introduction
                                                           to the history, principles, theories and techniques of designing usable documents with an emphasis on
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs       ENGL 212                                                                                                                            2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                           rhetorical analysis and the integration of verbal and visual language. Students will study the rhetorical
                                                           qualities of fonts, typefaces, and the theories and principles that have guided the complex interactions of
                                                           words and images from antiquity to electronic writing spaces.
                                                            44. Request for Addition of New Course. ENGL 480, Special Topics in Technical Communication. (3)
                                                            (Completion of ENGL 210 and 211 with a grade of B or better, ENGL 212, ARTS 201, Junior standing).
                                                            Course description: An intensive Workshop focusing on a specific topic in technical communication. Topics
                                                            will vary and may include Computer Documentation (hardware and software including user guides, reference
                                                            manuals, quick reference guides, tutorials, and online documentation); Grant/Proposal Writing;
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs       ENGL 480                                                                                                                            2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                            Scientific/Medical writing; Hypermedia authoring. May be repeated for academic credit. Rationale for new
                                                            course: There are many types of technical and professional writing. Students will have the opportunity to
                                                            study, learn the conventions of, and practice writing for one of these special genre. Hands-on application of
                                                            writing techniques for categories of writing like scientific writing, medical writing, or computer documentation
                                                            will prepare students for careers in these areas.



                                                            45. Request for Addition of New Course. ENGL 490, Internship in Technical and Professional Writing. (3)
                                                            (Prereq. ENGL 210, 211 with a grade of B or above; ARTS 201; ENGL 212, Junior standing). Course
                                                            description: Supervised technical communication work in industry, science, government, or business.
                                                            Enrollment requires a proposal and approval of English Department faculty. Portfolio and report required.
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs       ENGL 490                                                                                                                            2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                            Rationale for new course: Students need to understand how writing actually gets done in the real world. by
                                                            interning in an actual agency, organization, corporation, or small business, students will gain valuable
                                                            experience in writing for a specific workplace, and this experience will make them stronger writers and
                                                            provide the background necessary for their resumes and their future careers.


                                                          46. Request for Addition or Change in a Degree Program. Addition of a Technical and Professional Writing
                                        Technical and
                                                          Track with the Department of English and Journalism. Consisting of 18 credit hours, the track includes
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs Professional Writing                                                                                                                      2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                          courses in technical editing, Introduction to Technical and Professional Writing, Theories of Document
                                            Track
                                                          Design, and Special Topics in Technical Communication.


                                                            47. Request for Addition of New Course. ARTH 499, Special Topics in Visual Culture. (3) (Prereq. ARTH
                                                            105, 106, or permission of instructor; co-req. prerequisites waived for students on other majors, Junior and
                                                            senior standing). Course Description: Topics in visual culture of special interest but which are too specific to
                                                            be served by an established course. Topics may include but are not limited to more diverse imagery than
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs       ARTH 499                                                                                                                            2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                            traditionally offered in an art history survey course. May be taken more than once as the topic changes.
                                                            Course fulfills upper level course requirements for Art Studio majors. Rationale for new course: Course
                                                            provides a means to accommodate more in-dept study of visual culture for students interested in learning
                                                            research and writing methodologies pertinent to contemporary cultural studies.

                                                            48. Request for Addition or Change in Minor. Change in New Minor in Classical Studies. Suggested
                                                            change: The Classical Studies Minor utilizes current faculty and library resources and adds no new classes
                                        Classical Studies   to the existing offerings. It reflects a unique concentration of related coursework for History, Philosophy,
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                           2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                             Minor          Politics and Theatre. Rationale for change: Students transferring to graduate programs in History, Political
                                                            Science and other Humanities majors have requested such a concentration. This minor is traditional at
                                                            many other schools.

                                                        49. Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program: Change in credit/course number. Suggested
                                       Music Degree MUS
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs                    change: Change MUS 373 “Elementary Piano Pedagogy” to MUS 316 “Elementary Piano Pedagogy”.                             2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                       373 to   MUS 316
                                                        Rationale for change: Make course numbers consistent throughout degree curriculum.

                                                        50. Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program: Change in credit/course number. Suggested
                                       Music Degree MUS
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs                    change: Change MUS 444 “Piano Literature” to MUS 414 “Piano Literature”. Rationale for change: Make                    2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                       444 to   MUS 414
                                                        course numbers consistent throughout degree curriculum.
                                                         51. Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program: Change in credit/course number. Suggested
                                       Music Degree MUS
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs                     change: Change MUS 335 “Choral Conducting” to MUS 334 “Choral Conducting”. Rationale for change:                      2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                       335 to    MUS 334
                                                         Make course numbers consistent throughout degree curriculum.
                                         Music Degree       52. Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program: Change in credit/course number. Suggested
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs     MUED 163 and       change: Change MUED 163/MUED 164 from 1 credit to 2 credits”. Rationale for change: Correct                        2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                          MUED 164          typographical error in original Degree Proposal.
                                                            53. Request for Addition or Change in Minor. Change in course credit. Suggested change: Increase
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs      Music Minor                                                                                                                          2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                            “ensemble performance” from 2 credits to 4 credits.
                                                            54. Request for Addition or Change in a Minor: Change in deletion of course. Suggested Change: Delete
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs      Music Minor                                                                                                                          2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                            “prerequisites”. These are a part of the minor.
                                                            55. Request for Addition or Change in Minor. Change in course credit. Suggested change: Increase “applied
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs      Music Minor       music” from 2 credits to 8 credits. Rationale for change: Shift the emphasis of the minor from history and         2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                            theory to performance and ensemble participation.
                                                          56. Request for Addition or Change in Minor. Deletion of courses. Suggested change: Delete MUS 215,
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs     Music Minor      216,217, 218, 353, 354. Rationale for deletion: This change will shift the emphasis of the minor from history   2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                          and theory to performance and ensemble participation.
                                                          57. Request for Addition or Change in Minor: Addition of Course. Suggested Change: Add MUS 110 and
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs     Music Minor      MUS 357. Rationale for addition: Shift the emphasis of the minor from history and theory to performance         2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                          and ensemble participation.
                                                          58. Request for Addition of New Course. THEA 278, Dance for Musical Theatre III (Tap Emphasis) (2).
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs      THEA 278        Course description: Dance for Musical Theatre III (Tap Emphasis). (2) The study and application of the          2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                          fundamental principles of tap dance.

                                                          59. Request for Addition of New Course. THEA 498, Musical Theatre Capstone. Course description: (3)
                                                          (Prereq. Successful Keyboarding Proficiency Exam). Course description: In the final semester, each
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs      THEA 498        student will plan and execute a project which demonstrates significant proficiency in singing, dancing and      2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                          acting. Supervised by a member of the Performing Arts faculty, the project will incorporate research,
                                                          documentation, an audition portfolio, and a public performance.

                                                          60. Request for Addition of New Course. THEA 476, Rhythm Tap-Dance. (3) (Prereq. THEA 278). Course
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs      THEA 476                                                                                                                        2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                          description: The study and application of the intermediate principles of tap-dance.

                                                          61. Request for a Change in Degree Program. Deletion of courses. Suggested change: Delete THEA 175,
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs    Musical Theatre   Beginning Modern Dance, THEA 275, Intermediate Modern Dance, and THEA 475, Advanced Modern                      2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                          Dance from the catalog.
                                                          62. Request for a Change in Degree Program. Change name and reduce credit hours. Suggested change:
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs      THEA 174        Change name of THEA 174 from “Basic Dance Techniques” to “Dance for Musical Theatre I (Ballet                   2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                          Emphasis)” and reduce the credits form 3 to 2.
                                                          63. Request for a Change in Degree Program. Change name and credit hours reduction. Suggested
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs      THEA 276        change: Change the name of THEA 276 from “Musical Theatre Dance I” to “Dance for Musical Theatre II             2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                          (Jazz Emphasis)” and reduce credit from 3 to 2.

                                                          64. Request for a Change in Degree Program. Change name and repeatable credit. Suggested Change:
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs      THEA 376                                                                                                                        2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                          Change the name of THEA 376 from “Musical Theatre Dance II” to “Dance for Musical Theatre IV (Styles).”


                                                          65. Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program. Change in educational objectives of Musical
                                                          Theatre. Suggested change: Musical Theatre students are expected to: 1. acquire and demonstrate an
                                                          understanding of the historical and cultural dimensions of musical theatre, including a familiarity with
                                       Musical Theatre    influential works and actors, dancers, directors, designers, and singers; 2. acquire and demonstrate sound
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs    Educational       techniques in vocal production, acting and dance in a variety of styles and formats; 3. acquire and             2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                         Objectives       demonstrate a basic understanding of production processes including those in technical theatre and
                                                          production; 4. demonstrate an understanding of methods for evaluating the elements of musical theatre, and
                                                          5. develop the ability to analyze and critique performances both orally and in writing. Rationale for change:
                                                          More clearly states the Educational Objectives of the major.



                                                         66. Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program. Change in Introduction to Musical Theatre program
                                                         in catalog. Suggested change: To achieve these educational objectives, the musical theatre program offers a
                                                         focused undergraduate theatre curriculum in theater, music, and dance. While some courses within the
                                                         program allow extended and specialized study for majors, the chief goal of the program is to foster a broad
                                       Musical Theatre understanding and appreciation of the theatrical enterprise. A maximum of 64 credits may be applied toward
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs Introduction change satisfying the Foundation Courses and Major Requirements in Musical Theatre. Students must earn a grade          2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                          in catalog     of C or above in each course used to satisfy the musical Theatre Major and pass a keyboard proficiency
                                                         exam as outlined in the Music Handbook. One course labeled Writing Intensive (WI) must be taken by every
                                                         student during each of the sophomore, junior and senior years. English 101 and 102 are designated as
                                                         writing intensive courses in the freshman year. In addition, one course labeled Computer Usage (CU) must
                                                         be successfully completed by every student before graduation.


                                                          67. Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program. Change in core curriculum section of Musical
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs   Musical Theatre    Theatre degree in catalog. Suggested change: Edit the core curriculum to delete ARTH 101, PHIL 101, and         2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                          RELG 103 as options and change science course numbering to reflect presently approved changes.
                                                            68. Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program. Rewording of “Emphasis” section in catalog.
                                                            Suggested change: Edit pg. 162 of the 2001-2002 catalog to delete “and/or to obtain piano proficiency” and
                                                            change elective credits from 7-15 to 6-12. Rationale for change: The line in the Emphasis section is crossed
2001-2002   AA-17   Academic Affairs    Musical Theatre                                                                                                                     2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                                            out because piano courses have been built into the program. Elective hours have changed based on
                                                            changes made elsewhere on these forms. The total credit hours required of the major remain the same as
                                                            when the degree was first approved.

                                                         Academic Procedural Change. I) For students on non-academic probation, the Academic Affairs Committee
                                           Academic      recommends that: A) From the date of suspension to the date of return, the student does not have access to
2001-2002   AA-18   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                        2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                       Procedural Change the petitions process. B) The Registrar’s Office will inform the instructor of a W or WF assigned for the non-
                                                         academic reasons.

                                                            Academic Policy Changes. II) The Academic Affairs Committee recommends the following changes: A) p.
                                                            28: the term “suspension” be clarified as “academic or non-academic suspension.” B) p. 38: Change
                                        Academic Policy     “Students who miss assignments, announced quizzes, or other classroom obligations due to excused
2001-2002   AA-19   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                        2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                                           Changes          absences will be allowed to make up the work” to “Students who miss assignments, announced quizzes, or
                                                            other course work due to excused absences will be allowed to make up the work in a manner deemed
                                                            appropriate by the instructor.”


                                                            APPROVED BY CHE ON 12-05-03 PER DENNIS WISEMAN. Approve the Final Proposal for a M.S. Degree
                                        Master of Science   in Coastal and Marine Wetland Studies. An amendment to include the names of the Graduate Council was
                       Graduate         degree in Coastal   included. Members are: Wall College of Business Administration, Dr. John Marcis (E), Dr. Dennis Rauch
2001-2002   AA-20                                                                                                                                                           2/6/2002   4/18/2002   4/22/2002   4/22/2002
                        Council        Marine and Wetland   (A); College of Education Dr. Lance Bedwell (E), Dr. Tim Touzel (A); Edwards College of Humanities and
                                             Studies        Fine Arts, Dr. Don Millus (A), Dr. Eldred Prince (A); College of Natural and Applied Sciences, Dr. Michael
                                                            Ferguson (A), Dr. Susan Libes (E), Dr. Dennis Wiseman, Chair.


                                                            1. Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program. Change in Required courses. Increase credit
                                                            requirement for HLED 485 Field Study in Health Careers from three (3) to nine (9) credits. Rather than
                                                            increase the number of credit hours needed for graduation, the following changes will also be made: Move
                                                            HLED 333 Environmental Health to “health promotion electives” under “major requirements”. This course will
                                                            no longer be required; however, students may elect to take the course to fulfill their “major requirements”.
                                        Health Promotion    THEA 140 will no longer be required as a foundation course; therefore, total credits required for major will
2001-2002   AA-21   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                        4/3/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002
                                              Major         remain at 123 – 131. Rationale for change: The faculty in the health promotion program will soon be
                                                            applying for program approval through the American Association of Health Education (AAHE) and the
                                                            Society of Public Health Education (SOPHE). In order to qualify for this approval, health promotion majors
                                                            must complete at least 320 hours in internships/community service. Hours for the HLED 485 internship will
                                                            increase from 85 to 280 hours. (Note: To fulfill the 320 hour requirement, 40 hours of community service will
                                                            also be required in other health promotion courses.)

                                                            2. Request for Addition of Change in Degree Program. Change in Other. Suggested change: Change of
2001-2002   AA-21   Academic Affairs       HLED 235         course name and description for HLED 235 First Aid and Basic Life Support. Rationale for change: To             4/3/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002
                                                            update course title and content.

                                                            3. Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program. Change in Prerequisites, Required Courses.
                                                            Suggested Change: Change in course number and addition of prerequisite for HLED 125 Introduction to
                                                            Health Promotion and Education. Rationale for change: Content of this course is more appropriate for the
2001-2002   AA-21   Academic Affairs       HLED 125         sophomore level health promotion major. The broad health content areas covered in HLED 221 Personal             4/3/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002
                                                            and Community Health will increase the mastery and understanding of the health promotion philosophies
                                                            taught in this course. (Note: We also have a request to change the course number for HLED 221 Personal
                                                            and Community Health to HLED 121.)


                                                            4. Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program. Change in Other. Suggested change: Change in
                                          HLED 221 to
2001-2002   AA-21   Academic Affairs                        course number for HLED 221 Personal and Community Health to HLED 121. Rationale for change: This is             4/3/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002
                                           HLED 121
                                                            an introductory health course which provides a broad overview of health and wellness.

                                                            5. Request for Addition or Change in Minor. Change in Required courses. Suggested change: Change
                                        Health Promotion    courses within the Health Promotion Minor. Rationale for change: Due to prerequisites and course content,
2001-2002   AA-21   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                        4/3/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002
                                              Minor         HLED 481 Behavioral Foundations and Decision Making in Health Education and HLED 485 Field Study in
                                                            Health Careers are not appropriate courses for health promotion minors. The motion passed.

                                                            MATH 510 Algebraic Thinking for Middle School Teachers. (3) Algebraic expressions, equations and
                       Graduate                             systems of equations, inequalities and systems of inequalities, functions and relations, operations with
2001-2002   AA-22                          MATH 510                                                                                                                         5/1/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002
                        Council                             exponents, problems and applications. Graphing calculators, computer algebra systems, spreadsheets and
                                                            manipulatives are included.
                                                           MATH 520 Problem Solving Strategies for Middle School Teachers. (3) Methods of problem solving
                       Graduate                            required for middle school students: diagrams, systematic lists, pattern recognition, matrix logic, sub-
2001-2002   AA-22                         MATH 520                                                                                                                       5/1/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002
                        Council                            problems, unit analysis, forward-backward methods, recursive relationships, and various ways of organizing
                                                           information. Spreadsheets and graphing calculators are included.

                                                           MATH 530 Geometry for Middle School Teachers. (3) Plane and solid geometry taught from an inductive
                       Graduate
2001-2002   AA-22                         MATH 530         approach, using manipulatives and technology components such as Geometer’s Sketchpad. Deductive               5/1/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002
                        Council
                                                           reasoning and justification are included.
                                                           MATH 542 Modeling. (3) (Prereq: MATH 130) Introduction of (mostly environmental) examples of modeling.
                       Graduate
2001-2002   AA-22                         MATH 542         Overview of basic function equations and graphs; exploration of both simple continuous model-fitting and      5/1/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002
                        Council
                                                           iterated model-building with examples.
                                                           MATH 546 Algebra. (3) (Prereq: MATH 130) Basic algebra concepts in increasingly complicated contexts.
                       Graduate
2001-2002   AA-22                         MATH 546         Demonstrations of proofs, common inaccuracies and misuse of notation as real-life applications of algebra     5/1/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002
                        Council
                                                           are addressed.

                                                           MATH 550 Analysis. (3) (Prereq: MATH 160) Study of the structure of the real number system and the
                       Graduate                            foundations of calculus; an exploration of real numbers and limits more thorough than would be found in a
2001-2002   AA-22                         MATH 550                                                                                                                       5/1/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002
                        Council                            typical undergraduate calculus sequence. Simple demonstrations and calculator exercises replacing long
                                                           proofs and real-life applications are included.

                       Graduate                            MATH 612 History of Mathematics. (3) (Prereq: Grade of C or better in MATH 161 or the equivalent)
2001-2002   AA-22                         MATH 612                                                                                                                       5/1/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002
                        Council                            Investigation of the history of mathematics from 3000 B.C. to present time.
                       Graduate                            MATH 640 Introduction to Topology. (3) (Prereq: MATH 220 or the equivalent) Set theory, topological
2001-2002   AA-22                         MATH 640                                                                                                                       5/1/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002
                        Council                            spaces, generalized convergence, compactness, metrization, and connectedness.
                                                           MATH 670 Number Theory. (3) (Prereq: Grade of C or better in MATH 161 or the equivalent) Induction,
                       Graduate                            divisibility theory, primes, congruences, Fermat’s Theorem, number theoretic functions, primitive roots and
2001-2002   AA-22                         MATH 670                                                                                                                       5/1/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002
                        Council                            indices, quadratic reciprocity law, perfect numbers, Pythagorean triples, Fibonacci numbers, and continued
                                                           fractions.

                       Graduate                            MATH 675 Introduction to Graph Theory. (3) (Prereq: MATH 174, 220 or the equivalent) Graphs, paths,
2001-2002   AA-22                         MATH 675                                                                                                                       5/1/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002
                        Council                            cycles, trees, matchings, cuts and flows, colorings, and planarity Hamiltonian Cycles.

                       Graduate                            STAT 500 Probability and Statistics for Middle School Teachers. (3) Study of topics in probability and
2001-2002   AA-22                         STAT 500                                                                                                                       5/1/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002
                        Council                            statistics appropriate for middle school teachers.
                       Graduate                            STAT 601 Conceptual Statistics. (3) Designing experiments, descriptive statistics, probability, concept of
2001-2002   AA-22                         STAT 601                                                                                                                       5/1/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002
                        Council                            chance, models estimation, and testing.
                                                           STAT 603 Research Methods. (3) (Prereq: STAT 201) Nature of surveys, planning and coverage of
                       Graduate
2001-2002   AA-22                         STAT 603         surveys, basic ideas of sampling experiments and investigations, scaling methods, response errors, and        5/1/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002
                        Council
                                                           processing data.

                                                         Wiseman said another item of business from the Graduate Council is to bring to the Senate a
                                                         recommendation for organizing graduate education, at least in terms of organizing it through faculty
                                                         governance. Wiseman said the Graduate Council serves on the graduate level in a capacity analogous to
                                                         that of the undergraduate Committee Academic Affairs and Faculty Senate combined. The Graduate
                       Graduate                          Council’s role is to deal with matters specific to graduate education. Actions taken by the Graduate Council
2001-2002   AA-23                     Graduate Education                                                                                                                 5/1/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002
                        Council                          are sent to the Faculty Senate for endorsement and then to the Provost for approval. The current Graduate
                                                         Council recommends that this structure continue for three to five years, with the plan being to form a
                                                         Graduate Assembly to deal specifically with graduate matters at the end of this time period. A motion was
                                                         made by Andy Hendrick to approve the recommendation of the Graduate Council. After much discussion,
                                                         the motion passed.

                    Faculty Welfare                        A motion was made by Michael Ruse that the language in Faculty Welfare and Development section of the
                                        Faculty Manual
2001-2002   AA-24         and                              2001-2002 Faculty Manual, Page V-11, under the heading of “Sabbatical” be replaced with “Scholarly            5/1/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002
                                           change
                     Development                           Reassignment.” The motion passed

                                                         Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program. Change in Graduation Requirements. Suggested
                                                         change: All students graduating from the Bachelor’s Interdisciplinary Studies Degree Program must
                                       Interdisciplinary complete a minimum of 36 credit upper level division credit hours. Rationale for change: The opinion of the
2001-2002   AA-25   Academic Affairs Studies Graduation Dean, Faculty Director, and Interdisciplinary Studies Faculty Committee that students graduating with a          5/1/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002   5/31/2002
                                        Requirements     Bachelor’s Degree in Interdisciplinary Studies complete a minimum of 36 upper division credit hours. This
                                                         requirement matches similar requirements of degree programs in South Carolina and other institutions
                                                         across the United States. The motion passed.
                                                           STIPULATION: RESOLUTION BE WIDELY DISTRIBUTED TO FACULTY.                                            A
                                                           motion was made by Lance Bedwell to accept the Proposed Faculty Senate Resolution submitted by Phil
                                                           Schneider relative to the selling of complimentary textbooks. After some discussion, the motion passed.
                                                           PROPOSED FACULTY SENATE RESOLUTION
                                                           Submitted by Phil Schneider, April 22, 2002

                                                           Whereas, book publishers frequently provide new texts to faculty gratis for review and possible course
                                           Resolution
                                                           adoption; and
                                           concerning
                                         complimentary
2001-2002   AA-26   Faculty Senate                         Whereas, the selling of such gratis texts by faculty to itinerant book buyers is contrary to the intended review   5/1/2002    6/13/2002    6/13/2002    6/13/2002
                                         textbooks with
                                                           use of the texts; and
                                     stipulation signed on
                                             8/15/02
                                                           Whereas, the continuation of faculty violations nationwide of the intended purposes (review for course use)
                                                           of these texts is leading some publishers to discontinue gratis text reviews;

                                                           Therefore, be it resolved that the Coastal Carolina University Faculty Senate considers the selling of gratis
                                                           texts by faculty members to book buyers to be a violation of the publisher-faculty understanding and to be,
                                                           therefore, unethical.




                                                        Linda Schwartz thanked the students attending the meeting for their patience. Schwartz said as Chair of the
                                                        Calendar Committee, she was charged to look at two issues which she brought back to the Committee.
                                                        Discussing the issues in reverse order, Schwartz said the second issue was regarding a conflict between the
                                                        Friday labs and the Monday, Wednesday regular 16-week classes because there is a make-up day on the
                      Calendar                          Friday of the last week of classes which conflicts with the Friday labs. Schwartz said their had been much
2001-2002   AA-27                    2007-2008 Calendar                                                                                                                       5/1/2002    5/31/2002    5/31/2002    5/31/2002
                     Committee                          discussion and the Committee also looked at the numbers of students enrolled in the Friday labs. Schwartz
                                                        said the Committee does not recommend that we move to a Wednesday start. The first issue the Committee
                                                        was asked to look at was the Fall break. Schwartz said a faculty poll was conducted (results are agenda item
                                                        for May 1, 2002 meeting), and after all the deliberations, discussions and research, etc., the Committee
                                                        proposes that we accept the 2007/2008 Calendar as presented.


                      Campus          disbanding of the    STIPULATION: ENSURE THAT THE FACULTY MANUAL REFLECTS THE CHANGE. 9/13/02
2001-2002   AA-28     Services        campus services      A motion was made by Jill Sessoms to accept the report (agenda item for May 1, 2002 meeting) from the              5/1/2002    8/19/2002    8/19/2002    8/19/2002
                     Committee           committee         Campus Services Committee to disband for lack of an agenda for the past two years.


                                                           The new committees beginning AY 2002-2003 are:

                                                           Academic Affairs
                                                           Promotion and Tenure
                                                           Faculty Grievance
                                                           Faculty Welfare and Development
                                                           Core Curriculum
                                                           Strategic Planning (formally the Budget Advisory and Long Range Planning Committees
                                                           Student Life (formally the Campus Recreation, Intramural Athletics and Student Affairs Committees.
                    Faculty Senate       combining of
2001-2002   AA-29                                          Campus Judicial Board                                                                                              7/10/2002   10/28/2002   10/28/2002   10/28/2002
                     Committees           committees
                                                           International Programs and Cultural Affairs (combined to form one Committee)
                                                           Nominations & Elections Committee
                                                           Calendar Committee
                                                           Library Advisory Committee
                                                           Buildings & Grounds Committee
                                                           Intercollegiate Athletics Committee
                                                           Student Retention and Assessment (formally Academic & Student Outcomes Assessment and Retention
                                                           Committees)
                                                         STIPULATION: THE CORE CURRICULUM COMMITTEE WILL CORDINATE THE DESIGNATION OF
                                                         WRITING INTENSIVE AND COMPUTER USAGE COURSES AND THE ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
                                       Core Curriculum   COMMITTEE WILL ASSESS WRITING INTENSIVE AND COMPUTER USAGE COURESES. Susan
2002-2003   AA-01   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                        9/4/2002   12/2/2003    12/2/2003    12/2/2003
                                         Committee       Webb, Chair of the Core Curriculum Committee presented a request from the Core Curriculum for Faculty
                                                         Senate action (attached to agenda). Recommended change to Core Curriculum Committee is Writing
                                                         Intensive and Computer Usage courses.


                                                         1. Request for Addition of New Course. GEOG 426, Geography of Latin America. Course description:
                                                         Physical, Cultural and Economic Geography of Latin America. Rationale for new course: There is a need to
2002-2003   AA-02   Academic Affairs     GEOG 426        offer this course in Latin American Geography to compliment the new major in Spanish, the Global Studies           9/4/2002   10/31/2002   10/31/2002   10/31/2002
                                                         Minor and the Latin American Minor now being offered. Also, this gives Education Majors one more option in
                                                         satisfying their Geography requirement.


                                                         2. Request for Addition of New Course. POLI 397, Internship in Political Science. Course description:
                                                         Internships are occasionally available in local, state, or federal government offices. Students may do an
2002-2003   AA-02   Academic Affairs      POLI 397       internship for academic credit. Grades are determined by two factors: (1) the evaluation of the internship         9/4/2002   10/31/2002   10/31/2002   10/31/2002
                                                         performance by the contact person in the office, and (2) a report submitted to appropriate faculty member in
                                                         the department of Politics. Requirements will be specifically stated in a contract to be signed by the student.

                                                         3. Request for Change in a Course: POLI 450, Constitutional Law. Change in Course Title. Rationale for
2002-2003   AA-02   Academic Affairs      POLI 450       change: The Department of Politics and Geography proposes to add a new course in public law,                       9/4/2002   10/31/2002   10/31/2002   10/31/2002
                                                         Constitutional Law I, and to change the title of the existing POLI 450 to Constitutional Law II.


                                                         4. Request for Addition of New Course: POLI 449, Constitutional Law I. Course description: An
                                                         investigation of the U.S. Constitutional Principles and the Supreme Court decisions that have shaped the
                                                         development of the Document. Rationale for new course: The architectonic purpose of this course is to
2002-2003   AA-02   Academic Affairs      POLI 449       contribute to Coastal's mission as a liberal arts institution. Truly free human beings are those who seek the      9/4/2002   10/31/2002   10/31/2002   10/31/2002
                                                         truth, cultivate reason, and attain moral and rational self-governance. In other words, the purpose of the
                                                         liberal arts is to raise and answer questions about men's place in the universe and how human beings should
                                                         live their lives.


                                                         5. Request for Change in a Course: PHIL 311, Ethical Theory. Change in Catalog description, Prerequisite
                                                         and Other (Writing Intensive). Catalog description: Ethical Theory (3) (Writing Intensive) (Prereq. PHIL 101
                                                         or consent of instructor) A Study of moral principles and the basic concepts underlying these principles,
2002-2003   AA-02   Academic Affairs      PHIL 311                                                                                                                          9/4/2002   10/31/2002   10/31/2002   10/31/2002
                                                         such as good, evil, right, wrong, justice, value, duty, and obligation. Using original source readings from both
                                                         classical and contemporary moral philosophy, this course develops an understanding of the philosophical
                                                         foundations of various ethical theories.


                                                         6. Request for Change in a Course: PHIL 490, Capstone Seminar in Ethics. Change in Catalog
                                                         description, Prerequisite. Catalog description: Capstone Seminar in Ethics (3) (Prereq. PHIL 311). Catalog
                                                         description: This seminar engages philosophy majors in advanced research and discussion involving ethical
                                                         theories, their philosophical foundations, and their application. Based upon the philosophy major's choice,
                                                         the seminar will result in a written product either suited for submission to a scholarly journal or as a
2002-2003   AA-02   Academic Affairs      PHIL 490                                                                                                                          9/4/2002   10/31/2002   10/31/2002   10/31/2002
                                                         comprehensive final report for an applied ethics project. Rationale for changes: (1) Adds a specific course
                                                         prerequisite, PHIL 311, Ethical Theory, that is also a required course for a major in philosophy and that will
                                                         prepare the student for the capstone seminar. (2) Adds an applied ethics option to recognize that the
                                                         seminar may take either a theoretical or a practical direction based upon student interest and consultation
                                                         with the instructor.


                                                         7. Request for Addition or Change in Minor: Change in Addition of a minor in Latin American Studies.
                                                         Suggested change: The faculty of the Edwards College of Humanities and Fine Arts proposes the addition
                                                         of a Latin American Studies minor. The minor will require eighteen hours. Rationale for change: The
                                       Latin American    proposed new minor has been supported by the heads of the Department of History and the Department of
2002-2003   AA-02   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                        9/4/2002   10/31/2002   10/31/2002   10/31/2002
                                       Studies Minor     Politics and Geography, who have agreed to accept the new cross-listed course, HIST 496 and POLI 496,
                                                         Topics in Latin American Politics and Culture. Co-directors of the Honors Program have agreed that
                                                         inclusion of proposed HONS 401, Inter-disciplinary Seminar, will be acceptable as a Latin American Studies
                                                         minor course on occasions when it contains significant Latin American content.
                                                          8. Request for Addition of New Course: LATS 399, Independent Study in Latin America. Course
                                                          description: An independent study course conducted under faculty supervision in Latin America. The course
                                                          may be conducted through any university department. It is normally taken by students enrolled in SPAN 350,
2002-2003   AA-02   Academic Affairs      LATS 399        Study Abroad. Rationale for new course: It will compliment other courses in the Latin American Studies            9/4/2002   10/31/2002   10/31/2002   10/31/2002
                                                          (LATS) minor. It adds flexibility to course offerings available to LATS minors in that it may be adapted to any
                                                          university discipline. Faculty members who plan to offer it should follow procedures established for 399
                                                          courses stated in "Course Work Not Taken in Traditional Format."


                                                          9. Request for Addition of New Course: POLI 496 and HIST 496, Topics in Latin American Politics and
                                           POLI 496       Culture. Course description: A topical approach to Latin America employing a variety of teaching materials
2002-2003   AA-02   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                        9/4/2002   10/31/2002   10/31/2002   10/31/2002
                                           HIST 496       and techniques. Among the topics treated are women and race, recent and contemporary themes in Latin
                                                          American civilization, political institutions and ideology.


                                                          1. Request for Addition of New Course: MSCI 416, Hydrogeology. Course description: This course will
                                                          cover the elements of the hydrologic cycle, emphasizing ground and surface water movement through the
                                                          hydrologic system. Topics will include hydrogeology, streams and floods, estuarine and wetland hydrology,
                                                          properties of water, and the hydrologic continuum between the rivers and the sea. Lecture will focus on
2002-2003   AA-03   Academic Affairs      MSCI 416                                                                                                                          9/4/2002   10/31/2002   10/31/2002   10/31/2002
                                                          theoretical aspects of water movement and the hydrologic system. Three lecture hours per week. F'02.
                                                          Rationale for new course: This course will provide a new upper level elective for our science students.
                                                          Hydrogeology provides a tool that employers in the private and governmental sectors desire in coastal
                                                          studies. Also, a new minor in geology has been passed and this course will support these students.


                                                          2. Request for Addition of New Course: MSCI 416L, Hydrogeology Laboratory. Course description: The
                                                          laboratory demonstrates the topics and principles presented in lecture. Three laboratory hours per week.
2002-2003   AA-03   Academic Affairs      MSCI 416L                                                                                                                         9/4/2002   10/31/2002   10/31/2002   10/31/2002
                                                          F'02. Rationale for new course: This laboratory provides necessary field experiences to properly understand
                                                          practical hydrogeology.

                                                          3. Request for Addition of New Course: MSCI 376, Biology of Sea Turtles. Course description: A
                                                          comprehensive investigation of the evolution, biology, and ecology of sea turtles (order Chelonia) will be
                                                          covered in this course. Topics to be focused on include: phylogeny, molecular evolution, anatomy,
2002-2003   AA-03   Academic Affairs      MSCI 376        reproduction, ontogenetic changes, sensory capabilities, navigation, feeding behaviors, diving physiology,        9/4/2002   10/31/2002   10/31/2002   10/31/2002
                                                          thermal biology, ecological roles, and matters of conservation. Eight lecture hours per week during the
                                                          Summer. Rationale for new course: There is a broad interest in the Biology of Sea Turtles as evidenced by
                                                          student involvement in conservation activities in this area.

                                                          4. Request for Addition of New Course: MSCI 376L, Biology of Sea Turtles Laboratory. Course description:
                                                          The laboratory demonstrates the topics and principles presented in lecture, involves field research, and
2002-2003   AA-03   Academic Affairs      MSCI 376L       conservation and regulatory interest site visitation. Eight to ten hours per week. Rationale for new course:      9/4/2002   10/31/2002   10/31/2002   10/31/2002
                                                          There is a broad interest in the Biology of Sea Turtles as evidenced by student involvement in conservation
                                                          activities in this area.

                                                          5. Request for Addition of New Course: MSCI 458, Fisheries Science. Course description: An introduction
                                                          to the practices and techniques of fisheries science. Topics include analytical and empirical models, stock
                                                          assessment, age and growth analysis, mortality, recruitment and yield, production and early live history,
2002-2003   AA-03   Academic Affairs      MSCI 458                                                                                                                          9/4/2002   10/31/2002   10/31/2002   10/31/2002
                                                          harvesting techniques, and detailed study of important fisheries. Rationale for new course: Replaces
                                                          previous MSCI 459 (Behavior and Ecology of Fishes). Previous course overlapped in content with several
                                                          other offerings, but new course is only one to address this major field.

                                                          6. Request for Addition of New Course: MSCI 458L, Fisheries Science. Course description: The laboratory
2002-2003   AA-03   Academic Affairs      MSCI 458L       demonstrates the topics and principles presented in lecture. Rationale for new course: Complements and            9/4/2002   10/31/2002   10/31/2002   10/31/2002
                                                          strengthens the MSCI 458 lecture course.

                                                          The Intercollegiate Athletics Committee has reviewed its charge as stated in the Faculty Manual. We
                     Intercollegiate                      recommend the following change to the purpose statement. The proposed statement reads: "Purpose:
                                         change in the
2002-2003   AA-04       Athletics                         This committee considers all phases of the intercollegiate athletic program at the university and makes           9/4/2002   10/31/2002   10/31/2002   10/31/2002
                                        Faculty Manual
                       Committee                          reports and recommendations to the faculty and the administration. The Athletic Director and all coaches
                                                          are excluded from any elected or appointed position on this committee." The motion passed.

                                                         A motion was made by Dave Evans to accept the recommendation from Michael Ruse asking the senate to
                       Calendar        begin semester on request that administration amend the earliest possible academic calendar to begin major semesters on
2002-2003   AA-05                                                                                                                                                           9/4/2002   10/31/2002   10/31/2002   10/31/2002
                      Committee          Wednesdays      Wednesday rather than Thursday. After much discussion, the motion to begin major semesters on
                                                         Wednesday passed.
                                                        Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program. Change in Required Courses. Suggested change: 1)
                                                        Drop BIOL 232-242 and ASTR 111-112 as allowed sequences of science courses for the Theoretical Option.
                                       Computer Science
2002-2003   AA-06   Academic Affairs                    2) Drop one course from the Computer Science Electives (300 level or above) in the Theoretical Option. 3)         11/6/2002   11/11/2002   11/11/2002   11/11/2002
                                           Major
                                                        Add the following major requirement for Theoretical Option: Choose one course from Computer Science 380,
                                                        390, Mathematics 474. .
                       Calendar        Wednesday start of The motion for a Wednesday start calendar, which allows for a Friday Fall Break in mid-October and a Good
2002-2003   AA-07                                                                                                                                                         11/6/2002   12/16/2002   12/18/2002   12/18/2002
                      Committee           semester        Friday Break in March or April, passed.
                                           Change in        1. Request for Addition or Change in Concentration: Change in Required courses. Suggested change: Drop
                                        concentration for   PHED 401 (Kinesiology) as a required course for marketing majors pursuing the Professional Golf
2002-2003   AA-08   Academic Affairs    Marketing majors    Management option. Rationale for change: Kinesiology is not a specified requirement of the PGA. Before        11/6/2002   12/16/2002   12/18/2002   12/18/2002
                                         pursuing PGM       graduating from the PGMP program, the PGA requires that students must pass the Level 2 examination of
                                             option         the GPTP program.
                                           Change in
                                        concentration for   2. Request for Addition or Change in Concentration: Change in Required courses. Suggested change:
2002-2003   AA-08   Academic Affairs    Marketing majors    Drop HLED 235 (First Aid and Basic Life Support) as a required course for marketing majors pursuing the       11/6/2002   12/16/2002   12/18/2002   12/18/2002
                                         pursuing PGM       Professional Golf Management option.
                                             option
                                           Change in
                                        concentration for   3. Request for Addition or Change in Concentration: Change in Required courses. Suggested change:
2002-2003   AA-08   Academic Affairs    Marketing majors    Drop CBAD 376 (Organizational Behavior) as a required course for marketing majors pursuing the                11/6/2002   12/16/2002   12/18/2002   12/18/2002
                                         pursuing PGM       Professional Golf Management option.
                                             option


                                                            4. Request for Addition of New Course: Golf Professional Training Program (GPTP) Seminar I, PGMP 102.
                                                            Course description: PGMP 102 GPTP Seminar I. (1) (Prereq: Acceptance into the Professional Golf
                                                            Management Program) This seminar focuses on interpersonal skills and golf shop operations … Pass/fail
                                                            grading. S. Rationale for new course: The PGA requires that our PGMP students pass through Level 2 of
2002-2003   AA-08   Academic Affairs       PGMP 102         the Golf Professional Training Program (GPTP) examinations to be eligible for graduation. As it now stands,   11/6/2002   12/16/2002   12/18/2002   12/18/2002
                                                            our PGMP students are expected to obtain GPTP study materials and prepare for the Level 1 and Level 2
                                                            exams with limited course work specifically tailored towards the GPTP coverage. Some students have
                                                            voiced complaints that our curriculum does not provide adequate preparation for the GPTP examinations, so
                                                            we feel that the PGMP curriculum will be strengthened by adding the four GPTP Seminars.



                                                            5. Request for Addition of New Course: Golf Professional Training Program (GPTP) Seminar II, PGMP 201.
                                                            Course description: PGMP 201 GPTP Seminar II. (1)(Prereq: Acceptance into the Professional Golf
                                                            Management Program and successful completion of PGMP 102) This seminar will focus on golf club design
                                                            and repair, teaching golf, tournament operations, rules of golf, and golfer development programs…Pass/fail
                                                            grading. F. Rationale for new course: The PGA requires that our PGMP students pass through Level 2 of
2002-2003   AA-08   Academic Affairs       PGMP 201                                                                                                                       11/6/2002   12/16/2002   12/18/2002   12/18/2002
                                                            the Golf Professional Training Program (GPTP) examinations to be eligible for graduation. As it now stands,
                                                            our PGMP students are expected to obtain GPTP study materials and prepare for the Level 1 and Level 2
                                                            exams with limited course work specifically tailored towards the GPTP exams. Some students have voiced
                                                            complaints that our curriculum does not provide adequate preparation for the GPTP examinations, so we feel
                                                            that the PGMP curriculum will be strengthened by adding the four GPTP Seminars.


                                                            6. Request for Addition of New Course: Golf Professional Training Program (GPTP) Seminar III, PGMP 202.
                                                            Course description: PGMP 202 GPTP Seminar III. (1)(Prereq: Acceptance into the Professional Golf
2002-2003   AA-08   Academic Affairs       PGMP 202                                                                                                                       11/6/2002   12/16/2002   12/18/2002   12/18/2002
                                                            Management Program and successful completion of PGMP 201) This seminar will focus customer relations,
                                                            business planning and merchandising, and teaching golf…Pass/fail grading. S.

                                                            7. Request for Addition of New Course: Golf Professional Training Program (GPTP) Seminar IV, PGMP
                                                            301. Course description: PGMP 301 GPTP Seminar IV. (1)(Prereq: Acceptance into the Professional Golf
2002-2003   AA-08   Academic Affairs       PGMP 301         Management Program and successful completion of PGMP 202) This seminar will emphasize turf-grass              11/6/2002   12/16/2002   12/18/2002   12/18/2002
                                                            management, business communications, golf car fleet management, and teaching golf…Pass/fail grading.
                                                            F.
                                                        8. Request for Addition or Change in Concentration: Suggested Change: Add Management as a Major
                                                        Option for PGMP students. Rationale for change: Currently, all students enrolled in the PGMP program
                                    Add Management as complete a major in marketing. This undoubtedly limits the flexibility offered to students. By allowing students
2002-2003   AA-08   Academic Affairs a Major option for to major in either marketing or management will make the program more attractive to a larger pool of                 11/6/2002   12/16/2002   12/18/2002   12/18/2002
                                      PGMP students     students, and it will allow for greater career options upon graduation. By allowing qualified management
                                                        majors to select PHMP as an option, the number of semester hours required for the program will not change,
                                                        yet this is not the case if the program is opened up for accounting and finance majors.

                                                           9. Request for Addition or Change in Emphasis: Suggested Change: Require a “C” average in required and
                                                           selective courses for all majors. Rationale for change: In order to set standards of accomplishment
                                     Change in emphasis
                                                           commensurate with those of other colleges on campus, but taking into consideration student progression in
2002-2003   AA-08   Academic Affairs   of requiring a C                                                                                                                      11/6/2002   12/16/2002   12/18/2002   12/18/2002
                                                           programs where coursework tends to follow a step-by-step progression, we would like to change our major
                                     average in all majors
                                                           requirements to include the requirement of a “C” average across all major coursework including both required
                                                           and selective courses.
                                                           1. Request for Addition or Change in Minor: Change in other: Addition of a Graphic Design Minor in Art.
                                        Graphic Design     Suggested Change: Modify the existing Art Studio Minor by adding and deleting several courses listed
2002-2003   AA-09   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                         11/6/2002   12/16/2002   12/18/2002   12/18/2002
                                         Minor in Art      below to make a Graphic Design Minor. All courses in the Graphic Design Minor are in the catalog and are
                                                           currently being taught.
                                     Add Technical and
                                                          2. Request for Addition or Change in Minor: Change in other: Addition of a minor in Technical and
2002-2003   AA-09   Academic Affairs Professional Writing                                                                                                                    11/6/2002   12/16/2002   12/18/2002   12/18/2002
                                                          Professional Writing. Suggested change: Add a minor in Technical and Professional Writing.
                                            Minor

                                                           3. Request for Change in a Course: Success Seminar for English Majors and Journalism Minors, ENGL
                                           ENGL 110
2002-2003   AA-09   Academic Affairs                       110/SSEN 195. Proposed change: 1) Catalog description: omit the words “Journalism minors” and “or                 11/6/2002   12/16/2002   12/18/2002   12/18/2002
                                           SSEN 195
                                                           minor”, 2) Credit; to 3 credits, 3) Other, Course Title to Success Seminar for English Majors.

                                                          4. Request for Addition or Change in Minor: Change in Required courses. Suggested change: Delete
                                       English Majors and
2002-2003   AA-09   Academic Affairs                      English 110, Success Seminar for English majors and Journalism minors as a requirement for the minor in            11/6/2002   12/16/2002   12/18/2002   12/18/2002
                                       Journalism Minors
                                                          journalism.

                                                           1. Request for Addition of New Course: MSCI 599, Directed Research. Course description: Structured
                                                           research project for in service teachers, conducted with faculty direction and participation. Projects explore
2002-2003   AA-10   Academic Affairs       MSCI 599                                                                                                                          11/6/2002   12/16/2002   12/18/2002   12/18/2002
                                                           marine or related problems using the scientific method. Rationale for new course: Meet the demand of
                                                           science teachers to gain practical research experience. The motion to send to Graduate Council passed.

                                                           2. MUED 520 Orchestration and Arranging (3) An introduction to the instrument and vocal families and basic
                                                           arranging and compositional concepts for a variety of ensembles. Both classical orchestration and jazz and
2002-2003   AA-10   Academic Affairs      MUED 520                                                                                                                           11/6/2002   12/16/2002   12/18/2002   12/18/2002
                                                           commercial arranging are covered as well as the practical rearranging required of school and church music
                                                           directors. Technology Intensive. Course approved by the Graduate Council.

                                                           3. MUED 542 Foundations of Elementary Music Education (3) Principles and practices for teaching music
                                                           in grades PreK-6. Emphasis is given to planning, teaching and evaluating general music lessons at different
2002-2003   AA-10   Academic Affairs      MUED 542                                                                                                                           11/6/2002   12/16/2002   12/18/2002   12/18/2002
                                                           levels based on the National Standards for the Arts and to utilizing techniques and materials from a variety of
                                                           approaches including Kodaly and Orff Pedagogy. Course approved by the Graduate Council.

                                                           4. MUED 543 Foundations of Secondary Music Education (3) Teaching and organization of music classes
                                                           in middle and senior high school focusing on state and national standards. Emphasis will be given to the
2002-2003   AA-10   Academic Affairs      MUED 543         areas of general, instrumental, and vocal music. Includes consideration of performance and non-                   11/6/2002   12/16/2002   12/18/2002   12/18/2002
                                                           performance classes and implications of the National Standards for the Arts. Course approved by the
                                                           Graduate Council.

                                                           5. MUED 544 Principles and Methods of Teaching Music (3) An overview of the total music program in a
                                                           variety of school settings to include the development of artistry in musicianship, pedagogy and scholarship.
2002-2003   AA-10   Academic Affairs      MUED 544                                                                                                                           11/6/2002   12/16/2002   12/18/2002   12/18/2002
                                                           Demonstration and discussion of relevant approaches to the teaching and planning of choral, general, and
                                                           instrumental music at all levels are included. Courses approved by the Graduate Council.


                                                           6. MUED 560 World Music: Cross-Cultural Communication in Contemporary Education (3) Study of important
                                                           musical genres and practices outside the direct influence of Western practice and history. Some of the
2002-2003   AA-10   Academic Affairs      MUED 560         world’s great musical and cultural traditions are experienced through performance, analysis, and discussion       11/6/2002   12/16/2002   12/18/2002   12/18/2002
                                                           of the music within the greater context of the society. Ancillary topics include religion, philosophy, language
                                                           patterns, cultural history and traditional customs. Courses approved by the Graduate Council.
                                                         Membership: Four faculty (one from each of the four Colleges, elected to a two-year term with a staggered
                                                         start to insure some continuity). One member elected from each of the following committees, for a one-year
                                                         term: Academic Affairs Committee, Core Curriculum Committee, Long Range Planning Committee. Ex
                                                         Officio: One representative from the Office of the Provost; one representative from the Office of Institutional
                                                         Research and Assessment; one representative from the Office of Student Academic Support Services; one
                        Student                          representative from the Office of Student Development. One student from pool of peer mentors.
                     Retention and     accept membership Assessment Coordinator provides support for assessment and retention activities. The membership will
2002-2003   AA-11                                                                                                                                                          12/4/2002   2/14/2003   2/17/2003   2/17/2003
                      Assessment          and purpose    result in seven voting members and a total membership of twelve. Chair: The Chair shall be a faculty
                       Committee                         member and shall be elected from among those currently in their second year of service.
                                                         Purpose: The duty of the committee is to act as an oversight committee to assure that academic student
                                                         outcomes assessment, contributing to the effective retention of students, is taking place. The committee will
                                                         collect and disseminate technical information (1) from the various Colleges (through the Office of the
                                                         Provost) regarding assessment and retention; (2) from the various Faculty Senate standing committees
                                                         engaged in assessment (e.g., Core Committee's core assessment) and in retention. The committee will
                                                            1. Request for Change in a Course. SOC 310, Social Demography (3). Proposed change in Catalog
                                                            description to read: (Writing Intensive) (Prereq: SOC 101, MATH 130 or equivalent or permission of
2002-2003   AA-12   Academic Affairs        SOC 310         instructor) Study of the theories, methods, issues and data related to the characteristics and dynamics of     12/4/2002   2/14/2003   2/17/2003   2/17/2003
                                                            population. Accessing and analyzing population data, calculating demographic measures, applying theories,
                                                            and writing demographic reports are emphasized.


                                                            STIPULATION: STRIKE LAST SENTENCE IN THE RATIONALE BECAUSE AT THIS TIME, THERE IS
                                                            NO PROPOSED B.A. IN COMPUTER SCIENCE. 2. Request for Addition of New Course. CSCI 120,
                                                            Introduction to Web Page Design (3). Course description: This course is an introductory course in web
                                                            design that provides a foundation for using the imagery of a web page for communicating ideas across the
2002-2003   AA-12   Academic Affairs       CSCI 120                                                                                                                        12/4/2002   2/14/2003   2/17/2003   2/17/2003
                                                            internet. Topics include the utilization of graphic editing and web development software, basic HTML coding,
                                                            simple graphic editing, web ethics including design and accessibility issues, and publishing WEB pages.
                                                            Rationale for new course: This course is designed to provide students of many different majors with a
                                                            needed background in web page design and development. /Changed per Admin. stipulation.


                                                            3. Request for Addition of New Course. PHYS 303, Quantum Mechanics (3). Course description: Principles
2002-2003   AA-12   Academic Affairs       PHYS 303         of quantum mechanics, including operators in Hilbert space, matrix mechanics, angular momentum, spin,          12/4/2002   2/14/2003   2/17/2003   2/17/2003
                                                            perturbation theory, and application. Three hour lecture per week.

                                                            1. Request for Change in a Course: MUS 315, Piano Pedagogy Internship (1). Change in Course Number,
2002-2003   AA-13   Academic Affairs        MUS 315         Change MUS 315 to MUS 415. Rationale for change: A 400 designation more accurately reflects the                12/4/2002   2/14/2003   2/17/2003   2/17/2003
                                                            content of the course.

                                                            2. Request for Change in a Course: MUS 316, Elementary Piano Pedagogy (3). Change in Course
2002-2003   AA-13   Academic Affairs        MUS 316         Number, Change MUS 316 to MUS 416. Rationale for change: 1) MUED designation matches the vocal                 12/4/2002   2/14/2003   2/17/2003   2/17/2003
                                                            series MUED 435-436, 2) A 400 designation more accurately reflects the course content.

                                                            3. Request for Change in a Course: MUS 335, Vocal Pedagogy Internship (1). Change in Course Number,
2002-2003   AA-13   Academic Affairs        MUS 335         Change MUS 335 to MUS 435. Rationale for change: A 400 level designation more accurately reflects the          12/4/2002   2/14/2003   2/17/2003   2/17/2003
                                                            content of the course.
                                                            4. Request for Change in a Course: MUS 336, Elementary Voice Pedagogy (3). Change in Course
2002-2003   AA-13   Academic Affairs        MUS 336         Number, Change MUS 336 to MUS 436. Rationale for change: A 400 level designation more accurately               12/4/2002   2/14/2003   2/17/2003   2/17/2003
                                                            reflects the course content.
                                                            5. Request for Change in a Course: MUS 353, History of Western Music I (3). Change in Course Number,
2002-2003   AA-13   Academic Affairs        MUS 353         Change MUS 353 to MUS 253. Rationale for change: A 200 level designation more appropriately reflects           12/4/2002   2/14/2003   2/17/2003   2/17/2003
                                                            the material included in the curriculum.
                                                            6. Request for Change in a Course: MUS 354, History of Western Music II (3). Change in Course Number,
2002-2003   AA-13   Academic Affairs        MUS 354         Change MUS 354 to MUS 254. Rationale for change: A 200 level designation more appropriately reflects the       12/4/2002   2/14/2003   2/17/2003   2/17/2003
                                                            material included in the curriculum.
                                                            7. Request for Change in a Course. MUED 454, Music for Young Children (3). Change in Course Number,
2002-2003   AA-13   Academic Affairs       MUED 454         Change MUED 454 to MUED 354. Rationale for change: After implementation of the MAT, the new course             12/4/2002   2/14/2003   2/17/2003   2/17/2003
                                                            number more accurately reflects the target student population.
                                                            8. Request for Addition of New Course. MUS 124C, Colorguard (1). Course description: Colorguard
2002-2003   AA-13   Academic Affairs       MUS 124C         functions as a component of the university marching band. Course is open to all majors. Rationale for new      12/4/2002   2/14/2003   2/17/2003   2/17/2003
                                                            course: Support of new MAT program.
                                                  9. Request for Addition of New Course. MUS 124D, Drumline (1). Course description: Examination of
                                                  percussion performing techniques in an ensemble setting. Students participate in a drumline setting on
2002-2003   AA-13   Academic Affairs   MUS 124D   percussion instruments. This is an ensemble experience designed to allow prospective teachers and                 12/4/2002   2/14/2003   2/17/2003   2/17/2003
                                                  performers to implement proper techniques used in school bands and professional performance. Rationale
                                                  for new course: This is a new course designed to support the MAT in Music.

                                                  10. Request for Addition of New Course. MUS 124M, Marching Band (1). Course description: Marching
                                                  Band serves as a creative and performing outlet for university students. Additionally, music education
2002-2003   AA-13   Academic Affairs   MUS 124M                                                                                                                     12/4/2002   2/14/2003   2/17/2003   2/17/2003
                                                  majors gain valuable pedagogical experience. Rationale for new course: Support of new MAT
                                                  requirements.

                                                  11. Request for Addition of New Course. MUED 391, Fundamentals of Brass Instruments (1). Course
                                                  description: The primary objective of this class is to give students who will eventually be teaching brass
                                                  players a general working knowledge of the brass family of instruments. Students will have hands-on
                                                  experience playing each of the brass instruments and will be presented with concise information regarding
2002-2003   AA-13   Academic Affairs   MUED 391   every facet of brass playing. At the completion of this course, students should be able to perform                12/4/2002   2/14/2003   2/17/2003   2/17/2003
                                                  competently at the beginner level on each of the brass instruments and will possess a strong working
                                                  knowledge of the technical aspects of the brass playing. Ultimately, the goal of the course is to provide the
                                                  knowledge necessary to enable the student to be an effective educator for his or her brass students.
                                                  Rationale for new course: This is a new course required to support the MAT in Music.



                                                  12. Request for Addition of New Course. MUED 392, Fundamentals of Woodwind Instruments (1). Course
                                                  description: The primary objective of this course is to give students who will eventually be teaching flute and
                                                  single reed players a general working knowledge of the woodwind family of instruments. Students will have
                                                  hands-on experience playing each of the instruments and will be presented with concise information
2002-2003   AA-13   Academic Affairs   MUED 392   regarding every facet of woodwind playing. At the completion of this course, students should be able to           12/4/2002   2/14/2003   2/17/2003   2/17/2003
                                                  perform competently at the beginner level on each of the woodwind instruments and will possess a strong
                                                  working knowledge of the technical aspects of playing. Ultimately, the goal of the course is to provide the
                                                  knowledge necessary to enable the student to be an effective educator to his or her woodwind students.
                                                  Rationale for new course: This is a new course required to support the MAT in Music.


                                                  13. Request for Addition of New Course. MUED 491, Fundamentals of Percussion Instruments (1). Course
                                                  description: The primary objective of this class is to give students who will eventually be teaching percussion
2002-2003   AA-13   Academic Affairs   MUED 491                                                                                                                     12/4/2002   2/14/2003   2/17/2003   2/17/2003
                                                  players a general working knowledge of the percussion family of instruments. Rationale for new course:
                                                  This is a new course required to support the MAT in Music.

                                                  14. Request for Addition of New Course. MUS 492, Fundamentals of String Instruments (1). Course
                                                  description: The primary objective of this class is to give students who will eventually be teaching string
2002-2003   AA-13   Academic Affairs   MUS 492    players a general working knowledge of the string family of instruments. Students will have hands-on              12/4/2002   2/14/2003   2/17/2003   2/17/2003
                                                  experience playing each of the string instruments and will be presented with concise information regarding
                                                  every facet of string playing.

                                                  15. Request for Addition of New Course. MUS 385, Form and Analysis (3). Course description: This
                                                  course is an introduction to concepts of design, or form, in music as found in standard tonal literature. The
                                                  primary focus of the course will be to learn how to perceive and analyze music. The intent is to have the
2002-2003   AA-13   Academic Affairs   MUS 385    student understand how tonality shaped the thinking of composers regarding how music is constructed, and          12/4/2002   2/14/2003   2/17/2003   2/17/2003
                                                  to see how melody, harmony, and rhythm interact to create designs starting with phrases, and going on
                                                  ultimately to entire compositions. Rationale for new course: This will support the MAT in Music and bring
                                                  the Music curriculum in line with NASM standards.


                                                  16. Request for Addition of New Course: MUS 386, 20th Century Music Theory (3). Course description: A
                                                  survey course intended to acquaint the students with the changes in music’s language and vocabulary that
2002-2003   AA-13   Academic Affairs   MUS 386    occurred during the twentieth century. Starting with the increased chromaticism of the later nineteenth           12/4/2002   2/14/2003   2/17/2003   2/17/2003
                                                  century, the course will explore the changes in harmony, melody, rhythm, and form found in representative
                                                  European and American composers.
                                                            17. Request for Addition of New Course: MUS 420, Orchestration & Arranging (Technology Intensive) (2).
                                                            Course description: To be able to write functional arrangements using current technology, with emphasis on
                                                            the needs of the typical public school choral and instrumental ensemble. This course will introduce students
                                                            to the instrument and vocal families and basic arranging and compositional concepts for a variety of
2002-2003   AA-13   Academic Affairs       MUS 420          ensembles. Both classical orchestration and jazz and commercial arranging will be covered as will the           12/4/2002   2/14/2003   2/17/2003   2/17/2003
                                                            practical rearranging which is always required of school and church music directors (i.e., the CCU choir has
                                                            no tenors at present). The aim is to give students the practical musical skill and technical knowledge needed
                                                            to produce clean and correct scores and parts for performances by wind, brass, string, vocal, jazz, rock and
                                                            mixed ensembles.

                                                            18. Request for Addition of New Course: MUS, 453, Music and Musicians Since 1900 (3). Course
                                                            description: A study of the impact of western music and musicians on contemporary American and
2002-2003   AA-13   Academic Affairs       MUS 453                                                                                                                          12/4/2002   2/14/2003   2/17/2003   2/17/2003
                                                            European Life. Special attention will be paid to the increasing role of women in composition and
                                                            performance of music.

                                                            19. Request for Change in a Course: MUS 175, Class Piano (2). Proposed change in Catalog description to
                                                            read: The first course in a two-course sequence that leads to successful completion of the music
                                                            departmental piano proficiency requirement. Offered in a multi-keyboard lab for: 1) BA candidates with a
2002-2003   AA-13   Academic Affairs       MUS 175          major or minor in music; and 2) BA candidates in musical theater. Emphasis on the development of reading        12/4/2002   2/14/2003   2/17/2003   2/17/2003
                                                            skills, performance from memory, accompaniment of simple melodies using I-IV-117-V7 chords with various
                                                            accompanimental patterns, and the performance of major/harmonic minor scales and arpeggios. F,S.
                                                            Prerequisite; Permission of Department Chair, and Title: MUS 175 – Piano Proficiency Lab I.

                                                            20. Request for Change in a Course: MUS 176, Class Piano II (2). Proposed change in Catalog description
                                                            to read: A continuation of MUS 175, MUS 176 culminates in the successful completion of the music
                                                            department piano proficiency requirement. Taught in a multi-keyboard lab setting for: 1) the BA candidate
                                                            with a major or minor in music (MUS 176 is NOT REQUIRED for the BA in Musical Theater). Emphasis on
                                                            the continued development of reading skills and performance from memory, reading of open instrumental
                                                            and choral scores, reading of various combinations of clefs and transposing/non-transposing instruments,
                                                            performance of dominant 7th and diminished 7th arpeggios, performance of vocal/instructional
2002-2003   AA-13   Academic Affairs       MUS 176                                                                                                                          12/4/2002   2/14/2003   2/17/2003   2/17/2003
                                                            accompaniments, and the transposition of grand staff notation to different keys. Restricted to Music and
                                                            Musical Theatre majors; and Title: MUS 176 – Piano Proficiency Lab II. Rationale for proposed change: As
                                                            presently described in the university catalog, MUS 175 and 176 were created when the CCU department of
                                                            music was preparing students for: 1) the College of Education’s BA degree (with certification in music); and
                                                            2) a minor in music. At that time, CCU had no BA with a music major. Presently, CCU has a BA in music
                                                            and supports the MAT in music and the BA in Musical Theater. At that time, the requirements for the piano
                                                            proficiency were not outlined in the catalog description, only in the departmental student handbook. The
2002-2003   AA-14                                           No AA-14; this number was skipped in error.

                                       serving on college   The sitting Department Chairs, Assistant Deans, and Associate Deans not be permitted to serve on college
2002-2003   AA-15   Faculty Manual        peer review       peer review committees. Results are yes-56, no-10, indifferent-4. *Note: this action was approved March 6,      3/6/2002    4/25/2003   5/13/2003   5/13/2003
                                          committees        2002 but the Administrative Action was not done at that time per Janet Straub.

                                                            That college peer review committees be composed of one tenured full-time faculty member from each of the
                                                            academic units represented in that particular college. Members are to be elected by their academic unit. In
                                                            the event that a unit does not have an eligible faculty member to serve, it will elect a full time tenured
2002-2003   AA-16   Faculty Manual      member election                                                                                                                     3/6/2002    4/25/2003   5/13/2003   5/13/2003
                                                            colleague from another department within the college. Results are yes-60, no-5, indifferent-5. *Note: this
                                                            action was approved March 6, 2002 but the Administrative Action was not done at that time per Janet
                                                            Straub.

                                                          Chair Koesterer reported the election results for the revision of the Faculty Manual regarding the post-tenure
                                                          review process are as follows:
                                                          Motion 1. That sitting department chairs, assistant deans, and associate deans not be permitted to serve on
                                                          college peer review committees. Results are yes – 56, no – 10, indifferent – 4.
                                                          Motion 2. That college peer review committees be composed of one tenured full-time faculty member from
                                                          each of the academic units represented in that particular college. Members are to be elected by their
                                       post-tenure review academic unit. In the event that a unit does not have an eligible faculty member to serve, it will elect a full
2002-2003   AA-17   Faculty Manual                                                                                                                                          3/6/2002    4/25/2003   5/13/2003   5/13/2003
                                            process       time tenured colleague from another department within the college. Results are yes – 60, no – 5, indifferent
                                                          – 5.
                                                          Motion 4. That in the event of a ‘split decision’ between the college peer review committee and the dean
                                                          concerning a post-tenure review of “exceptional”, the candidate be given the option of submitting his/her
                                                          credentials to the University Promotion and Tenure committee for final review. Results are yes – 65, no – 4,
                                                          indifferent – 1. *Note: this action was approved March 6, 2002 but the Administrative Action was not done at
                                                          that time per Janet Straub.
                                                          1. Request for Change in a Minor: Change in Required Course. Suggested Change: Change from “Choose
                                                          seven or more credits above Chemistry 332, subject to departmental approval………..7” to “Choose seven
2002-2003   AA-18   Academic Affairs    Chemistry Minor                                                                                                                          2/5/2003   4/25/2003   5/1/2003    5/1/2003
                                                          or more credits from any chemistry course numbered 332 or higher or from the following Marine Science
                                                          courses: 305, 305L, 401, 401L, 402, 402L 355, and 355L, subject to departmental approval………..7


                                                          2. Request for Addition of New Course: GEOL 416/MSCI 416, Hydrogeology (3). Course description: This
                                                          course will cover the elements of the hydrologic cycle, emphasizing ground and surface water movement
                                          GEOL 416
2002-2003   AA-18   Academic Affairs                      through the hydrologic system. Topics will include hydrology, streams and floods, estuarine and wetland                2/5/2003   4/25/2003   5/1/2003    5/1/2003
                                          MSCI 416
                                                          hydrology, properties of water, and the hydrologic continuum between rivers and the sea. Lecture will focus
                                                          on theoretical aspects of water movement and the hydrologic system. Three lecture hours per week.

                                                          3. Request for Addition of New Course: GEOL 416L/MSCI 416L, Hydrogeology Laboratory (1). Course
                                          GEOL 416L
2002-2003   AA-18   Academic Affairs                      description: The laboratory demonstrates the topics and principles presented in lecture. Three laboratory              2/5/2003   4/25/2003   5/1/2003    5/1/2003
                                          MSCI 416L
                                                          hours per week.

                                                          Student Life Committee Reconfiguration:
                                                          Membership: Six faculty (four elected and two appointed by the Senate Chair). Six students (four of whom
                                                          will be the SGA Executive Committee). Ex Officio: Vice President for Student Affairs and Director of
                      Student Life                        Campus Recreation. Purpose: This committee considers policies and issues affecting student life and
2002-2003   AA-19                       reconfiguration                                                                                                                          3/5/2003   6/21/2003   6/25/2003   6/25/2003
                      Committee                           student-faculty relationships, including extra- and co-curricular activities, intramural sports activities and other
                                                          aspects of campus recreation, and makes recommendations to the appropriate individuals and/or action
                                                          groups. In addition, the committee makes a continuing study of the operations and effectiveness of the
                                                          Code of Student Conduct and Responsibility in consultation with the Campus Judicial Board.


                                                          1. Request for Addition of New Course: EDUC 375 Learners and the Learning Process (4) Rational for new
                                                          course: Required pre-requisite for Track “A” of approved M.A.T. program. Course description: An
2002-2003   AA-20   Academic Affairs      EDUC 375        investigation of various patterns of intellectual, social, emotional, and physical growth of learners from             4/2/2003   5/21/2003   5/23/2003   5/23/2003
                                                          prenatal through adolescent periods with an emphasis on the period of adolescence and a focus on
                                                          developmental applications in educational settings. A clinical field experience accompanies this course.

                                                          2. Request for Addition of New Course: EDUC 415 Teaching in Diverse Classroom Settings (4) Rationale
                                                          for new course: Required pre-requisite for Track “A” of approved M.A.T. program. Course description: A
2002-2003   AA-20   Academic Affairs      EDUC 415        study of the diverse population of students in today’s classrooms. Alternative methods of instruction and              4/2/2003   5/21/2003   5/23/2003   5/23/2003
                                                          evaluation of concepts and skill development will be presented. A clinical field experience accompanies this
                                                          course.

                                                          3. Request for Addition of New Course: EDUC 425 Managing the Classroom (4) Rationale for new course:
                                                          Required pre-requisite for Track “A” of approved M.A.T. program. Course description: Study of effective
2002-2003   AA-20   Academic Affairs      EDUC 425        principles and techniques of management in classrooms today. Attention is given to theories and strategies             4/2/2003   5/21/2003   5/23/2003   5/23/2003
                                                          of management of students as well as classroom organization and the relationship between motivation and
                                                          management. A clinical field experience accompanies this course.

                                                          1. Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program: Change in Deletion of courses. Suggested change:
2002-2003   AA-21   Academic Affairs    Spanish Major                                                                                                                            4/2/2003   8/10/2003   8/10/2003   8/10/2003
                                                          Remove the following Spanish courses from the catalog: 310, 311, 400, 401, 402, and 448.

                                                          2. Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program: Change in Required minimum grade. Suggested
2002-2003   AA-21   Academic Affairs    Spanish Major     change: Right under SPANISH MAJOR, on page 152, we suggest that we add this statement: “Students                       4/2/2003   8/10/2003   8/10/2003   8/10/2003
                                                          majoring in Spanish must earn a grade of C or above in all Spanish courses.

                                                          STIPULATION: THE UNDERLINED PORTION WAS CHANGED.
                                       catalog change for 3.Request for Addition or Change in Emphasis: Change in Placement. Suggested change: Under
2002-2003   AA-21   Academic Affairs    foreign language PLACEMENT, on page 151 of the catalog, we should add the following statement: “French, German and                       4/2/2003   8/10/2003   8/10/2003   8/10/2003
                                           requirement    Spanish 350 (Language Study Abroad) cannot be used to meet the foreign language proficiency
                                                          requirement.”

                                                          1. Request for Addition of New Course: SOC 454 Sociology of Death and Dying (3) Rationale for new
                                                          course: It will complement other courses in the sociology curriculum. Course description: This course
2002-2003   AA-22   Academic Affairs       SOC 454                                                                                                                               4/2/2003   5/21/2003   5/23/2003   5/23/2003
                                                          focuses on the social construction of dying and death in our society as well as the ways societal
                                                          expectations, values, and norms influence practices and beliefs about death.
                                                           ad hoc Task Force to Review the Core Curriculum Report, Greg Krippel.
                                                           A motion was made by Dave Evans, seconded by Bob Burney, to examine the Goals individually. The
                                                           motion passed.
                                                           A motion was made by Michael Ruse, seconded by Dave Evans, to accept the three principles of the report.
                                                            1. All educated persons should have certain areas of knowledge and abilities in common. The latter apply
                     ad hoc Task        review of Core
2002-2003   AA-23                                          across all disciplines and include thinking critically, doing research, writing, reading, listening, and speaking.   5/7/2003   8/15/2003   8/21/2003   8/21/2003
                        Force          Curriculum report
                                                            2. Because knowledge in all disciplines is expanding and changing, as is the technology to gain access to
                                                           that knowledge, all people should value the importance of knowing how to learn.
                                                            3. As the framework for undergraduate education, the core curriculum introduces people to the sciences
                                                           and liberal arts.
                                                           The motion passed.


                                                        The goals are listed in the order in which they were discussed.
                                                        ITEM 1. Goal 2: A motion was made by Teresa Burns, seconded by Dennis Wiseman, to accept this goal
                                                        as written.
                                                        An Ability to Use Information Technology. Information technology structures the approaches taken to
                                                        cognitive tasks. An educated person should be able to use technology to locate, acquire and communicate
                                                        information to solve problems and conduct research. The motion passed.
                                                        FINAL VERSION OF GOAL 2: An Ability to Use Information Technology. Information technology structures
                                                        the approaches taken to cognitive tasks. An educated person should be able to use technology to locate,
                                       Accept Core      acquire and communicate information to solve problems and conduct research.
2002-2003   AA-24   Core Curriculum Curriculum Goals as ITEM 2. Goal 3: A motion was made by Michael Ruse, seconded by Claudia McCollough, to accept this                       5/7/2003   8/21/2003   8/21/2003   8/21/2003
                                           written      goal as written.
                                                        An Ability to Analyze and Evaluate Information. The availability of all information continues to increase as
                                                        knowledge in all disciplines expands. An educated person should be able to organize, analyze, and evaluate
                                                        information.
                                                        An amendment was offered by Margaret Fain, seconded by Linda Kuykendall, to add the word “access” as
                                                        follows: an educated person should be able to access, organize, analyze, and evaluate information. The
                                                        amendment passed. The motion, as amended, passed.
                                                        FINAL VERSION OF GOAL 3: An Ability to Analyze and Evaluate Information. The availability of all
                                                        information continues to increase as knowledge in all disciplines expands. An educated person should be
                                                        ITEM access, organize, analyze, and evaluate information.
                                                        able to3: Goal 4: A motion was made by Philip Schneider, seconded by Claudia McCollough, to accept this
                                                        goal as written.
                                                        An Ability to Reason and Engage in Logical Thought. Cognitive abilities of logical thought are important for
                                                        critical thinking, decision-making, and problem solving. An educated person should be able to engage in
                                                        logical and abstract thought and reasoning. The motion passed.
                                                        FINAL VERSION OF GOAL 4: An Ability to Reason and Engage in Logical Thought. Cognitive abilities of
                                                        logical thought are important for critical thinking, decision-making, and problem solving. An educated person
                                                        should be able to engage in logical and abstract thought and reasoning.
                                       Accept Core
                                                        ITEM 4. Goal 5: A motion was made by Michael Ruse, seconded by Jill Sessoms, to accept this goal as
2002-2003   AA-24   Core Curriculum Curriculum Goals as                                                                                                                         5/7/2003   8/21/2003   8/21/2003   8/21/2003
                                                        written.
                                           written
                                                        Knowledge of Mathematical Concepts. An educated person should have the ability to solve numerical
                                                        problems, understand and apply mathematical and statistical concepts, develop quantitative skills, and
                                                        communicate with numbers. An understanding of these concepts is fundamental for living in a complex
                                                        society.
                                                        An amendment was offered by Michael Ruse to replace the words “communicate with” to “communicate
                                                        using” numbers. The motion, as amended, passed.
                                                        FINAL VERSION OF GOAL 5: An educated person should have the ability to solve numerical problems,
                                                        understand and apply mathematical and statistical concepts, develop quantitative skills, and communicate
                                                        using numbers. An understanding of these concepts is fundamental for living in a complex society.
                                                        ITEM 5. Goal 6: A motion was made by Teresa Burns, seconded by Darla Domke-Damonte, to accept this
                                                        goal as written.
                                                        Knowledge of Scientific Concepts. An educated person should have the ability to identify, collect, interpret
                                                        and evaluate scientific evidence and apply the basic laws of science to the natural world. These abilities
                                                        provide a basis for understanding scientific concepts and the dynamic processes that shape and maintain
                                                        the universe. The motion passed.
                                                        FINAL VERSION OF GOAL 6: Knowledge of Scientific Concepts. An educated person should have the
                                       Accept Core      ability to identify, collect, interpret and evaluate scientific evidence and apply the basic laws of science to the
2002-2003   AA-24   Core Curriculum Curriculum Goals as natural world. These abilities provide a basis for understanding scientific concepts and the dynamic                  5/7/2003   8/21/2003   8/21/2003   8/21/2003
                                           written      processes that shape and maintain the universe.
                                                        ITEM 6. Goal 7: A motion was made by Dennis Wiseman, seconded by Philip Schneider, to accept the goal
                                                        as written.
                                                        Knowledge of Humanistic Concepts. An educated person should gain the ability to recognize, interpret and
                                                        evaluate humanistic thought and expression from a variety of viewpoints. This leads to an understanding of
                                                        the philosophical, religious, literary, ethical, cultural, or other humanistic concepts through which human
                                                        beings interpret and judge themselves and their world.
                                                        An amendment was made by Claudia McCollough, seconded by Jose Sanjines, that on the third line, to
                                                        ITEM 7. Goal 9: A motion concepts” to Frank McCusker, seconded by Linda amendment to change goal
                                                        change “or other humanistic was made by “and other humanistic concepts.” TheSchwartz, to accept the the
                                                        as written.
                                                        Knowledge of the Structure and Development of the United States. An educated person should become
                                                        knowledgeable of the cultural and political heritage of the United States and its importance in contemporary
                                                        events. An understanding of the basic frameworks of our society is crucial to civic responsibility and the
                                                        responsibility/role of each individual within a diverse society. The motion passed.
                                                        FINAL VERSION OF GOAL 9:
                                                        Knowledge of the Structure and Development of the United States. An educated person should become
                                       Accept Core
                                                        knowledgeable of the cultural and political heritage of the United States and its importance in contemporary
2002-2003   AA-24   Core Curriculum Curriculum Goals as                                                                                                                       5/7/2003   8/21/2003   8/21/2003   8/21/2003
                                                        events. An understanding of the basic framework of our society is crucial to civic responsibility and the
                                           written
                                                        responsibility/role of each individual within a diverse society.
                                                        ITEM 8. Goal 10: A motion was made by Michael Ruse, seconded by Linda Schwartz, to accept the goal as
                                                        written.
                                                        Knowledge of Human Health and Behavior. An educated person should gain a basic knowledge and
                                                        understanding of human health and behavior to facilitate quality of life and improve community and societal
                                                        environments. The motion passed.
                                                        FINAL VERSION OF GOAL 10: Knowledge of Human Health and Behavior. An educated person should
                                                        gain a basic knowledge and understanding of human health and behavior to facilitate quality of life and
                                                        improve communityA motion wasenvironments.
                                                        ITEM 9. Goal 11: and societal made by Claudia McCollough, seconded by Linda Schwartz, to accept the
                                                        goal as written.
                                                        Knowledge of Creative Expression. An educated person should have opportunities to experience and
                                                        appreciate accomplishments in the fine arts. Fine arts are tangible results of a culture’s highest aspirations.
                                                        An amendment was made by Joanne Morgan, seconded by Darla Domke-Damonte, to change the word
                                                        “appreciate” accomplishments to “understand” accomplishments. The amendment passed.
                                                        An amendment was made by Gary Stegall, seconded by Bill Hamilton, to change “accomplishments in the
                                       Accept Core      fine arts” to “accomplishments in the arts,” and to change the beginning of the last sentence from “fine arts”
2002-2003   AA-24   Core Curriculum Curriculum Goals as to “the arts.” The amendment passed.                                                                                  5/7/2003   8/21/2003   8/21/2003   8/21/2003
                                           written      After some discussion about the distinction between “fine” arts and “performing” arts, Gary Stegall offered a
                                                        subsidiary amendment, seconded by Bill Hamilton, to change “fine arts” to “visual and performing arts,” and
                                                        to change the beginning of the last sentence from “fine arts” to “the arts.” The amendment did not pass.
                                                        An amendment was then made by Peter Lecouras, seconded by Linda Schwartz, to add the word “literary” to
                                                        visual and performing” to make it “the literary, visual, and performing” arts, and change the beginning of the
                                                        last sentence from “fine arts” to “the arts.” The amendment did not pass. After much discussion, goal 11, as
                                                        amended, passed.                                                   FINAL VERSION OF GOAL 11: Knowledge of
                                                        Creative Expression. An educated person should have opportunities to experience and understand
                                                        accomplishments in the arts. The arts are tangible results of a culture’s highest aspirations.
                                                        ITEM 10. Goal 1: A motion was made by Jill Sessoms, seconded by Philip Schneider, to accept this goal as
                                                        written.
                                                        An Ability to Communicate Effectively. The ability to comprehend and analyze oral and written language and
                                                        to express oneself clearly and effectively is fundamental to other types of development. An educated person
                                                        should be skilled in reading, writing, listening, and speaking.
                                       Accept Core
                                                        An amendment was made by Michael Ruse, seconded by Dave Evans, to change the wording of the last
2002-2003   AA-24   Core Curriculum Curriculum Goals as                                                                                                                     5/7/2003   8/21/2003   8/21/2003    8/21/2003
                                                        sentence as follows: An educated person should be skilled in reading, writing, listening, and speaking in
                                           written
                                                        English and one other natural language. The amendment passed.
                                                        After much discussion, Michael Ruse withdrew his amendment and the goal as originally written passed.
                                                        FINAL VERSION OF GOAL 1: An Ability to Communicate Effectively. The ability to comprehend and
                                                        analyze oral and written language and to express oneself clearly and effectively is fundamental to other types
                                                        of development. An educated person should be skilled in reading, writing, listening, and speaking.


                                                        ITEM 11. Goal 8: A motion was made by Michael Ruse, seconded by Claudia McCollough, to accept the
                                                        goal as written.
                                                        Knowledge of the Cultures of Other Countries of the World. An educated person should gain a basic
                                                        knowledge of the world and the ability to learn from other cultures. This leads to an awareness and
                                                        understanding of other world cultures or languages, which fosters diversity and helps promote global
                                                        citizenship.
                                                        An amendment was offered by Phil Schneider, seconded by Claudia McCollough, to add “and Languages” in
                                       Accept Core      the title, and in the sentence, “This leads to an awareness and understanding of other world cultures,” to
2002-2003   AA-24   Core Curriculum Curriculum Goals as change “cultures or languages” to “cultures and languages,” which foster diversity and help promote global          5/7/2003   8/21/2003   8/21/2003    8/21/2003
                                           written      citizenship. The amendment passed.
                                                        A motion was made by Darla Domke-Damonte to extend the meeting 10 minutes. The motion passed.
                                                        An amendment was offered by Darla Domke-Damonte, seconded by Bob Burney, to add “and Social
                                                        Structures” to the title “Knowledge of the Cultures and Languages of Other Countries of the World” so that
                                                        the title will read “Knowledge of the Cultures, Languages, and Social Structures of Other Countries of the
                                                        World.” The amendment passed.
                                                        FINAL VERSION OF GOAL 8: Knowledge of the Cultures, Languages and Social Structures of Other
                                                        Countries of the World. An educated person should gain a basic knowledge of the world and the ability to
                                        Disciplinary    Disciplinary suspensions other languages amended to This The to an awareness and statement in a
                                                        learn from the practice of on transcript was and cultures. read: leadstranscript will include a understanding of
2002-2003   AA-25                     suspensions on    prominent place that would read: “This transcript contains only information regarding the student’s academic        4/2/2003   8/25/2003   8/26/2003    8/26/2003
                                         transcripts    performance.”

                                                           Claudia McCollough stated the need to let colleges formulate their own administrative evaluations for all
                                         Evaluations of
2002-2003   AA-26                                          administrators other than the Dean. A motion was made by Michael Ruse, seconded by Dennis Wiseman, to            7/9/2003   10/3/2003   10/7/2003    10/7/2003
                                         Administrators
                                                           request that Deans ask the Department Chairs to revise the administrative evaluations. The motion passed.

                                                           Claudia McCollough proposed to start the Faculty Senate meetings at 4:15 to adhere to the class schedules
                                        Faculty Senate
2002-2003   AA-27                                          of the 3:00 – 4:15 classes. A motion was made by Michael Ruse, seconded by Linda Kuykendall, to change           7/9/2003   9/29/2003   9/30/2003    9/30/2003
                                        meeting times
                                                           the Senate meeting time to begin at 4:15 PM and last until 5:30 PM. The motion passed.

                                                           ad hoc Faculty Manual Revision Committee: Dr. Colleen Lohr, presented the following suggested changes to
                    ad hoc Faculty
                                        changes to the     the Faculty Manual. Please note that, unless tated otherwise, the wording presented in bold is
2002-2003   AA-28   Manual Revision                                                                                                                                         7/9/2003   12/2/2003   12/2/2003    12/2/2003
                                        Faculty Manual     recommended to be added, the wording presented in italic are recommended to be deleted, and the word
                      Committee
                                                           underlined was changed at the July 9, 2003 meeting.


                                                           Request for Addition or Change in Minor: Change in required courses. Suggested change: Proposed New
                                                           History Minor: HIST 101, 102, 201, 202 – 12 credits; Four courses numbered 300 or above – 12 credits
                                                           (HIST 399 may not be used to satisfy the history minor). Total credits required – 24 credits. Rationale for
2002-2003   AA-29   Academic Affairs     History Minor     Change: (1) HIST 125 and 126 have not been offered in several years. (2) Only two 200-level classes are          7/9/2003   11/1/2003   11/20/2003   11/20/2003
                                                           currently offered. (3) The new minor assures a better foundation in US History. (4) The new minor provides
                                                           greater flexibility and a broader range of courses. (5) Students may apply the core curriculum requirements
                                                           (6 credits) to the minor.


                                                           Request for Change in a Course: ARTS 201, Introduction to Electronic Design (3). Proposed change in
                                                           Catalog description to read: An introductory course addressing the role of the of the professional designer in
2002-2003   AA-29   Academic Affairs       ARTS 201        visual communications. Strategies, techniques & software used in the electronic design process are               7/9/2003   11/1/2003   11/20/2003   11/20/2003
                                                           addressed. Topics covered are layout, design, typography, illustration, web design and desktop publishing.
                                                           Rationale for change: This name change better reflects the expanded course content.
                                                          Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program: Change in Catalog to read “A grade of C or above is
                                       Philosophy Major
                                                          required in each Philosophy course to be applied toward the major or the minor. Rationale for change:
2002-2003   AA-29   Academic Affairs    and Philosophy                                                                                                                     7/9/2003   11/1/2003   11/20/2003   11/20/2003
                                                          Provides consistency with other major requirements in the College of Humanities and Fine Arts. (Omission
                                             Minor
                                                          of the requirement was an oversight when the Philosophy major was approved.)

                                                          Request for Addition or Change in Minor: Change in New Minor Program. Suggested change: The
                                     Pilot Program Minor Edwards College of Humanities and Fine Arts offers this new program proposal for a Pilot Program Minor in
2002-2003   AA-29   Academic Affairs in Interdisciplinary Interdisciplinary Communication (otherwise identified as Communication Minor). Rationale for change: This        7/9/2003   11/1/2003   11/20/2003   11/20/2003
                                       Communication      new minor is designed to meet student demand for specific career preparation in communication-centered
                                                          fields.

                                                          Request for Addition of New Course: COMM 101, Introduction to Communication (3). Course description:
                                                          This course introduces students to the study of communication, it’s history, theories and principles, and
2002-2003   AA-29   Academic Affairs      COMM 101                                                                                                                         7/9/2003   11/1/2003   11/20/2003   11/20/2003
                                                          serves to improve critical thinking, perception and communicative awareness. Rationale for new course:
                                                          Course is part of the basis for the new Communication Minor.

                                                          Request for Addition of New Course: COMM 274, Organizational Communication (3). Course description:
                                                          Examines communication systems and communication flow in formal organizations and deals with
2002-2003   AA-29   Academic Affairs      COMM 274        communication climate, leadership, work control systems, networks and performance enhancement and                7/9/2003   11/1/2003   11/20/2003   11/20/2003
                                                          evaluation. Rationale for new course: Offered as one of the professional competencies required for the
                                                          Communication Minor.
                                                          Request for Addition of New Course: COMM 401, Communication Theory (3). Course description: This
                                                          seminal course for the minor addresses communication theory and examines the roots of communication in
2002-2003   AA-29   Academic Affairs      COMM 401        the social and behavioral sciences, and exposes students to both qualitative and quantitative studies as they    7/9/2003   11/1/2003   11/20/2003   11/20/2003
                                                          apply to various communication theories. Rationale for new course: This is part of required courses for new
                                                          communication minor

                                                          Request for Addition of New Course: COMM 302, Communication Law & Ethics (3). Course description:
                                                          This is a course in legal cases and ethical issues as they apply to communication problems, precedents and
                                                          negligence or oversight in corporations and organizations. Rationale for new course: This course provides a
2002-2003   AA-29   Academic Affairs      COMM 302                                                                                                                         7/9/2003   11/1/2003   11/20/2003   11/20/2003
                                                          liberal arts perspective on the subject of the relationship of law and ethics in various communication-related
                                                          cases and provides students with a working knowledge of the laws that directly restrict or enhance
                                                          information gathering and message dissemination.

                                                          Request for Addition of New Course: COMM 495 (elective), Communication Internship (3). Course
                                                          description: The guided internship requires 84 to 144 hours of on-site work, a journal and a final paper. The
                                                          purpose of the course is to provide students with practical application opportunities for their knowledge and
2002-2003   AA-29   Academic Affairs      COMM 495                                                                                                                         7/9/2003   11/1/2003   11/20/2003   11/20/2003
                                                          skills, to introduce them to local and
                                                          regional employers in their field of study, and to enhance networking opportunities. Rationale for new
                                                          course: This is an elective for the Communication Minor.

                                                          Request for Change in a Course: MUS 134, Jazz After Hours. Proposed change in Course Title from Stage
2002-2003   AA-29   Academic Affairs       MUS 134        Jazz Band to Jazz After Hours. Rationale for change: Change is both a “marketing” tactic and an effort to        7/9/2003   11/1/2003   11/20/2003   11/20/2003
                                                          clearly reflect the evening rehearsal schedule of this ensemble.

                                                          STIPULATION: THIS DEGREE PROGRAM WILL BE SUBMITTED TO SCHEC AS SOON AS FUNDING
2002-2003   AA-30   Academic Affairs    Applied Physics   IS AVAILABLE. Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program: Change in required courses and other.            7/9/2003   12/2/2003   12/2/2003    12/2/2003
                                                          Suggested change: Add new degree program in Applied Physics. See stipulation from Provost & President.

                                                          Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program: Change in required courses. Suggested change:
2002-2003   AA-30   Academic Affairs    Sociology Major                                                                                                                    7/9/2003   12/2/2003   12/2/2003    12/2/2003
                                                          Substitute Sociology 309: Social Inequality for Sociology 300: Social Structures in requirement for major.

                                                          Request for Change in a Course: SOC 309, Social Inequality (3). Proposed change in catalog description to
                                                          read: The course provides a sociological overview of how social inequality occurs, is maintained and
2002-2003   AA-30   Academic Affairs       SOC 309        challenged, with a primary focus on the intersection of race/ethnicity, gender, and social class. Current and    7/9/2003   12/2/2003   12/2/2003    12/2/2003
                                                          historical trends in inequalities are examined. The social causes of inequalities are analyzed as well as the
                                                          consequences of inequality for individuals and states. Offered on demand.

                                                          Request for Addition of New Course: SOC 310 L, Social Demography Lab (1). Course description:
2002-2003   AA-30   Academic Affairs      SOC 310L                                                                                                                         7/9/2003   12/2/2003   12/2/2003    12/2/2003
                                                          Exercises and assignments to supplement the material presented in Social Demography.
                                                           Request for Addition of New Course: SOC 480, Environmental Sociology (3). Course description: The
                                                           course examines key issues in the relationship between society and the natural environment. The primary
                                                           focus is on social structural and cultural factors behind environmental and resource problems. Attention is
2002-2003   AA-30   Academic Affairs       SOC 480                                                                                                                              7/9/2003    12/2/2003   12/2/2003    12/2/2003
                                                           also given to social consequences of environmental degradation (e.g., social and economic disruption) and
                                                           to social responses to environmental and resource problems (e.g., change in culture/attitudes about
                                                           environmental issues, the environmental movement, community mobilization against threats).



                                                           Evans reported that last summer the Senate approved the merger of the Faculty Budget Advisory Committee
                                                           and the Long Range Planning Committee into the new and improved Strategic Planning Committee.
                                                           Unfortunately, the approved motion had no provisions for committee membership. Evans reported that the
                                                           memberships of the original committees were composed of appointees from the Faculty Senate Executive
                       Strategic                           Committee and the President. With the current attrition and redundancy, there are seven (7) Senate and
2003-2004   AA-01      Planning           membership       seven (7) Presidential appointees remaining from the former committees. Upon discussion with the Provost,            10/1/2003   12/9/2003   12/15/2003   12/15/2003
                      Committee                            it was recommended that the remaining fourteen (14) members would constitute the membership of the
                                                           newly formed committee. Evans presented from Dennis Rauch, Chair of the Strategic Planning Committee, a
                                                           motion that the membership of the committee be made up of seven (7) faculty members appointed by the
                                                           Executive Committee of the Senate and seven (7) members appointed by the President. A second to this
                                                           motion was made by Philip Schneider. The motion passed.



                                                           A motion was made by Jo-Ann Morgan, seconded by Philip Schneider, to accept the recommendation from
                                                           Eric Wright, Chair of the Campus Judicial Board as follows: change the description of the “sitting” Campus
                    Campus Judicial change description Judicial Board from 2 faculty members to 3 faculty members. The description in the 2002/2003 CCU Faculty
2003-2004   AA-02                                                                                                                                                               11/5/2003   12/9/2003   12/15/2003   12/15/2003
                       Board        of the "sitting" board Manual is: “The membership will comprise a pool from which two students, two faculty members, and one
                                                           appointed member respectively will be the “sitting” Campus Judicial Board for a particular case.” (p. IV-9 of
                                                           the CCU Faculty Manual; under IV. Faculty Organization, E. Regular Faculty Committees, 5. Judicial Board).


                                                           1. Request for Addition of New Course: ARTS 205, Web Design I (3 ch). Course description: Further study
                                                           in web design and on-line information systems. Projects include: designing web sites with creative
2003-2004   AA-03   Academic Affairs       ARTS 205                                                                                                                             11/5/2003   12/9/2003   12/15/2003   12/15/2003
                                                           interfaces, designing strong graphic images, functional site organization and logical navigation schemes.
                                                           Additional topics covered include CSS, templates, layers, frames and Flash Animation.

                                                           2. Request for Addition of New Course: ARTS 305, Web Design II (3 ch). Course description: Advanced
                                                           problems in web design and development. Students will continue to use web authoring software as well as
2003-2004   AA-03   Academic Affairs       ARTS 305                                                                                                                             11/5/2003   12/9/2003   12/15/2003   12/15/2003
                                                           explore the server side of web design. Projects include building dynamic/database driven web sites and
                                                           applications using several server side technologies such as ASP, Coldfusion and PHP.

                                                           3. Request for Addition of New Course: ARTS 306, Interactive Design Techniques (3 ch). Course
2003-2004   AA-03   Academic Affairs       ARTS 306        description: This course introduces students to Macromedia Flash and the principles and techniques used in           11/5/2003   12/9/2003   12/15/2003   12/15/2003
                                                           designing Flash Web sites and CD Roms.

                                                           4. Request for Addition of New Course: ENGL 495, Internship for English Majors (3 ch). Course description:
                                                           Students will receive instruction and gain professional experience in an internship while working at least 10
2003-2004   AA-04   Academic Affairs       ENGL 495        hours per week with a local business or organization. Course contract must be approved prior to                      11/5/2003   12/9/2003   12/15/2003   12/15/2003
                                                           registration. Rationale for new course: Course provides hands-on experience in the work place for English
                                                           majors, leading to better employment opportunities.


                                                           5. Request for Addition of New Course: Women’s Studies Internship (3 ch). Course description: The guided
                                                           internship requires 120 to 140 hours of on-site work; a journal; and a final paper. The purpose of the course
2003-2004   AA-05   Academic Affairs      WOST 495         is to provide students with practical application opportunities for their knowledge and skills, to introduce them    11/5/2003   12/9/2003   12/15/2003   12/15/2003
                                                           to local and regional employers in their field of study, and to enhance networking opportunities. Rationale for
                                                           new course: This course is an option for the interdisciplinary women’s studies major requirements.

                                                           6. Request for Addition of New Course: Women and Media (3 ch). Course description: This is a survey
                                          WOST 365         course about the history of women’s roles in the media, their contributions, employment, and media effects
2003-2004   AA-05   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                            11/5/2003   12/9/2003   12/15/2003   12/15/2003
                                          JOUR 365         on women. Rationale for new course: This course serves as an elective for the Women’s Studies Minor
                                                           and for the Journalism Minor.
                                                           7. Request for Change in a Course: The Mission and Message of Jesus (3 ch). Change in Other: (title of
                                                           course) change to Gospel Traditions. Rationale for change: The present title is a misnomer. The course as
2003-2004   AA-06   Academic Affairs       RELG 311        it is presently taught surveys the historical and literary critical aspects of the gospels and the traditions that   11/5/2003   12/9/2003   12/15/2003   12/15/2003
                                                           formed them rather than concentration on the person and personality of Jesus. This new title would reflect
                                                           this focus.
                                                         Dennis Wiseman reported the following courses proposed from the College of Humanities and Fine Arts
                                                         were approved by the Graduate Council on Friday, November 14. Each course proposed is in support of the
                     Graduate        Master of Arts in
2003-2004   AA-07                                        Master of Arts in Teaching (MAT) degree in Art offered by the College of Education. ARTE 549 is a required        12/3/2003   2/22/2004   2/22/2004   2/22/2004
                      Council          Teaching
                                                         course in the program; ARTE 540, ARTE 541 and ARTE 595 are proposed as content area courses in Art.
                                                         The program requires 12 hours of specialized study in the discipline.


                                                         ARTE 540 School Art Program (3). Analysis of historical, philosophical, and theoretical foundations of art
                                                         education as a profession, including the origins and contexts of prevailing practices, contemporary change
                     Graduate
2003-2004   AA-07                       ARTE 540         models, and prominent rationales for art in the schools. Methods for standards-based curriculum                   12/3/2003   2/22/2004   2/22/2004   2/22/2004
                      Council
                                                         development, assessment of teaching and learning, and evaluation of art programs and student art products
                                                         will be explored through readings, seminars, research and studio projects, and field experiences.

                                                         ARTE 541 Practicum in Art Education (3). Supervised clinical teaching experiences of conducting
                                                         standards-based instruction with middle and high school students in a laboratory setting. Experiences
                     Graduate
2003-2004   AA-07                       ARTE 541         include lesson planning, producing visual aids, peer and self-assessment in teaching, seminars, collaborative     12/3/2003   2/22/2004   2/22/2004   2/22/2004
                      Council
                                                         projects, field trip implementation and supervision, and proposal preparation for professional development
                                                         opportunities.

                                                         ARTE 549 Principles and Methods for Teaching Art (3). Focus on methods, materials, and processes
                                                         suitable for comprehensive art education content implementation. Students will develop art learning units
                     Graduate                            with relevant teaching support materials organized around specific art concepts and modes of inquiry,
2003-2004   AA-07                       ARTE 549                                                                                                                           12/3/2003   2/22/2004   2/22/2004   2/22/2004
                      Council                            produce assessment instruments for the evaluation of art programs and student art products, and engage in
                                                         the review and analysis of art education literature for research. Emphasis is placed on secondary schools.
                                                         Supervised clinical teaching experiences in the public schools are required.


                                                         ARTE 595 Art Education Workshop: Special Topics (3). Course designed for graduate-level MAT art
                                                         students or teachers holding existing certification who are preparing to teach art in the public schools.
                     Graduate                            Students will develop specific disciplinary content units for various developmental levels from Pre-K to senior
2003-2004   AA-07                       ARTE 595                                                                                                                           12/3/2003   2/22/2004   2/22/2004   2/22/2004
                      Council                            high school. Materials and methods will be organized around exploration of special topics. Topics will vary
                                                         according to suffix. Examples of topics include Photographic Techniques for Art Education, K-12 Painting
                                                         Methods, and Handbuilt Ceramics for K-12 Art Teachers.


                                                       Linda Schwartz, Chair of the Calendar Committee, reported that the 2009-2010 calendar is the same as we
                                                       are operating under this academic year with the full-week Thanksgiving break and the full-week Spring break
                                                       and the Fall break of one day in mid-October and the Friday break in mid-Spring. This is the same calendar
                                                       that we voted for last year. The motion was voted on as follows: 1) Motion to add 1:30 – 2:20 p.m. MWF
                     Calendar
2003-2004   AA-08                   2009-2010 Calendar class time slot. The motion passed. 2) Motion to add 6:00 – 8:45 p.m. Monday; 6:00 – 8:45 p.m. Tuesday;             12/3/2003   2/22/2004   2/22/2004   2/22/2004
                    Committee
                                                       6:00 – 8:45 p.m. Wednesday; 6:00 – 8:45 p.m. Thursday; and 9:00 – 11:45 a.m. Saturday class time slots.
                                                       The motion passed. 3) Motion to add 12:30 – 3:15 p.m. Saturday class time slot. The motion passed. A
                                                       motion was made by Linda Schwartz, seconded by Darla Domke-Damonte, to accept the calendar as
                                                       presented for 2009-2010 (attached to the Agenda). The motion passed.


                                                         Evans reported that concerning the merger of the Cultural Arts and International Programs, Motion 2 has
                                                         been agreed upon by the Provost, the President and the Executive Committee. In order to accept that
                                                         motion, Motion 1 must be rescinded.
                                                         A motion was made by Philip Schneider, seconded by Bill Hamilton, to rescind the action taken during the
                                                         July 3, 2002 meeting concerning the merger of the Cultural Arts and International Programs committees.
                                                         The motion to rescind passed.
                                                         A motion was made by Philip Schneider, seconded by Linda Schwartz, to have the Cultural Arts Committee
                    Cultural Arts                        serve as an advisory body to the President of the University and they will report to the Faculty Senate
2003-2004   AA-09                         merger                                                                                                                           12/3/2003   2/22/2004   2/22/2004   2/22/2004
                    Committee                            annually on their activities. The membership will consist of:
                                                         The Dean of the College of Humanities and Fine Arts (Chair), Chairs of the Visual and Performing Arts
                                                         Departments, Vice President for Student Affairs, Assistant Vice President for Community Relations (Cost
                                                         Center Director), Director of the Cultural Promotions and Special Events, SGA President or designee plus
                                                         two students appointed by the SGA, Two community members appointed by the President, Two faculty
                                                         members appointed by the Provost, and Gallery Director
                                                         An amendment to the motion was made to add to the membership two students appointed by the SGA, and
                                                         the SGA President. The membership will also include the Gallery Director. The amendment to the motion
                                                          1. Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program: Suggested change in Entrance requirements:
                                                          Changes to degree candidacy for the Health Promotion degree program. New requirement/description:
                                                          Admission to degree candidacy: Students interested in the program should declare their interest in the
                                                          Health Promotion major at the time of admission to the University. Prior to full admittance into the program, a
                                                          student must: 1) See an advisor in the Health Promotion program for guidance, 2) Complete HLED 121 and
2003-2004   AA-10   Academic Affairs   Health Promotion                                                                                                                       12/3/2003   2/22/2004   2/22/2004   2/22/2004
                                                          HLED 201 with a grade of C in each course, 3) Have completed a minimum of 45 semester hours with an
                                                          overall grade point average of 2.25, to be maintained for admission to the Internship, 4) Complete an
                                                          application for admission to the Health Promotion program and receive notice of acceptance. Rationale for
                                                          change: To increase the academic standards for full admittance into the Health Promotion degree program
                                                          (from GPA of 2.0 to 2.25).


                                                          2. Request for Addition or Change in Emphasis: Suggested change in Entrance requirements. Changes to
                                                          degree candidacy for the Health Promotion/Sports Medicine Emphasis degree program. New
                                                          requirement/description: Admission to degree candidacy: Students interested in the program should declare
                                                          their interest in the Health Promotion/Sports Medicine Emphasis program at the time of admission to the
                                       Health Promotion   University. Prior to full admittance into the program, a student must: 1) See an adviser in the Health
2003-2004   AA-10   Academic Affairs   Sports Medicine    Promotion program for guidance, 2) Complete HLED 121 and HLED 201 with a grade of C in each course, 3)              12/3/2003   2/22/2004   2/22/2004   2/22/2004
                                          Emphasis        have completed a minimum of 45 semester hours with an overall grade point average of 2.25, to be
                                                          maintained for admission to the Internship, 4) complete an application for admission to the Health
                                                          Promotion/Sports Medicine major and receive notice of acceptance. Rationale for change: To increase the
                                                          academic standards for full admittance into the Health Promotion/Sports Medicine Emphasis degree program
                                                          (from GPA of 2.0 to 2.25).


                                                          Request for Change in a Course: Field Studies in Health Careers, HLED 485 (3). Proposed change in
                                                          Catalog description, Course title and Prerequisite: New Catalog Requirements /Description to read HLED
                                                          485, Internship in Health Careers. (9). (Prereq: Admission to the Health Promotion program, Senior
                                                          standing, and HLED 350). Supervised work experience through health-related agencies for a minimum of
                                                          290 hours. The internship requires 90 or more hours of collegiate credit with a GPA of 2.25 or greater;
2003-2004   AA-10   Academic Affairs      HLED 485        formal application with a resume by stipulated deadline; and a contract with the internship agency, the             12/3/2003   2/22/2004   2/22/2004   2/22/2004
                                                          student, and the department. A journal detailing work activities and portfolio will also be required. To change
                                                          the title of the course from 3. HLED 485 Field Study in Health Careers to HLED 485 Internship in Health
                                                          Careers. Rationale for change: To begin a formal application process and increase standards for the
                                                          internship course. To change the course name so that it better describes the course and provides for
                                                          increased consistency.

                                                          Request for Addition or Change in Emphasis: Suggested change: 1) Change title of program: Recreation
                                                          and Leisure Services Management to Recreation and Sport Management, 2) All REC course prefixes
                                                          changed to RSM, beginning Spring 2004, and 3) Change all catalog references from Recreation and Leisure
                                                          Services Management and/or Recreation TO Recreation and Sport Management, Including the following:
                                                          Text on pages 133, 136, Table of contents of pages 4, 6, List of courses on page 137, Subhead on page
                                        Recreation and    354, Index on page 405, and Alan Case on page 383. Rationale for change: This title accurately and
2003-2004   AA-10   Academic Affairs   Leisure Services   currently reflects what program graduates do. Approximately half of the majors in the program seek and              12/3/2003   2/22/2004   2/22/2004   2/22/2004
                                         Management       complete their internship in a sport-related venue and pursue job opportunities in the broad area of sport
                                                          management (Case, 2003). HPER faculty scholarship and service activities are reflective of the modified
                                                          title (e.g. sport tourism; athlete gambling behaviors, coaching education). The modified title aligns with future
                                                          curricular/program development at both undergraduate (e.g. tracks and content) and graduate levels (e.g.
                                                          M.S. in Sport, Health and Fitness Management). Future revisions will be designed to increase program
                                                          quality and better meet current student demand/interests.

                                                          1. Request for Addition of New Course: Internship for History Majors, HIST 495 (3). Course description:
                                                          Students will receive instruction and gain professional experience in an internship while working 10 hours per
2003-2004   AA-11   Academic Affairs      HIST 495        week for 12 weeks with a local business. Course contract must be approved prior to registration. Rationale          12/3/2003   3/6/2004    3/8/2004    3/8/2004
                                                          for new course: Course provides hands-on experience in the work place for History majors, leading to
                                                          enhanced opportunities for employment.

                                                          2. Request for Addition of New Course: Internship for Philosophy, PHIL 495 (3). Course description:
2003-2004   AA-11   Academic Affairs      PHIL 495        Students will receive instruction and gain professional experience in an internship while working 10 hours per      12/3/2003   3/6/2004    3/8/2004    3/8/2004
                                                          week for 12 weeks with a local business. Course contract must be approved prior to registration.
                                                  3. Request for Addition of New Course: Globalization, POLI 435 (3). Course description: This course will
                                                  survey the various theories and issues surrounding the process of Globalization and anti-Globalization within
2003-2004   AA-11   Academic Affairs   POLI 435                                                                                                                    12/3/2003   3/6/2004   3/8/2004   3/8/2004
                                                  the study of International Relations. It will draw on historical, economic, financial, cultural, and political
                                                  issues-areas of Globalization in a multitude of world regions.


                                                  4. Request for Addition of New Course: Practicum in Curatorial Studies I, ARTC 365 (3). Course
                                                  description: Students will explore issues relating to the curatorial process through the planning, design and
                                                  installation of exhibitions. Students will develop graphic and exhibition design proposals, publications,
2003-2004   AA-11   Academic Affairs   ARTC 365                                                                                                                    12/3/2003   3/6/2004   3/8/2004   3/8/2004
                                                  community outreach and public relations strategy for an exhibition. Sessions will include registration, art
                                                  handling, condition reporting, professional art shipping and receiving, environmental standards for storage
                                                  and exhibition and the professional responsibilities of the curator.

                                                  5. Request for Addition of New Course: Cultural Foundations of Art/Craft in Art Education, ARTE 379 (3).
                                                  Course description: Cultural Foundations of Art/Craft in Art Education (3). Students will learn to create art
                                                  using traditional and contemporary craft media and techniques as applicable to K-12 art instruction.
2003-2004   AA-11   Academic Affairs   ARTE 379                                                                                                                    12/3/2003   3/6/2004   3/8/2004   3/8/2004
                                                  Students will also develop an understanding of the forms and functions of non Eurocentric art across world
                                                  cultures. Method of instruction will include an examination of relevant research supported materials and
                                                  assessment methodologies.

                                                  6. Request for Addition of New Course: Medieval Art & Architecture, ARTH 322 (3). Course description: A
                                                  survey of the cultural and artistic trends from c. 300 to 1300, this course will focus on France, England,
                                                  Germany, and Italy, but also examine important post-classical innovations in what are now Norway, Greece,
2003-2004   AA-11   Academic Affairs   ARTH 322                                                                                                                    12/3/2003   3/6/2004   3/8/2004   3/8/2004
                                                  Turkey, Israel, Egypt, and Syria. Much of the discussion will concern religious architecture, culminating in
                                                  High Gothic cathedrals. Decorative arts such as illuminated manuscripts, mosaics, stained glass, and
                                                  sculpture in wood, stone, bronze, and gold will also be central to the course content.


                                                  7. Request for Addition of New Course: Italian Renaissance Art & Architecture, ARTH 323 (3). Course
                                                  description: this course surveys the painting, sculpture, and architecture of the Italian peninsula c. 1300-
                                                  1550 and the revival of classical ideals and philosophies of visual representation. Focusing primarily on
                                                  Florence, Venice, and Rome, the course examines the art and ideas of inspired, creative minds such as
2003-2004   AA-11   Academic Affairs   ARTH 323                                                                                                                    12/3/2003   3/6/2004   3/8/2004   3/8/2004
                                                  Giotto, Masaccio, Ghiberti, Brunelleschi, Alberti, Donatello, Botticelli, Leonardo da Vinci, Michelangelo,
                                                  Raphael, Titian, Palladio and many more. Rationale for new course: The course adds depth and breadth to
                                                  the Art History curriculum by adding to the selection of Art History offerings. This course also adds a cross-
                                                  listed course with the History Department. This course is cross-listed with HIST 323.


                                                  8. Request for Addition of New Course: Baroque Art & Architecture, ARTH 324 (3). Course description:
                                                  The 17th Century was a period of remarkable exploration, experimentation, and change. Those events were
                                                  embodied in the painting, sculpture, and architecture of this Gilded Age. Focusing on the Netherlands and
                                                  Flanders (modern Holland and Belgium), Rome, France, and Spain this course surveys the visionary ideas of
2003-2004   AA-11   Academic Affairs   ARTH 324                                                                                                                    12/3/2003   3/6/2004   3/8/2004   3/8/2004
                                                  Caravaggio, Carracci, Rembrant, Rubens, Vermeer, Velasquez, Borromini, and Bernini among others.
                                                  Rationale for new course: The course adds depth and breadth to the Art History curriculum by adding to the
                                                  selection of Art History offerings. This course also adds a cross-listed course with the History Department.
                                                  This course cross listed with HIST 324.

                                                  9. Request for Addition of New Course: American Art, ARTH 340 (3). Course description: A survey of the
                                                  fine arts, popular arts, architecture, and material culture of the United States, taking into consideration
2003-2004   AA-11   Academic Affairs   ARTH 340                                                                                                                    12/3/2003   3/6/2004   3/8/2004   3/8/2004
                                                  important events in social, political, and economic history from the time of British colonies to the mid-
                                                  twentieth century.

                                                  10. Request for Addition of New Course: Modern Art 1800-1940, ARTH 341 (3). Course description: This
                                                  course follows the development of a modern consciousness within the art of Europe and the United States
                                                  from 1800 to 1940. The progressive advance of stylistic movements during a time of revolutions, industrial
2003-2004   AA-11   Academic Affairs   ARTH 341                                                                                                                    12/3/2003   3/6/2004   3/8/2004   3/8/2004
                                                  change, and colonial expansion includes neoclassicism, romanticism, realism, impressionism,
                                                  expressionism, cubism, surrealism, and others. The impact of non-European traditions on the growth of a
                                                  modern aesthetic will be explored.


                                                  11. Request for Addition of New Course: African American Art, ARTH 345 (3). Course description: An
                                                  overview of the African-American presence in the fine arts, popular arts, architecture and material culture
2003-2004   AA-11   Academic Affairs   ARTH 345   produced in the United States from the time of the transatlantic slave trade to the present. Study includes      12/3/2003   3/6/2004   3/8/2004   3/8/2004
                                                  both the art created by African descendent Americans as well as the representation of African-Americans by
                                                  Euro-Americans.
                                                  12. Request for Addition of New Course: Critiquing the Museum, ARTH 392 (3). Course description: This
                                                  course involves travel to museums and galleries in order to broaden our understanding about how viewers
2003-2004   AA-11   Academic Affairs   ARTH 392   perceive and interact with art in various settings. We will consider how our responses are influenced by the       12/3/2003   3/6/2004   3/8/2004   3/8/2004
                                                  manner of display, and the environment within which an exhibition is mounted. Travel destinations have
                                                  included New York and Paris, and may vary each time the course is offered.

                                                  13. Request for Change in a Course: Intermediate Ceramics (Pottery) I, ARTS 321 (3). Change in Catalog
                                                  description, Prerequisite and Title change. New description: ARTS 321: The Functional Vessel. (3)
2003-2004   AA-11   Academic Affairs   ARTS 321   (Prereq. ARTS 204 or permission of the instructor.) This ceramic course concentrates upon wheel-throwing           12/3/2003   3/6/2004   3/8/2004   3/8/2004
                                                  techniques to include basic forms, lidded vessels and composite vessels of a functional purpose, including
                                                  the teapot.

                                                  14. Request for Change in a Course: Intermediate Ceramics (Pottery) II,, ARTS 322 (3). Change in Catalog
                                                  description, Prerequisite and Title change. New description: ARTS 322: The Sculptural Vessel (3) (Prereq.
                                                  ARTS 204 or permission of the instructor.) This ceramic course combines wheel-throwing and hand-building
2003-2004   AA-11   Academic Affairs   ARTS 322   processes in pursuit of a sculptural approach to the vessel tradition. Presentations and readings on               12/3/2003   3/6/2004   3/8/2004   3/8/2004
                                                  contemporary developments within the ceramic vessel tradition will be explored. Review and refinement of
                                                  wheel-throwing and hand-building skills are incorporated to extend the student’s range of options in pursuit of
                                                  a personal vocabulary of the sculptural vessel.


                                                  15. Request for Change in a Course: Advanced Ceramics I, ARTS 421 (3). Change in Catalog description,
                                                  Prerequisite and Title change. New description: Objective Approaches in Ceramics, ARTS 421 (3) (Prereq.
                                                  ARTS 204 or permission of the instructor.) This course combines review and refinement of existing wheel
                                                  and hand-building processes leading to the extension of skill acquisitions. The focus is on personal design
2003-2004   AA-11   Academic Affairs   ARTS 421                                                                                                                      12/3/2003   3/6/2004   3/8/2004   3/8/2004
                                                  and construction of the clay object, whether functional and/or sculptural in purpose. Issues with the craft/fine
                                                  art debate are addressed by presentations and reading to provide historical and contemporary context for
                                                  students to explore design and meaning for the clay object today. Further glaze and surface resolutions are
                                                  explored and mixed media options are addressed.


                                                  16. Request for Change in a Course: Advanced Ceramics II, ARTS 422 (3). Change in Catalog description,
                                                  Prerequisite and Title change. New description: Narratives in Clay, ARTS 422 (3) (Prereq. ARTS 204 or
                                                  permission of the instructor.) This course focuses primarily on combining various sculptural processes with
                                                  the intent to examine a variety of strategies for developing personal narratives in clay. Studio experiences
2003-2004   AA-11   Academic Affairs   ARTS 422                                                                                                                      12/3/2003   3/6/2004   3/8/2004   3/8/2004
                                                  are supported by readings on and analysis of rapidly developing trends in contemporary ceramic sculpture to
                                                  discern creative strategies, historical appropriations and cross cultural influences available to the ceramic
                                                  artist today. Student work may range from tile, relief to sectional sculptures and may include mixed media
                                                  solutions as a further means to extend sculptural options.


                                                  17. Request for Change in a Course: Advanced Sculpture I, ARTS 481 (3). Change in Catalog description,
                                                  Prerequisite and Title change. New description: Experimental Sculpture, ARTS 481 (3) (Prereq. ARTS 208
                                                  or permission of the instructor.) This course explores the theory and practice of sculptural site activation.
2003-2004   AA-11   Academic Affairs   ARTS 481                                                                                                                      12/3/2003   3/6/2004   3/8/2004   3/8/2004
                                                  Students will work in the extended mediums of site, space, light, sound, motion and time-based technologies
                                                  that may include digital imaging and video, investigating sculpture as active experience. An indoor space will
                                                  be available for student use and cooperative interaction will be encouraged.


                                                  18. Request for Change in a Course: Advanced Sculptural II, ARTS 482 (3). Change in Catalog description,
                                                  Prerequisite and Title change. New description: Advanced Sculptural Processes, ARTS 482 (3) (Prereq.
                                                  ARTS 381, 382, 481 or permission of the instructor.) New description: This course encourages sculptural
2003-2004   AA-11   Academic Affairs   ARTS 482                                                                                                                      12/3/2003   3/6/2004   3/8/2004   3/8/2004
                                                  exploration by allowing students to work with media and content of their choice, and encourages the
                                                  exploring of some material new to them. Emphasis will be placed on the mastery of techniques that are
                                                  integral to developing and understanding personal sculptural expression.
                                                         1. Proposal for New Undergraduate Program (Major) Major in Economics. Catalog description: The
                                                         economics major provides students with a solid foundation in economic analysis applied to the changing
                                                         business environment with an emphasis on the local and regional business community. Students are
                                                         prepared for graduate work in economics and business administration. Economics majors study economic
                                                         theory and have the opportunity to study international economics, economics of tourism, etc. Students learn
                                                         both theoretical and applied analysis by carrying out research projects in the senior year, through faculty-
2003-2004   AA-12   Academic Affairs   Economics Major                                                                                                                    12/3/2003   2/22/2004   2/22/2004   2/22/2004
                                                         directed research or through the Center for Economics Development housed in the Wall College of
                                                         Business. Proposed starting date: Fall 2004. Finances: The economics major is expected to produce NO
                                                         ADDITIONAL COSTS during the first three years, Fall 2004 - Spring 2007. Upward pressure on ECON 101,
                                                         201 and 202 due to rising University enrollments will result in no more than three TBAs per semester that will
                                                         be filled with adjunct faculty as needed. After this three-year period, additional costs may be incurred to
                                                         meet student demand. Thus, costs will be justified by increased tuition revenues.


                                                         2. Proposal for New Undergraduate Program (Minor) Minor in Economics: Catalog description: The minor
                                                         in economics provides students with the analytical tools necessary to analyze important questions
                                                         challenging society while complementing their major field of study. Proposed starting date: Fall 2004.
2003-2004   AA-12   Academic Affairs   Economics Minor                                                                                                                    12/3/2003   2/22/2004   2/22/2004   2/22/2004
                                                         Finances: The economics minor is expected to produce NO ADDITIONAL COSTS during the first three
                                                         years of the program. After this three-year period, additional costs may be incurred to meet student demand.
                                                         Thus, costs will be justified by increased tuition revenues.


                                                         3. Request for Change in or Deletion of an Undergraduate Course: Intermediate Economics, ECON 335.
                                                         Change in prerequisite(s) and Catalog description: Prerequisite(s) from ECON 202 to ECON 101 or ECON
                                                         202. Proposed description: ECON 335, Intermediate Economics. (3) (Prereq: Economics 101 or
2003-2004   AA-12   Academic Affairs     ECON 335        Economics 202) A survey of intermediate topics in both micro and macroeconomics. Topics include                  12/3/2003   2/22/2004   2/22/2004   2/22/2004
                                                         consumer choice, indifference curve analysis, competitive markets and imperfect competition, comparative
                                                         advantage, and monetary and banking policy. Rationale for change: Reflects minor revision of master
                                                         course syllabus required by the new economics program.

                                                         4. Request for Addition of New Course: Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory, ECON 301 (3). Course
                                                         description: An advanced view of the macroeconomy. Role of inputs and technology in economic growth,
2003-2004   AA-12   Academic Affairs     ECON 301        study of differing schools of thought with respect to macroeconomic behavior. Rationale for new course:          12/3/2003   2/22/2004   2/22/2004   2/22/2004
                                                         Course offering in the new economics major. Required of all economics majors and prerequisite for all 400-
                                                         level economics courses.

                                                         5. Request for Addition of New Course: Intermediate Microeconomic Theory, ECON 302 (3). Course
                                                         description: Microeconomic study of how consumers and firms make choices. Consumer theory is used to
2003-2004   AA-12   Academic Affairs     ECON 302        derive market demand, theory of the firm to derive market supply, and game theory to analyze interaction         12/3/2003   2/22/2004   2/22/2004   2/22/2004
                                                         among agents. Rationale for new course: Course offering in the new economics major. Required of all
                                                         economics majors and prerequisite for all 400-level economics courses.


                                                         6. Request for Addition of New Course: Financial Institutions and Markets, ECON 310 (3). Course
                                                         description: (= CBAD 462). Principal institutions and markets comprising the financial system; their roles in
                                                         short-term, long-term and equity financing, interest rate determination and capital formation;
2003-2004   AA-12   Academic Affairs     ECON 310        interrelationships between domestic and international financial markets; government policy objectives and        12/3/2003   2/22/2004   2/22/2004   2/22/2004
                                                         regulations as influences on the financial system. Rationale for new course: Course offering in the new
                                                         economics major. ECON 310 is a selective course for students majoring or minoring in economics. It is
                                                         cross-listed as CBAD 462, an existing course.


                                                         7. Request for Addition of New Course: History of Economic Thoughts, ECON 313 (3). Course description:
                                                         Development of economic thought over time, comparison of theories of great economists from Adam Smith
2003-2004   AA-12   Academic Affairs     ECON 313        to John Maynard Keynes and their schools of thought, including classical economics, neoclassical                 12/3/2003   2/22/2004   2/22/2004   2/22/2004
                                                         economics, and heterodox economic thought. Rationale for new course: Course offering in the new
                                                         economics major. ECON 313 is a selective course for students majoring or minoring in economics.


                                                         8. Request for Addition of New Course: Environmental and Natural Resource Economics, ECON 320 (3).
                                                         Course description: Interrelationships between the economy and the environment. Study of how economic
                                                         activities affect the environment, why we create more environmental harm that is optimal and how such
2003-2004   AA-12   Academic Affairs     ECON 320        environmentally harmful activities can be regulated. Resource economics, environmental regulations,              12/3/2003   2/22/2004   2/22/2004   2/22/2004
                                                         monitoring and enforcement, cleaning technology and global agreements. Rationale for new course: Course
                                                         offering in the new economics major. ECON 320 is a selective course for students majoring or minoring in
                                                         economics.
                                                  9. Request for Addition of New Course: Government and Business, ECON 321 (3). Course description:
                                                  Examination of issues that confront government and business, allowing students to take sides and defend
                                                  their positions in debate/discussion format. Topics include: Social Security privatization, social responsibility
2003-2004   AA-12   Academic Affairs   ECON 321                                                                                                                       12/3/2003   2/22/2004   2/22/2004   2/22/2004
                                                  of businesses, the minimum wage, double taxation of dividends, and the government’s role in the regulation
                                                  of business. Rationale for new course: Course offering in the new economics major. ECON 321 is a
                                                  selective course for students majoring or minoring in economics.


                                                  10. Request for Addition of New Course: Managerial Economics, ECON 326 (3). Course description: (=
                                                  CBAD 426) Study of the theory of the firm, elasticity, product and cost, market concentration and integration.
                                                  Topics include differing market environments, market power, pricing strategies, market failure, and
2003-2004   AA-12   Academic Affairs   ECON 326                                                                                                                       12/3/2003   2/22/2004   2/22/2004   2/22/2004
                                                  subsequent government intervention. Rationale for new course: Course offering in the new economics
                                                  major. ECON 326 is a selective course for students majoring or minoring in economics. It is cross-listed as
                                                  CBAD 426, an existing course.


                                                  11. Request for Addition of New Course: Economics of Leisure and Tourism, ECON 330 (3). Course
                                                  description: Economic theory is used to explain the demand for leisure and how people make decisions
                                                  regarding leisure. Economic fundamentals of the tourism industry, development of tourist destinations,
2003-2004   AA-12   Academic Affairs   ECON 330                                                                                                                       12/3/2003   2/22/2004   2/22/2004   2/22/2004
                                                  tourism in the Grand Strand area and tourism in the global economy. Rationale for new course: Course
                                                  offering in the new economics major. ECON 330 is a selective course for students majoring or minoring in
                                                  economics as well as students in the RTM program.


                                                  12. Request for Addition of New Course: Economics of Sports, ECON 331 (3). Course description: An
                                                  economic analysis of participatory sports and amateur and professional team sports. Topics include
                                                  professional sports franchises as business enterprises, economics of sports stadiums, economics of
2003-2004   AA-12   Academic Affairs   ECON 331   professional sports labor markets, impact of Title IX on collegiate athletic programs, and economic impact of       12/3/2003   2/22/2004   2/22/2004   2/22/2004
                                                  professional team sports and participatory sports on the Grand Strand economy. Rationale for new course:
                                                  Course offering in the new economics major. ECON 3331 is a selective course for students majoring or
                                                  minoring in economics.


                                                  13. Request for Addition of New Course: Economics of Human Resources, ECON 332 (3). Course
                                                  description: Economic analysis of the strategic aspects of human resource management at the firm and
                                                  public policy levels. Focus on economic forces that influence hiring standards, employment, worker
                                                  productivity, training programs, wages, and working conditions in the United States. Topics include the
2003-2004   AA-12   Academic Affairs   ECON 332   decline of job security, rise in educational and training requirements, managerial compensation and the use         12/3/2003   2/22/2004   2/22/2004   2/22/2004
                                                  of incentive packages, impact of technology, trade, and unionization on employment and wages. Public
                                                  policy issues include income inequality, safety and health, labor market discrimination, and the minimum
                                                  wage. Rationale for new course: Course offering in the new economics major. ECON 332 is a selective
                                                  course for students majoring or minoring in economics.

                                                  14. Request for Addition of New Course: International Economic Policy, ECON 351 (3). Course description:
                                                  Study of international trade issues and policy and their impact on workers, firms, and governments; role of
2003-2004   AA-12   Academic Affairs   ECON 351   international investment, foreign exchange markets, and international migration. Rationale for new course:          12/3/2003   2/22/2004   2/22/2004   2/22/2004
                                                  Course offering in the new economics major. ECON 351 is a selective course for students majoring or
                                                  minoring in economics.

                                                  15. Request for Addition of New Course: Economics of Development, ECON 352 (3). Course description:
                                                  Applies economic models to development and developing countries; study of institutions and international
2003-2004   AA-12   Academic Affairs   ECON 352   organizations that aid or hamper development; the role of poverty, education, and the environment in                12/3/2003   2/22/2004   2/22/2004   2/22/2004
                                                  development. Rationale for new course: Course offering in the new economics major. ECON 352 is a
                                                  selective course for students majoring or minoring in economics.


                                                  16. Request for Change in Course: Independent Study, ECON 399 (3). Course description: Written
                                                  contract between student and instructor, approved by the Dean. Prerequisites: 54 or more hours. A
2003-2004   AA-12   Academic Affairs   ECON 399                                                                                                                       12/3/2003   2/22/2004   2/22/2004   2/22/2004
                                                  maximum of 15 hours may be taken. Rationale for change: Course offering in the new economics major.
                                                  ECON 399 is a selective course for students majoring or minoring in economics.


                                                  17. Request for Addition of New Course: Labor Theory, ECON 450 (3). Course description: Economic
                                                  analysis of labor markets and the institutions that have evolved to facilitate exchange. Topics include the
                                                  demand for labor, labor supply, investment in human capital, labor unions and collective bargaining,
2003-2004   AA-12   Academic Affairs   ECON 450                                                                                                                       12/3/2003   2/22/2004   2/22/2004   2/22/2004
                                                  distribution of personal earnings, and various measures of employment and unemployment in the labor
                                                  market. Rationale for new course: Course offering in the new economics major. ECON 450 is a selective
                                                  course for students majoring in economics.
                                                  18. ECON 451 Request for Addition of New Course: International Economic Theory, ECON 451 (3). Course
                                                  description: Expanded discussion of the motivation for international trade. Advanced and intuitive
2003-2004   AA-12   Academic Affairs   ECON 451                                                                                                                   12/3/2003   2/22/2004   2/22/2004   2/22/2004
                                                  explanations of trade policy and international finance models. Rationale for new course: Course offering in
                                                  the new economics major. ECON 451 is a selective course for students majoring in economics.


                                                  19. Request for Addition of New Course: Introduction to Econometrics, ECON 460 (3). Course description:
                                                  Mathematical modeling used to understand and explain economic relationships and theory. Topics include
2003-2004   AA-12   Academic Affairs   ECON 460   econometrics, mathematical modeling, economic forecasting, generalized linear models, categorical data          12/3/2003   2/22/2004   2/22/2004   2/22/2004
                                                  analysis. Rationale for new course: Course offering in the new economics major. ECON 460 is an elective
                                                  for students majoring in economics.

                                                  20. Request for Addition of New Course: Economics of Aging, ECON 472 (3). Course description: The
                                                  economic determinants of population aging and the challenges it creates for public policies. Topics include
                                                  trends in retirement, retirement planning, the major provisions of the Social Security Act, various types of
2003-2004   AA-12   Academic Affairs   ECON 472                                                                                                                   12/3/2003   2/22/2004   2/22/2004   2/22/2004
                                                  pension plans provided by employers, aging and gender, and various health, disability, and economic well-
                                                  being issues of older Americans. Rationale for new course: Required course in the Certificate of
                                                  Gerontology Program.
                                                  21. Request for Addition of New Course: Senior Research Seminar, ECON 490 (3). Course description:
                                                  Capstone course intended to teach students how to conduct original research in economics. Guidance and
                                                  practice in formulating economic hypotheses, gathering data, analyzing the data, and effectively
2003-2004   AA-12   Academic Affairs   ECON 490                                                                                                                   12/3/2003   2/22/2004   2/22/2004   2/22/2004
                                                  communicating the results orally and in writing. Rationale for new course: Course offering in the new
                                                  economics major. Students are required to take either ECON 490 or ECON 495 to satisfy the senior
                                                  research requirement of the major.

                                                  22. Request for Addition of New Course: The Service Learning Experience in Economics, ECON 495 (3).
                                                  Course description: Group research projects involving service learning and community service coordinated
                                                  through the Center of Economic and Community Development of the Wall College of Business. Projects
2003-2004   AA-12   Academic Affairs   ECON 495                                                                                                                   12/3/2003   2/22/2004   2/22/2004   2/22/2004
                                                  may include: economic impact study, cost/benefit analysis, survey analysis, applied econometric analysis,
                                                  and modeling. Rationale for new course: Course offering in the new economics major. Students are
                                                  required to take either ECON 490 or ECON 495 to satisfy the senior research requirement of the major.

                                                  23. Request for Addition of New Course: Internship in Economics, ECON 497 (3). Course description:
                                                  Supervised work experience of at least 15 hours per week for 12-14 weeks. Internship format must be
2003-2004   AA-12                      ECON 497   approved by internship director. A maximum of 6 credit hours may be taken. Rationale for new course:            12/3/2003   2/22/2004   2/22/2004   2/22/2004
                                                  Course offering in the new economics major. ECON 497 is an elective course for students majoring in
                                                  economics.

                                                  24. Request for Change in or Deletion of an Undergraduate Course: Financial Institutions and Markets,
                                                  CBAD 462. Proposed description: (= ECON 310). Principal institutions and markets comprising the
2003-2004   AA-12   Academic Affairs   CBAD 462   financial system; their roles in short-term, long-term and equity financing, interest rate determination and    12/3/2003   2/22/2004   2/22/2004   2/22/2004
                                                  capital formation; interrelationships between domestic and international financial markets; government policy
                                                  objectives and regulations as influences on the financial system. It is cross-listed as ECON 310.

                                                  1. Request for Deletion of an Undergraduate Course: Delete ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR, CBAD 376
2003-2004   AA-13   Academic Affairs   CBAD 376                                                                                                                   1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                  (3).

2003-2004   AA-13   Academic Affairs   CBAD 477   2. Request for Deletion of an Undergraduate Course: Delete ORGANIZATIONAL THEORY, CBAD 477 (3).                 1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004

                                                  3. Request for Change in Title and Catalog Description: Change title from GOLF PROFESSIONAL
2003-2004   AA-13   Academic Affairs   PGMP 102   TRAINING PROGRAM (PGTP) SEMINAR I (PGMP 102) to PGM SEMINAR I (1); and Change Catalog                           1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                  Description from Pass/Fail to a Letter Grade.
                                                  4. Request for Change in Title and Catalog Description: Change title from GOLF PROFESSIONAL
2003-2004   AA-13   Academic Affairs   PGMP 201   TRAINING PROGRAM (PGTP) SEMINAR II (PGMP 201) to PGM SEMINAR II (1); and Change Catalog                         1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                  Description from Pass/Fail to a Letter Grade.
                                                  5. Request for Change in Title and Catalog Description: Change title from GOLF PROFESSIONAL
2003-2004   AA-13   Academic Affairs   PGMP 202   TRAINING PROGRAM (PGTP) SEMINAR III (PGMP 202) to PGM SEMINAR III (1); and Change Catalog                       1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                  Description from Pass/Fail to a Letter Grade.
                                                  6. Request for Change in Title and Catalog Description: Change title from GOLF PROFESSIONAL
2003-2004   AA-13   Academic Affairs   PGMP 301   TRAINING PROGRAM (PGTP) SEMINAR IV (PGMP 301) to PGM SEMINAR IV (1); and Change Catalog                         1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                  Description from Pass/Fail to a Letter Grade.
                                                  7. Request for Change in an Undergraduate Course: REAL ESTATE FINANCE AND INVESTMENTS,
2003-2004   AA-13   Academic Affairs   CBAD 467                                                                                                                   1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                  CBAD 467. Request to cross-list as RTMA 467.
                                                  8. Request to Change an Undergraduate Course: QUALITY PROCESS MANAGEMENT, CBAD 474 (3).
2003-2004   AA-13   Academic Affairs   CBAD 474                                                                                                                   1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                  Request to cross-list as RTMA 474.
2003-2004   AA-13   Academic Affairs   HONR 150    1. Request to Delete a Course: to delete FRESHMAN HONORS SEMINAR I, HONR 150 (3).                        1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004

2003-2004   AA-13   Academic Affairs   HONR 151    2. Request to Delete a Course: to delete FRESHMAN HONORS SEMINAR II, HONR 151 (3).                       1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004

2003-2004   AA-13   Academic Affairs   HONR 250    3. Request to Delete a Course: to delete AMERICAN STUDIES SEMINAR I, HONR 250 (3).                       1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004

2003-2004   AA-13   Academic Affairs   HONR 251    4. Request to Delete a Course: to delete AMERICAN STUDIES SEMINAR II, HONR 251 (3).                      1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004

2003-2004   AA-13   Academic Affairs   HONR 100    5. Request to Delete a Course: to delete SERVICE LEARNING, HONR 100 (1).                                 1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004

2003-2004   AA-13   Academic Affairs   HONR 200    6. Request to Delete a Course: to delete SERVICE LEARNING, HONR 200 (1).                                 1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004

2003-2004   AA-13   Academic Affairs   HONR 300    7. Request to Delete a Course: to delete SERVICE LEARNING, HONR 300 (1).                                 1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004

2003-2004   AA-13   Academic Affairs   HONR 400    8. Request to Delete a Course: to delete SERVICE LEARNING, HONR 400 (1).                                 1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004

2003-2004   AA-13   Academic Affairs   HONR 351    9. Request to Delete a Course: to delete INTERNATIONAL ISSUES, HONR 351.                                 1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004

                                                   10. Request to Delete a Course: to delete STUDIES IN WORLD FILM, HONR 380, as part of Honors
2003-2004   AA-13   Academic Affairs   HONR 380                                                                                                             1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                   Program and delete as a cross-listing with ENGL/SPAN/THEA 380.
                                                   11. Request for Change in a Course: to change catalog description for HONORS CAPSTONE SEMINAR,
2003-2004   AA-13   Academic Affairs   HONR 498                                                                                                             1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                   HONR 498 (3).
                                                   1.Request for a Change in a Course: Ichthyology, BIOL 425 (3). Proposed Change in Course number.
2003-2004   AA-14   Academic Affairs   BIOL 425                                                                                                             2/4/2004    3/9/2004    3/10/2004   3/10/2004
                                                   Ichthyology (BIOL 425) change to Ichthyology (BIOL 426).

                                                   2. Request for a Change in a Course: Ichthyology Laboratory, BIOL 425L (1). Proposed Change in Course
2003-2004   AA-14   Academic Affairs   BIOL 425L                                                                                                            2/4/2004    3/9/2004    3/10/2004   3/10/2004
                                                   number. Ichthyology Laboratory (BIOL 425L) change to Ichthyology Laboratory (BIOL 426L).

                                                   3. Request for a Change in a Course: Animal Behavior, BIOL 434 (3). Proposed Change in Course number.
2003-2004   AA-14   Academic Affairs   BIOL 434                                                                                                             2/4/2004    3/9/2004    3/10/2004   3/10/2004
                                                   Animal Behavior (BIOL 434) change to Animal Behavior (BIOL 436).
                                                   4. Request for a Change in a Course: Animal Behavior Laboratory, BIOL 434L (1). Proposed Change in
2003-2004   AA-14   Academic Affairs   BIOL 434L   Course number. Animal Behavior Laboratory (BIOL 434L) change to Animal Behavior Laboratory (BIOL         2/4/2004    3/9/2004    3/10/2004   3/10/2004
                                                   436L).
                                                   5. Request for a Change in a Course: Advanced Genetics, BIOL 440 (3). Proposed Change in Course
2003-2004   AA-14   Academic Affairs   BIOL 440                                                                                                             2/4/2004    3/9/2004    3/10/2004   3/10/2004
                                                   number. Advanced Genetics (BIOL 440) change to Advanced Genetics (BIOL 442).
                                                   6. Request for a Change in a Course: Advanced Genetics Laboratory, BIOL 440L (1). Proposed Change in
2003-2004   AA-14   Academic Affairs   BIOL 440L   Course number. Advanced Genetics Laboratory (BIOL 440L) change to Advanced Genetics Laboratory           2/4/2004    3/9/2004    3/10/2004   3/10/2004
                                                   (BIOL 442L).
                                                   7. Request for a Change in a Course: Ornithology, BIOL 460 (3). Proposed Change in Course number.
2003-2004   AA-14   Academic Affairs   BIOL 460                                                                                                             2/4/2004    3/9/2004    3/10/2004   3/10/2004
                                                   Ornithology (BIOL 460) change to Ornithology (BIOL 461).

                                                   8. Request for a Change in a Course: Ornithology Laboratory, BIOL 460L (1). Proposed Change in Course
2003-2004   AA-14   Academic Affairs   BIOL 460L                                                                                                            2/4/2004    3/9/2004    3/10/2004   3/10/2004
                                                   number. Ornithology Laboratory (BIOL 460L) change to Ornithology Laboratory (BIOL 461L).

                                                   9. Request for a Change in a Course: Vertebrate Zoology, BIOL 380(3). Proposed Change in Course
2003-2004   AA-14   Academic Affairs   BIOL 380                                                                                                             2/4/2004    3/9/2004    3/10/2004   3/10/2004
                                                   number. Vertebrate Zoology (BIOL 380) change to Vertebrate Zoology (BIOL 485).
                                                   10. Request for a Change in a Course: Vertebrate Zoology Laboratory, BIOL 380L (1). Proposed Change in
2003-2004   AA-14   Academic Affairs   BIOL 380L   Course number. Vertebrate Zoology Laboratory (BIOL 380L) change to Vertebrate Zoology Laboratory (BIOL   2/4/2004    3/9/2004    3/10/2004   3/10/2004
                                                   485L).
                                                   11. Request for a Change in a Course: Plant Ecology, BIOL 472(3). Proposed Change in Course number.
2003-2004   AA-14   Academic Affairs   BIOL 472                                                                                                             2/4/2004    3/9/2004    3/10/2004   3/10/2004
                                                   Plant Ecology (BIOL 472) change to Plant Ecology (BIOL 482).

                                                   12. Request for a Change in a Course: Plant Ecology Laboratory, BIOL 472L(1). Proposed Change in
2003-2004   AA-14   Academic Affairs   BIOL 472L                                                                                                            2/4/2004    3/9/2004    3/10/2004   3/10/2004
                                                   Course number. Plant Ecology Laboratory (BIOL 472L) change to Plant Ecology Laboratory (BIOL 482L).

                                                   13. Request for a Change in a Course: Conservation Ecology, BIOL 474(3). Proposed Change in Course
2003-2004   AA-14   Academic Affairs   BIOL 474                                                                                                             2/4/2004    3/9/2004    3/10/2004   3/10/2004
                                                   number. Conservation Ecology (BIOL 474) change to Conservation Ecology (BIOL 484).

                                                   14. Request for a Change in a Course: Conservation Ecology Laboratory, BIOL 474L(1). Proposed Change
2003-2004   AA-14   Academic Affairs   BIOL 474L   in Course number. Conservation Ecology Laboratory (BIOL 474L) change to Conservation Ecology             2/4/2004    3/9/2004    3/10/2004   3/10/2004
                                                   Laboratory (BIOL 484L).

                                                   15. Request for a Change in a Course: Wetland Plant Ecology, BIOL 478(3). Proposed Change in Course
2003-2004   AA-14   Academic Affairs   BIOL 478                                                                                                             2/4/2004    3/9/2004    3/10/2004   3/10/2004
                                                   number. Wetland Plant Ecology (BIOL 478) change to Wetland Plant Ecology (BIOL 488).
                                                          16. Request for a Change in a Course: Wetland Plant Ecology Laboratory, BIOL 478L(1). Proposed Change
2003-2004   AA-14   Academic Affairs      BIOL 478L       in Course number. Wetland Plant Ecology Laboratory (BIOL 478L) change to Wetland Plant Ecology                    2/4/2004    3/9/2004    3/10/2004   3/10/2004
                                                          Laboratory (BIOL 488L).

                                                          17. Request for a Change in a Course: Systems Programming, CSCI 415 (3). Proposed change in title and
                                                          description. Systems Programming (CSCI 415) change title to UNIX Systems Administration and Systems
                                                          Programming (CSCI 415); Change description to: The course covers introduction to UNIX and UNIX
                                                          derivatives (such as LINUX) and associated standards for systems programming. Programming exercises
2003-2004   AA-14   Academic Affairs       CSCI 415       are used to demonstrate creation of processes, interprocess communication, threads programming and                2/4/2004    3/9/2004    3/10/2004   3/10/2004
                                                          network programming. Administration objectives include installing and configuring a UNIX based
                                                          workstation, configuring security, networking and network services as well as diagnostics and
                                                          troubleshooting of basic user services. A solid background in software engineering principles and OS design
                                                          are expected.


                                                          18. Request for Deletion of an Undergraduate Course: Programming in COBOL, CSCI 205 (3). Rationale for
2003-2004   AA-14   Academic Affairs       CSCI 205                                                                                                                         2/4/2004    3/9/2004    3/10/2004   3/10/2004
                                                          proposed change: CSCI 205 is being dropped from the Computer Science curriculum.

                                                          19. Programming in FORTRAN, CSCI 206 (3). Rationale for proposed change. CSCI 206 is being dropped
2003-2004   AA-14   Academic Affairs       CSCI 206                                                                                                                         2/4/2004    3/9/2004    3/10/2004   3/10/2004
                                                          from the Computer Science curriculum.

2003-2004   AA-14   Academic Affairs       CSCI 420       20. Request for Deletion of an Undergraduate Course: File Processing, CSCI 420 (3).                               2/4/2004    3/9/2004    3/10/2004   3/10/2004

                                                          1. Request for Change in a Course: Freshmen Success in Business, FSS 101 (3). Proposed change in
                                                          Course number, and Course title. Freshmen Success in Business (FSS 101) change to Success Seminar
2003-2004   AA-15   Academic Affairs       FSS 101                                                                                                                          12/3/2003   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                          for Business Majors (SSBN 195). Rationale for proposed change: To provide consistency within the first-
                                                          year success seminar program.
                                                          2. Request for Change in a Course: Introduction to Golf Management, PGMP 101 (1). Proposed change in
                                                          Course number and Course title. Introduction to Golf Management (PGMP 101) changed to Success
2003-2004   AA-15   Academic Affairs      PGMP 101                                                                                                                          12/3/2003   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                          Seminar for Golf Management Majors (SSPG 195). Rationale for proposed change: To provide consistency
                                                          within the first-year success seminar program.

                                                          3. Request for Change in a Course: Introduction to Resort Tourism Management, RTMA 101 (3). Proposed
                                                          change in Course number and Course title. Introduction to Resort Tourism Management (RTMA 101)
2003-2004   AA-15   Academic Affairs      RTMA 101                                                                                                                          12/3/2003   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                          changed to Success Seminar for Resort Tourism Management Majors (SSRT 195). Rationale for proposed
                                                          change: To provide consistency within the first-year success seminar program.


                                                          4. Request for Change in a Course: Success Seminar for English Majors and Journalism Minors, ENGL 110
                                                          (1). Proposed change in Course number and Course title. Success Seminar for English Majors (ENGL
2003-2004   AA-15   Academic Affairs      ENGL 110        110) cross listed as SSEN 195 (same course title). (The English Department has approved plans to change           12/3/2003   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                          this course from 1 credit to 3 credit). Rationale for proposed change: To provide consistency within the first-
                                                          year success seminar program.

                                                         5. Request for Change in a Course: Student Success Seminar I, SSEM 111 (1). Proposed change in
                                         SSEM 111 for    Course number and Course title. Student Success Seminar I (SSEM 111) changed to Success
2003-2004   AA-15   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                        12/3/2003   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                       Undeclared Majors Seminar/Undeclared Majors I (SSUN 195). Rationale for proposed change: To provide consistency within
                                                         the first-year success seminar program.
                                                          6. Request for Change in a Course: Student Success Seminar II, SSEM 112 (1). Proposed change in
                                                          Course number and Course title. Student Success Seminar II (SSEM 112) changed to Success
2003-2004   AA-15   Academic Affairs      SSEM 112                                                                                                                          12/3/2003   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                          Seminar/Undeclared Majors II (SSUN 196). Rationale for proposed change: To provide consistency within
                                                          the first-year success seminar program.
                                                          7. Request for Change in a Course: University Success Seminar, USS 110 (3). Proposed change in Course
                                                          number and Course title. University Success Seminar (USS 110) changed to Success Seminar for
2003-2004   AA-15   Academic Affairs       USS 110                                                                                                                          12/3/2003   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                          University Success Program (SSUS 195). Rationale for proposed change: To provide consistency within the
                                                          first-year success seminar program.

                                                          8. Request for Change in a Course: Student Success Seminar I, SSEM 111 for Science Majors (1).
                                        SSEM 111 for      Proposed change in Course number and Course title. Student Success Seminar I (SSEM 111 for Science
2003-2004   AA-15   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                        12/3/2003   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                        Science Majors    Majors) changed to Success Seminar for Science Majors I (SSSC 195). Rationale for proposed change:
                                                          To provide consistency within the first-year success seminar program.
                                                  1. Request for Change in or Deletion of an Undergraduate Course: Add Cross-listing. MANAGERIAL
                                                  ECONOMICS, ECON 326 (3). Proposed description: CBAD 426, Managerial Economics (3) (=ECON 326).
                                                  Study of the theory of the firm, elasticity, product and cost, market concentration and integration. Topics
2003-2004   AA-15   Academic Affairs   ECON 326                                                                                                                     12/3/2003   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                  include differing market environments, market power, pricing strategies, market failure, and subsequent
                                                  government intervention. Justification for request: Reflects revised emphasis due to introduction of
                                                  Economics Major/Minor.


                                                  1. Request for Change in a Course: Principles and Philosophy of Recreation, REC 242. (3) Proposed
                                                  change: New Course Title and Course Description for REC 242 Principles and Philosophy of Recreation:
                                                  RSM 242, Introduction to Recreation and Sport Management. The significance and meaning of recreation,
                                                  leisure, play, and sport in modern society. The theories of play, models of sport, and the recreational and
2003-2004   AA-15   Academic Affairs   REC 242    sport movement in the United States. Role and scope of recreation and sport programs in the community,            12/3/2003   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                  schools, commercial, and industrial settings. Introduction to professional and career issues in the field.
                                                  Rationale for Change: Modification in course title to align with new program title (Recreation and Sport
                                                  Management). Modification in course content to reflect essential content and current needs and interests of
                                                  students in the program.

                                                  2. Request for Change in a Course: Field Experience in Recreation and Sport, REC 392. (3) Proposed
                                                  change: Course title only. Rationale for Change: Change title of REC 392 Field Experiences in Recreation
2003-2004   AA-15   Academic Affairs   REC 392                                                                                                                      12/3/2003   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                  to RSM 392 Field Experiences in Recreation and Sport; no change in course content. Modification more
                                                  accurately reflects course content.

                                                  3. Request for Change in a Course: Orientation to Internship, REC 396. (1) Proposed change: Minor
                                                  description change for REC 396 Orientation to Internship to RSM 396 Orientation to Internship. Plan and
                                                  Prepare for internship in recreation and sport management. Analyze career placement opportunities, the
2003-2004   AA-15   Academic Affairs   REC 396    internship process, and associate requirements. For recreation and sport management students only or              12/3/2003   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                  permission of instructor. Rationale for Proposed Change: Modification in description wording only and aligns
                                                  with new program title (Recreation and Sport Management). No change in course content. Modification
                                                  more accurately reflects course content.

                                                  4. Request for Change in a Course: Special Topics in Recreation, REC 482. (3) Proposed change: Course
                                                  Title. Rationale for proposed change: Change title of REC 482 Special Topics in Recreation to RSM 482
2003-2004   AA-15   Academic Affairs   REC 482                                                                                                                      12/3/2003   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                  Special Topics in Recreation and Sport; no change in course content. Modification more clearly reflects
                                                  course content.

                                                  5. Request for Change in a Course: Recreation Areas and Facilities, REC 494. (3) Proposed change:
                                                  Catalog description. New course title and minor description change for REC 494 Recreation Areas and
                                                  Facilities to RSM 494 Area and Facility Management in Recreation and Sport. Basic consideration in
2003-2004   AA-15   Academic Affairs   REC 494    planning, construction, design, and maintenance of sport and recreation areas, facilities, and buildings.         12/3/2003   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                  Rationale for proposed change: Modification in course title and description to align with new program title
                                                  (Recreation and Sport Management). No change in course content. Modification more accurately reflects
                                                  course content.

                                                  6. Request for Change in a Course: Supervised Professional Student Experience, REC 496. (12) (Writing
                                                  Intensive) Proposed change: New course title and minor description change for REC 496 Supervised
                                                  Professional Student Experience to RSM 496 Internship in Recreation and Sport Management. Twelve
2003-2004   AA-15   Academic Affairs   REC 496    week full time supervised experience in recreation or sport at a cooperative and approved agency. Rationale       12/3/2003   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                  for Proposed Change: Modification in course title and description to align with new program title (Recreation
                                                  and Sport Management). No change in course content. Modification more accurately reflects course
                                                  content.
                                                  1. Request for Change in a Course: Introduction to Philosophy, PHIL 101 (3). Proposed change in Catalog
                                                  description: This course is an introduction to the central problems of philosophy. Topics may include logic,
2003-2004   AA-15   Academic Affairs   PHIL 101   God, mind, justice, personal identity, freedom and determinism, knowledge, skepticism, morality and               12/3/2003   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                  responsibility. The course provides an introduction to argumentation, critical thinking, conceptual analysis,
                                                  and problem solving skills.

                                                  2. Request for Change in a Course: Introduction to Logic I, PHIL 110 (3). Proposed change in Catalog
                                                  description and Course title. Introduction to Logic and Critical Thinking, PHIL 110. Course description: This
                                                  course provides an introduction to the essential elements in critical thinking, including the role of arguments
2003-2004   AA-15   Academic Affairs   PHIL 110                                                                                                                     12/3/2003   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                  and definitions, recognition of linguistic fallacies, and syllogistic and propositional techniques of deductive
                                                  inferences. Extensive practical application will be examined, including specific examples for professional and
                                                  graduate school admissions tests.
                                                  3. Request for Change in a Course: Introduction to Logic II, PHIL 111 (3). Proposed change in Course
                                                  number, Catalog description, Prerequisite, and Course title. Change course number from PHIL 111 to PHIL
                                                  321, and change title from Introduction to Logic II to Symbolic Logic. New description: This course explains
                                                  the development, application, and theoretical properties of an artificial symbolic language designed to provide
2003-2004   AA-15   Academic Affairs   PHIL 111                                                                                                                     12/3/2003   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                  a clear representation of the logical structure of deductive arguments. The course might also explore first
                                                  order calculus with identity and function symbols and some metatheorems about consistency, soundness,
                                                  completeness and compactness. Prerequisites: PHIL 110 Introduction to Logic and Critical Thinking or by
                                                  permission of the professor.


                                                  4. Request for Change in a Course: History of Ancient Philosophy (= Classical Studies 300), PHIL 300 (3).
                                                  Proposed change in Catalog description and Course title. Change course title from History of Ancient
                                                  Philosophy to Ancient Philosophy. New description: This course is a survey of the history of ancient Greek
2003-2004   AA-15   Academic Affairs   PHIL 300                                                                                                                     12/3/2003   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                  philosophy from the Milesians through Aristotle. It traces the development of philosophical themes among
                                                  the Pre-Socratics and proceeds to their development in the works of Plato and Aristotle. The emphasis
                                                  throughout will be on understanding, analyzing, and evaluating the arguments of the philosophers.

                                                  5. Request for Change in a Course: History of Modern Philosophy, PHIL 301 (3). Proposed change in
                                                  Catalog description and Course title. Change course title from History of Modern Philosophy to Modern
                                                  Philosophy. New description: This course is a survey of Western philosophical thought from the early
2003-2004   AA-15   Academic Affairs   PHIL 301                                                                                                                     12/3/2003   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                  Renaissance through Hume. The chief emphasis is on the 17th and 18th century including Bacon,
                                                  Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Hobbes, Locke, Berkeley and Hume. This course may be taken prior to
                                                  Philosophy 300.

                                                  6. Request for Change in a Course: Contemporary Moral Issues, PHIL 305 (3). Proposed change in
                                                  Catalog description. New description: This is a course in the application of ethical theory through the
2003-2004   AA-15   Academic Affairs   PHIL 305   examination of moral issues confronting people in contemporary society. Topics vary, but may include              12/3/2003   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                  discussion of ethical problems related to abortion, drug use and laws, euthanasia, war and terrorism,
                                                  homosexuality, violence, animal rights, the environment, and punishment.


                                                  7. Request for Change in a Course: Philosophy of Mind, PHIL 309 (3). Proposed change in Catalog
                                                  description. New description: This course is an introduction to the fundamental questions, concepts and
2003-2004   AA-15   Academic Affairs   PHIL 309   problems of contemporary philosophy of mind including those concerning the nature of mind, the relationship       12/3/2003   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                  between mind and world, and understanding consciousness. Readings from Ryle, Armstrong, Lewis, Block,
                                                  Churchland, Dennett, Jackson, Shoemaker, Tye, Dretske, et al.


                                                  8. Request for Change in a Course: Philosophy of Religion, PHIL 415 (3). Proposed change in Catalog
                                                  description. New description: This course focuses on some central questions in the philosophy of religion.
2003-2004   AA-15   Academic Affairs   PHIL 415   Is religious faith rational? Can God’s existence by proved or disproved? Can religious experience provide         12/3/2003   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                  knowledge? Is there life after death? Philosophy of religion subjects the claims of religious faith to rational
                                                  scrutiny and critical evaluation.


                                                  9. Request for Change in a Course: Ceramics (Pottery), ARTS 204 (3). Proposed change in Catalog
                                                  description and Title change. New description: Ceramics (Pottery/Sculpture), ARTS 204 (3). (Prereq:
                                                  ARTS 104 or permission of the instructor.) An introductory course to explore ceramic processes involved
2003-2004   AA-15   Academic Affairs   ARTS 204   with pottery and sculpture. Concentration is on hand building techniques of pinch, coil, and slab                 12/3/2003   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                  construction. Experiences will include decorating techniques, several glaze technologies and kiln loading
                                                  and firing. Rationale for change: Course is recommended for visual arts majors, new description describes
                                                  more accurately the course content.

                                                  10. Request for Change in a Course: Sculpture, ARTS 208 (3). Proposed change in Catalog description.
                                                  New description: Sculpture, ARTS 208 (3) (Prereq: Arts Studio 104 or permission of instructor.) This course
2003-2004   AA-15   Academic Affairs   ARTS 208                                                                                                                     12/3/2003   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                  introduces the materials and techniques of sculpture, including plaster modeling, cold casting, carving, and
                                                  assembling.

                                                  11. Request for Change in a Course: History of 20th Century Art, ARTH 342 (3). Proposed change in
                                                  Course number and Catalog description. New description: Post-modern & Contemporary Art – 1940 to the
2003-2004   AA-15   Academic Affairs   ARTH 342   Present. Study of the major trends in art and visual practices within the United States and Europe, since         12/3/2003   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                  1940 to the present, in order to understand how artists engage a personal vision, political point of view, or
                                                  intellectual goal in their interaction with the world.
                                                            12. Request for Change in a Course: Intermediate Sculpture I, ARTS 381 (3). Proposed change in Catalog
                                                            description and Title change. New description: ARTS 381 – Sculptural Processes (3) (Prereq: Art Studio
                                                            208 or permission of instructor.) This course encourages sculptural exploration through the use of the
2003-2004   AA-15   Academic Affairs      ARTS 381                                                                                                                            12/3/2003   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                            subtractive and additive methods in metal, plaster, stone or wood. Emphasis will be placed on the mastery
                                                            of techniques that are integral to making and understanding subtractive and additive sculpture. Carving as
                                                            well as the assembly of steel, plaster, stone cement and wood, will be explored.


                                                            13. Request for Change in a Course: Intermediate Sculpture II, ARTS 382 (3). Proposed change in Catalog
                                                            description and Title change. New description: ARTS 382 – Objective Sculpture (3) (Prereq: Art Studio 208
                                                            or permission of instructor.) This course investigates sculpture as object making. Students experiment with
2003-2004   AA-15   Academic Affairs      ARTS 382                                                                                                                            12/3/2003   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                            a wide range of scale, format, materials and media options, with emphasis on the creation of meaning in
                                                            personal objects. Presentations and readings provide historical and contemporary context for a deeper
                                                            understanding of sculpture as object.


                                                            1. Request for Addition of a New Course: Organizational Theory & Behavior, CBAD 372 (3). (Prereq: A
                                                            grade of C or better in Business Administration 371 and completion of 54 hours) A study of the organization,
                                                            focusing on Interactions between organizational designs and people within an ethical framework. The
                                                            dynamics and links between individuals, groups, and the national and international environment are analyzed
2003-2004   AA-16   Academic Affairs      CBAD 372                                                                                                                            1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                            to highlight the determinants of organizational and effectiveness. A major focus is on the development of
                                                            positive interpersonal relations. Rationale for new course: This is a combination of the current CBAD 376
                                                            and CBAD 477 and by combining these two courses, we can avoid the duplication of topics that currently
                                                            exists in these two courses.


2003-2004   AA-16   Academic Affairs      CBAD 402          2. Request for Addition of a New Course: Study Abroad in International Business, CBAD 402 (3).                    1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004

                                                            3. Request for Addition of a New Course: Leadership in Project Management, CBAD 471 (3). (Prereq: A
                                                            grade of C or better in CBAD 371 and CBAD 372 and completion of 84 hours) Skills and techniques for
2003-2004   AA-16   Academic Affairs      CBAD 471          effective project management. Topics include project development, budget management, scheduling, quality          1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                            control, and team building.
                                                            4. Request for Addition of a New Course: Cross-Cultural Management, CBAD 472 (3). (Prereq: A grade of C
                                                            or better in CBAD 371 and CBAD 372 and completion of 84 hours) This course involves an analysis of how
                                                            cultural, economic, and societal influences affect the practices of management. Concepts and practices of
2003-2004   AA-16   Academic Affairs      CBAD 472                                                                                                                            1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                            planning, organizing, leading employees, and other concerns are examined across different national settings.
                                                            The human element in the managerial process is emphasized, and situational influences are identified and
                                                            analyzed.
                                                            5. Request to Change an Undergraduate Course: QUALITY PROCESS MANAGEMENT, CBAD 474 (3).
                                                            Request to cross-list as RTMA 474. (Prereq: A grade of C or better in CBAD 371 and completion of 84
                                                            hours) The systematic process through which managers regulate organizational activities to meet planned
2003-2004   AA-16   Academic Affairs      CBAD 474                                                                                                                            1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                            goals and standards of quality. Topics will include different types of quality control processes, total quality
                                                            management, product and service quality techniques, and the uses of information technology for insuring
                                                            quality.

                                                      6. Request for Change in a Degree Program: Change in Other: Delete International Business CBAD 401 (3)
2003-2004   AA-16   Academic Affairs Management Major as a selective for Management Majors: It will continue to be a selective for Marketing Majors and a required            1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                      course for the proposed new option in International Tourism Option.

                                                      7. Request for Change in a Degree Program: Delete as a selective for Management Majors: Managerial
2003-2004   AA-16   Academic Affairs Management Major                                                                                                                         1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                      Economics, CBAD 426. It will be retained as ECON 426 for the Economics Major.
                                                      8. Request for Change in a Degree Program: Delete CBAD 426 (Managerial Economics) as a selective for
2003-2004   AA-16   Academic Affairs Management Major                                                                                                                         1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                      management majors.
                                                      9. Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program. Change in Other. Delete 490 (Seminar in Resort
2003-2004   AA-16   Academic Affairs Management Major Tourism Planning) as a selective course for Management majors. It will continue to be offered as RTMA 490               1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                      for Resort Tourism students.

                                                            10. Request for Addition or Change in a Minor. Change in Other: The Business faculty wishes to add Study
2003-2004   AA-16   Academic Affairs Global Studies Minor                                                                                                                     1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                            Abroad in International Business, CBAD 402 (3), as a selective course for the Global Studies Minor.

                                                            11. Request for Addition or Change in a Minor. Change in Other: The Business faculty wishes to add Cross-
2003-2004   AA-16   Academic Affairs Global Studies Minor                                                                                                                     1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                            Cultural Management, CBAD 472 (3), as a selective course for the Global Studies Minor.

                                         International
                                                            12. Request for Change in a Minor. Change in Other: Add Study Abroad in International Business, CBAD
2003-2004   AA-16   Academic Affairs   Business Studies                                                                                                                       1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                            402 (3), as a selective course for the International Business Studies Minor.
                                             Minor
                                         International
                                                          13. Request for Change in a Minor: Change in Other. Add Cross-Cultural Management, CBAD 472 (3), as a
2003-2004   AA-16   Academic Affairs   Business Studies                                                                                                                        1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                          Selective course for the International Business Studies Minor.
                                             Minor
                                         International
                                                          14. Request for Change in a Minor: Change in Other. Change International Marketing, CBAD 454 (3), from a
2003-2004   AA-16   Academic Affairs   Business Studies                                                                                                                        1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                          required course to a selective course for the International Business Minor.
                                             Minor
                                         International
                                                          15. Request for Change in a Minor: Change in Other: Multinational Business Finance, CBAD 463, from a
2003-2004   AA-16   Academic Affairs   Business Studies                                                                                                                        1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                          required course to a selective course for the International Business Minor.
                                             Minor

                                                          16. Request for Addition of New Course: PGM Seminar V, PGMP 302 (1). Proposed Catalog Description:
                                                          PGMP 302 PGM Seminar V (1) (Prereq: Acceptance into the Professional Golf Management Program and
                                                          successful completion of PGMP 301). This seminar will emphasize the Model Golf Shop concept that the
2003-2004   AA-16   Academic Affairs     PGMP 302                                                                                                                              1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                          PGA requires all PGM students be exposed to. (This requirement is unique to universities with PGM
                                                          programs that do not own their own golf course.) This seminar will emphasize merchandising operations,
                                                          marketing, human resources management, and an off-campus visit to a PGA approved Model Golf Shop. S.

                                                          17. Request for Addition of New Course: Survey Of Food And Beverage Management, PGMP 282 (3); to be
                                                          cross-listed with RTMA 282. Proposed Catalog Description: Concepts and skills related to food and
2003-2004   AA-16   Academic Affairs     PGMP 282                                                                                                                              1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                          beverage service operations including laboratory experience in food preparation skills and food and beverage
                                                          control operations.

                                                          18. Request for Change in a Course: Internship In Golf Management IV, PGMP 480 (6); to change credit
2003-2004   AA-16   Academic Affairs     PGMP 480                                                                                                                              1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                          hours from 6 to 3 and to modify GPA requirement from “2.50 or higher” to “2.25 or higher”.

                                                          19. Request to Change an Undergraduate Course: Management Information Systems, CBAD 393 (3).
2003-2004   AA-16   Academic Affairs      CBAD 393        Request to cross-reference CBAD 393 as RTMA 393 and to make RTMA 393 a required course for the                       1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                          RTMA option.

                                                          20. Request to Change an Undergraduate Course: Survey Of Food & Beverage Management, PGMP 282
2003-2004   AA-16   Academic Affairs     PGMP 282                                                                                                                              1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                          (3). Request to cross-list as RTMA 282, and to make RTMA 282 a required course for the RTMA option.

                                                          21. Request to Change an Undergraduate Course: Current Issues In Resort Tourism, RTMA 385 (2).
2003-2004   AA-16   Academic Affairs      RTMA 385                                                                                                                             1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                          Request to change from a required 2 credit course to a selective 3 credit course.
                                                          22. Request for Change in Undergraduate Course: Study Abroad in International Business, CBAD 402 (3).
2003-2004   AA-16   Academic Affairs      CBAD 402        Request to add CBAD 402 to be required of all RTM students concentrating in International Tourism                    1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                          Management.

                                                          23. Request for Change in Undergraduate Course: Cross-Cultural Management, CBAD 472 (3). Request to
2003-2004   AA-16   Academic Affairs      CBAD 472                                                                                                                             1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                          add CBAD 472 to be required of all RTM students concentrating in International Tourism Management.


                                                          1. Request for New Undergraduate Course: Honors Seminar, HONR 101 (3). Proposed Catalog
                                                          Description: A humanities-based interdisciplinary course designed to introduce students to the foundations
                                                          of thought and expression through a selection of “great books” and “great works.” Students will be exposed
                                                          to some of the central artistic, literary, philosophical and historical statements of our civilization in order to
2003-2004   AA-16   Academic Affairs     HONR 101                                                                                                                              1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                          prompt their own high-level reading, writing and thinking. Often, a single idea, problem or theme will be
                                                          explored using many discourses, and class “texts” running the gamut from the literary to the visual to the
                                                          musical. Instructors are drawn from across the humanities and fine arts curriculum, and guest lecturers,
                                                          campus speakers and field trips will complement student research presentations.


                                                          2. Request for New Undergraduate Course: Service Learning, HONR 325 (3). Proposed Catalog
                                                          Description: Students will participate in public service within agencies in the Myrtle Beach area in order to
                                                          understand civic responsibility and the role of higher education in promoting it. In their written work and class
2003-2004   AA-16   Academic Affairs     HONR 325         discussions, they will reflect on both the function of their service as well as on its limits as a response to       1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                          specific community needs and more general social problems. Students will also explore issues of civic
                                                          responsibility and citizenship in relation to the social problems that they become familiar with through their
                                                          service work.

                                                          3. Request to Change an Undergraduate Course: Honors Senior Thesis/Project, HONR 499 (3). Request to
2003-2004   AA-16   Academic Affairs     HONR 499                                                                                                                              1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                          add HONR 498 as a pre-requisite.
                                                         4. Request to Change Catalog Description of Honors Program, including Honors Program admission
                                                         standards. New catalog description: The Honors Program at Coastal Carolina University aims to foster
                                                         intellectual curiosity and creativity among highly-motivated and academically-gifted students. This goal is
                                                         advanced through a challenging and well-structured Honors curriculum that incorporates disciplinary, cross-
                                                         disciplinary, and interdisciplinary perspectives, and that encourages collaboration among members of the
                                                         university community to support the academic, professional, and personal growth of Honors students. The
                                                         program also includes active involvement in the life of the University and service to the community.
                                                         Admission to the Honors Program is by invitation of the directors of the program in consultation with the
                                                         Office of Admissions.                                                                 Academics: An
                                                         enhanced academic curriculum includes Honors sections of core curriculum courses, enriched courses
                                                         within majors, and advanced interdisciplinary courses for juniors and seniors. Reflecting the program’s
                                                         emphasis on research, Honors students complete a senior thesis project in their major field of study and
                                                         present this work in a public forum. Honors students are also required to participate regularly in service to
                                      Honors Program
                                                         the University and local community. Whenever possible, this experience may be augmented through study
2003-2004   AA-16   Academic Affairs catalog description                                                                                                                     1/16/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004   2/26/2004
                                                         abroad or through the Washington Semester Program.
                                           change
                                                         Scholarships: Students who are invited into the Honors Program are considered for a limited number of
                                                         Honors Program Scholarships. Those awards are determined by the Scholarship Office (see page 88 of the
                                                         Catalog for further details).                                                                Honors
                                                         Excellence Awards: Each year the Honors Program Co-Directors award a number of Honors Excellence
                                                         Awards each for the following academic year. Any Honors student in good standing who does not hold an
                                                         Honors Scholarship may apply for the award. Additionally, applicants must meet the following criteria:
                                                         perform leadership functions for the Honors Program; regular participation in Honors Program activities;
                                                         exceptional academic performance and the completion of at least 30 credit hours; and a 300-500 word
                                                         statement outlining the student’s qualifications.
                                                         Recognition: Newly-admitted students to the Honors Program are recognized during a formal Honors
                                                         Induction Ceremony at the beginning of each academic year.                                Request to Change
                                                         Honors Curriculum. The following changes are designed to convert the Honors Curriculum to a simpler,
                                                         slightly shorter, and more direct sequence of courses.




                                                           1. Proposal for Addition of New Course: Freshwater Ecology, BIOL 481 (3). Course Description:
2003-2004   AA-17   Academic Affairs       BIOL 481        Interactions of physical, chemical, and biological properties of freshwater ecosystems (i.e., groundwater,        2/4/2004    3/9/2004    3/10/2004   3/10/2004
                                                           wetlands, lakes, and streams.)
                                                           2. Proposal for Addition of New Course: Freshwater Ecology Laboratory, BIOL 481L (1). Course
2003-2004   AA-17   Academic Affairs      BIOL 481L        Description: Laboratory and field exercises devoted to understand the interactions of physical, chemical, and     2/4/2004    3/9/2004    3/10/2004   3/10/2004
                                                           biological properties of freshwater ecosystems.
                                                           3. Proposal for Addition of New Course: Introduction to Bioinformatics, BINF 101(3). Course Description:
2003-2004   AA-18   Academic Affairs       BINF 101        An introduction to bioinformatics, the use of computational techniques to extract and analyze information         2/4/2004    3/27/2004   3/30/2004   3/30/2004
                                                           from genomic and biological databases.
                                                           4. Proposal for Addition of New Course: Introduction to Bioinformatics Lab, BINF 101L(1). Course
2003-2004   AA-18   Academic Affairs      BINF 101L        Description: The laboratory involves the use of computerized bioinformatics methodologies for the extraction      2/4/2004    3/27/2004   3/30/2004   3/30/2004
                                                           and analysis of genomic and biological information.
                                                           5. Proposal for Addition of New Course: Strategies in Problem Solving, CSCI 280(1). Course Description:
                                                           The focus of this course is on practical problem solving in both individual and team settings. A variety of
                                                           problems that require different types of solutions and algorithms will be presented, as well as, problems to be
2003-2004   AA-18   Academic Affairs       CSCI 280        solved. They will also develop programming and teamwork techniques in a competition setting while gaining         2/4/2004    3/27/2004   3/30/2004   3/30/2004
                                                           proficiency in applying a systematic approach to problem solving.


                                                           6. Proposal for Addition of New Course: Software Project Management, CSCI 335 (3). Course Description:
2003-2004   AA-18   Academic Affairs       CSCI 335        This course will cover tools and techniques in software project management based on the Project                   2/4/2004    3/27/2004   3/30/2004   3/30/2004
                                                           Management Body of Knowledge from the Project Management Institute.
                                                           7. Proposal for Addition of New Course:: Middleware and E-Commerce, CSCI 409 (3). Course Description:
2003-2004   AA-18   Academic Affairs       CSCI 409        The purpose of this course is to familiarize the student with XHTML and middleware development and the            2/4/2004    3/27/2004   3/30/2004   3/30/2004
                                                           architecture of E-commerce systems.
                                                        8. Change in Degree Program: Computer Science Program. Proposed change in Catalog Description for
                                                        Computer Science Major -Theoretical Option, Computer Science Major - Information Systems Option, and
                                      Computer Science
                                                        Computer Science Minor. Rationale for changes to program: Recently, the Department received ABET
2003-2004   AA-18   Academic Affairs Major and Computer                                                                                                                    2/4/2004   3/27/2004   3/30/2004   3/30/2004
                                                        accreditation for the theoretical option. The proposed changes make note of the accreditation and
                                       Science Minor
                                                        strengthen the Information Systems option. (The following description (check AA-18 for 03/04 for details) will
                                                        replace p. 175-177 of 2002/04 Catalog.)


                                                            A motion was made by Andy Hendrick, seconded by Susan Slavik to accept the recommendation from the
                                                            Student Retention and Assessment Committee for the inclusion of a faculty member from the Library to be
                        Student
                                       inclusion of faculty on the committee as a voting member. The SRAC committee had tabled this motion on April 29, 2003; it was
                     Retention and
2003-2004   AA-19                       member from the carried at that time. The new membership roster of the committee was then approved. The motion passed as           3/3/2004   4/13/2004   4/13/2004   4/13/2004
                      Assessment
                                             Library        follows: Membership Five faculty (one from each of the four Colleges and one from the Library, elected to a
                       Committee
                                                            two-year term with a staggered start to insure some continuity). The remaining committee membership, as
                                                            far as ex-officio members, etc., would remain the same.

                                                           1. Request for Change in a Minor: Add BIOL 481 and BIOL 481L, FRESHWATER ECOLOGY as an elective
                                         Environmental
2003-2004   AA-20   Academic Affairs                       for Environmental Science Minor. Rationale: Freshwater Ecology is a new, appropriate opportunity for            4/7/2004   5/16/2004   5/18/2004   5/18/2004
                                         Science Minor
                                                           Environmental Science students.
                                                           1. Request for Addition of a New Undergraduate Course: PHYS 430, FLUID MECHANICS. (3). Pre-
                                                           Requisite: PHYS 212, Co-Requisite: MATH 320. Elective. Course description: This course offers a
                                                           comprehensive examination of the development of the Navier-Stokes equation in fluid motion. At the
2003-2004   AA-21   Academic Affairs      PHYS 430                                                                                                                         4/7/2004   5/20/2004   5/20/2004   5/20/2004
                                                           instructor’s discretion, topics include theorems of energy, potential flow, elements of airfoil theory, and
                                                           similarity parameters as well as the introduction to environmental fluid dynamics. Three lecture hours per
                                                           week.

                                                           2. Request for Addition of a New Undergraduate Course: PHYS 431, GEOPHYSICAL FLUID DYNAMICS.
                                                           (3) Elective. Pre-Requisites: PHYS 301, MSCI 301. Course description: Development of the fundamental
2003-2004   AA-21   Academic Affairs      PHYS 431         fluid dynamics used in analyzing and interpreting flows in the ocean and atmosphere. Fundamentals of            4/7/2004   5/20/2004   5/20/2004   5/20/2004
                                                           vorticity dynamics and geostrophy, wave dynamics at various scales, general circulation, vorticity, numerical
                                                           modeling, and dynamics of other planets.


                                                           3. Request for Addition of a New Undergraduate Course: PHYS 432, REMOTE SENSING OF THE
                                                           ENVIRONMENT. (3) Elective. Pre-requisites: PHYS 212. Course description: Detection and mapping of
2003-2004   AA-21   Academic Affairs      PHYS 432         land and ocean resources with optical, infrared and microwave sensors. Digital analysis of images using         4/7/2004   5/20/2004   5/20/2004   5/20/2004
                                                           multispectral and spatial analysis techniques and correlation with ground/ship data. Application to
                                                           oceanography, coastal processes, geology, land use, geography, agriculture, climate and pollution studies.


                                                           4. Request for Addition of a New Undergraduate Course: PHYS 434, ATMOSPHERIC PHYSICS. (3)
                                                           Elective. Pre-Requisites: PHYS 212, MATH 260. Course description: Principles of fluid dynamics, thermo-
                                                           dynamics and mathematics are used to develop an understanding of the atmosphere’s dynamic (mid-latitude
2003-2004   AA-21   Academic Affairs      PHYS 434                                                                                                                         4/7/2004   5/20/2004   5/20/2004   5/20/2004
                                                           weather systems to planetary scale motions), radioactive processes, and general circulation. Focus will also
                                                           be placed on current problems in Atmospheric Science through reading and reviewing current publications.
                                                           Three lecture hours per week.


                                                           5. Request for Change in a Degree Program: Change required courses for Chemistry Major from CSCI 140
                                                           or CSCI 310 to CSCI 130 or CSCI 140 or CSCI 310 or PHYS 330. Add as a required course for Chemistry
2003-2004   AA-21   Academic Affairs    Chemistry Major                                                                                                                    4/7/2004   5/20/2004   5/20/2004   5/20/2004
                                                           Major: CHEM 398 JUNIOR CHEMISTRY SEMINAR. Rationale: Interfacing computers with instrumentation
                                                           is among the most needed computer skills needed by laboratory chemists.

                                                           6. Request for Change in Minor Program (for Chemistry): Change number of credits from 24 to 23-24.
                                                           Change required courses from CHEM 331/L, CHEM 332/L to CHEM 331/L, CHEM 332/L, CHEM 321/L.
                                                           Change “Choose seven or more credits above CHEM 322, subject to departmental approval” to “ Choose
                                                           three or more credits at the 300-level or above from CHEM. CHEM 301, CHEM 399 or CHEM 499 are not
2003-2004   AA-21   Academic Affairs    Chemistry Minor                                                                                                                    4/7/2004   5/20/2004   5/20/2004   5/20/2004
                                                           acceptable. MSCI 305/305L, MSCI 355/355L, MSCI 401/401L, and MSCI 402/402L are acceptable.”
                                                           Rationale: There is widespread need for skills in analytical chemistry in industry, clinical and government
                                                           which makes this course essential to the minor. In the current catalog, CHEM 321 does not even qualify for
                                                           the minor.
                                                         1. Request for Change in a Degree Program and related course changes for Early Childhood Program. Pre-
                                                         Requisites: Pre-requisite courses are now required for each semester due to the sequential nature of the
                                       Early Childhood   program’s design. All Junior I courses (EDUC 322, 337, 338, 339, 340) must be completed before entering
2003-2004   AA-22   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                      4/7/2004   5/16/2004   5/18/2004   5/18/2004
                                            Major        Junior II. Junior II courses (EDUC 376, 377, 378, 370, 380) must be completed before entering Senior I. All
                                                         Senior I (EDUC 420, 421, 422, 423) courses plus PHED 226 and HLED 331 must be successfully completed
                                                         before entering the internship.


                                                         2. Request for Change in a Degree Program and related course changes for Early Childhood Program.
                                                         Delete required courses: EDUC 441A, EDUC 442 (Instructional Theory and Practice-Early, Childhood
                                       Early Childhood
2003-2004   AA-22   Academic Affairs                     Education ) (3) (WI), EDUC 480A (Teaching of Mathematics in the Primary School) (3), EDUC 486A                   4/7/2004   5/16/2004   5/18/2004   5/18/2004
                                            Major
                                                         (Teaching of Language Arts and Social Studies Methods Utilizing, Multicultural Contexts: Early Childhood)
                                                         (3), EDUC 488A (Teaching of Science – Early Childhood) (3), EDUC 514A.


                                                         3. Request for Change in a Degree Program and related course changes for Early Childhood Program.
                                                         Courses no longer required for program: EDUC 335 Introduction to Educational Psychology (3), EDUC 275
                                       Early Childhood
2003-2004   AA-22   Academic Affairs                     Dynamics and Diversity in American Public Education (3), MUED 454 Music for Young Children (3), ARTE             4/7/2004   5/16/2004   5/18/2004   5/18/2004
                                            Major
                                                         329 Art for Elementary Schools (3), ENGL 484 Children's Literature (3), MATH 203 Mathematics for Early
                                                         Childhood and Elementary Education Majors III (3). Prerequisites: MATH 201 and MATH 202.


                                                         (Item Number 4 was moved to AA-23)                                                                      5.
                                                         Request for Addition of a New Undergraduate Course: EDUC 314, EMERGENT LITERACY. (3) Required
                                                         for a major. Pre-requisite: Admission to the Professional Program in Teacher Education Co-requisites:
                                                         EDUC 335, Introduction to Educational Psychology, EDUC 336, Introduction to Child Development, and
                                                         (proposed) EDUC 341, Elementary School Curriculum and Organization. Course description: This course is
2003-2004   AA-22   Academic Affairs     EDUC 314        designed to provide candidates with the skills, knowledge, and dispositions to teach students who are in the     4/7/2004   5/16/2004   5/18/2004   5/18/2004
                                                         beginning stages of acquisition of literacy. Special emphasis is given to the dispositions demonstrated by
                                                         exemplary teachers of literacy, the development of principles of emergent literacy, and the application of
                                                         these principles in instruction. Topics include balanced reading, family and community influences on literacy,
                                                         and continuous assessment to improve instruction. Rationale: This course offers an in-depth treatment of
                                                         the development of early literacy, which is a complex and necessary part of teaching reading.


                                                         6. Request for Addition of a New Undergraduate Course: EDUC 337, LANGUAGE AND EMERGENT
                                                         LITERACY. (3) Pre-Requisite: Admission to Professional Program of Teacher Preparation. Course
                                                         description: This course provides knowledge of language development and emerging literacy for ALL
2003-2004   AA-22   Academic Affairs     EDUC 337        children from birth to grade 3, including English Language Learners. Special emphasis will be given to           4/7/2004   5/16/2004   5/18/2004   5/18/2004
                                                         children ages 3 to 5. Rationale: This course is one in a sequence of courses required to bring the Early
                                                         Childhood Program into compliance with recently approved NAEYC guidelines for teacher preparation
                                                         programs and to meet the NCATE accreditation criteria.


                                                         7. Request for Addition of a New Undergraduate Course: EDUC 338, CREATIVE EXPERIENCES FOR
                                                         YOUNG CHILDREN. (3) Pre-Requisites: Admission to Professional Program. Course description: This
                                                         course is designed to develop candidates’ understanding of young children’s creative expression through art,
2003-2004   AA-22   Academic Affairs     EDUC 338        music, movement, play, and drama. Emphasizes how to plan, implement, and evaluate appropriate learning           4/7/2004   5/16/2004   5/18/2004   5/18/2004
                                                         experiences as well as how to select appropriate instruction materials. Rationale: This course is one in a
                                                         sequence of courses required to bring the Early Childhood Program into compliance with recently approved
                                                         NAEYC guidelines for teacher preparation programs and to meet the NCATE accreditation criteria.


                                                         8. Request for Addition of a New Undergraduate Course: EDUC 339, EARLY CHILDHOOD PROGRAMS
                                                         AND CURRICULUM. (3) Pre-Requisites: Admission to Professional Program. Co-Requisites: EDUC 332,
                                                         EDUC 337, EDUC 338, EDUC 340 Required for major. Course description: This course is designed to
                                                         develop an understanding of early childhood programs and curriculum, philosophical orientations that guide
2003-2004   AA-22   Academic Affairs     EDUC 339                                                                                                                         4/7/2004   5/16/2004   5/18/2004   5/18/2004
                                                         program and curriculum development in early childhood education – Pre-kindergarten through grade 3 – and
                                                         developmentally appropriate practice. Rationale: This course is one in a sequence of courses required to
                                                         bring the Early Childhood Program into compliance with recently approved NAEYC guidelines for teacher
                                                         preparation programs and to meet the NCATE accreditation criteria.
                                                  9. Request for Addition of a New Undergraduate Course: EDUC 340, EARLY CHILDHOOD: FIELD
                                                  EXPERIENCE. (3) Pre-Requisites: Admission to Professional Program. Co-Requisites: EDUC 332, EDUC
                                                  337, EDUC 338, EDUC 339 Required for major. Course description: Field placement in a Pre-kindergarten
                                                  classroom where teacher candidates have opportunities to apply knowledge and skills in authentic situations.
2003-2004   AA-22   Academic Affairs   EDUC 340                                                                                                                      4/7/2004   5/16/2004   5/18/2004   5/18/2004
                                                  Emphasis on developing an understanding of children’s development and implications of development for
                                                  program planning for both typical and atypical children. Rationale: This course is one in a sequence of
                                                  courses required to bring the Early Childhood Program into compliance with recently approved NAEYC
                                                  guidelines for teacher preparation programs and to meet the NCATE accreditation criteria.


                                                  10. Request for Addition of a New Undergraduate Course: EDUC 376, INTEGRATED
                                                  MATH/SCIENCE/SOCIAL STUDIES I. (3) Pre-Requisite: EDUC 340. Co-Requisites: EDUC 377, EDUC
                                                  378, EDUC 379, EDUC 380. Required for major. Course description: This course will include theoretical
                                                  and practical aspects of cognitive and social development for pre-kindergarten and kindergarten children
2003-2004   AA-22   Academic Affairs   EDUC 376   emphasizing an integrated approach to planning and implementing developmentally appropriate teaching-              4/7/2004   5/16/2004   5/18/2004   5/18/2004
                                                  learning experiences, and determining appropriate curriculum content in science, mathematics, and social
                                                  studies. Rationale: This course is one in a sequence of courses required to bring the Early Childhood
                                                  Program into compliance with recently approved NAEYC guidelines for teacher preparation programs and to
                                                  meet the NCATE accreditation criteria.

                                                  11. Request for Addition of a New Undergraduate Course: EDUC 377, STRATEGIES FOR TEACHING
                                                  AND LEARNING WITH LITERATURE. (3) Pre-requisite: EDUC 340. Co-Requisites: EDUC 376, EDUC
                                                  378, EDUC 379, EDUC 380. Required for major. Course description: This methods course focuses on
2003-2004   AA-22   Academic Affairs   EDUC 377   developing appropriate instructional strategies for utilizing literature to integrate the curriculum. Rationale:   4/7/2004   5/16/2004   5/18/2004   5/18/2004
                                                  This course is one in a sequence of courses required to bring the Early Childhood Program into compliance
                                                  with recently approved NAEYC guidelines for teacher preparation programs and to meet the NCATE
                                                  accreditation criteria.

                                                  12. Request for Addition of a New Undergraduate Course: EDUC 378, ASSESSMENT, EVALUATION, AND
                                                  REPORTING PROGRESS. (3) Pre-requisite: EDUC 340. Co-Requisites: EDUC 376, EDUC 377, EDUC
                                                  379, EDUC 380. Required for major. Course description: This course is designed to prepare early
                                                  childhood candidates to use appropriate assessments to evaluate students’ progress and guide instructional
2003-2004   AA-22   Academic Affairs   EDUC 378                                                                                                                      4/7/2004   5/16/2004   5/18/2004   5/18/2004
                                                  planning, and interpret and report assessment results to families. A variety of assessment techniques will be
                                                  emphasized. Rationale: This course is one in a sequence of courses required to bring the Early Childhood
                                                  Program into compliance with recently approved NAEYC guidelines for teacher preparation programs and to
                                                  meet the NCATE accreditation criteria.

                                                  13. Request for Addition of a New Undergraduate Course: EDUC 379, Early Childhood: Field Experience II.
                                                  (3) Prerequisite: EDUC 340. Corequisites: EDUC 376, EDUC 377, EDUC 378, EDUC 380. Required for
                                                  major. Course description: Field placement in a kindergarten classroom where teacher candidates have
2003-2004   AA-22   Academic Affairs   EDUC 379                                                                                                                      4/7/2004   5/16/2004   5/18/2004   5/18/2004
                                                  opportunities to apply knowledge and skills in authentic situations. Emphasis on developing an increased
                                                  understanding of children's development and implications of development for program planning for both
                                                  typical and atypical children.
                                                  14. Request for Addition of a New Undergraduate Course: EDUC 414, ADVANCED ISSUES IN LITERACY
                                                  INSTRUCTION. (3) Required for a major. Pre-requisites: Entry into the Professional Program in Teacher
                                                  Education, completion of (proposed) EDUC 341, Elementary School Curriculum and Organization,
                                                  (proposed) EDUC 388, Teaching of Science – Elementary Education, (proposed) EDUC 343, Instructional
                                                  Theory and Practice – Elementary Education, and (proposed) EDUC 381, Teaching of Mathematics-
                                                  Elementary Education. Co-requisites: EDUC 482, Special Education: High Incidence Exceptionalities,
                                                  (proposed) EDUC 471, Standards-Based Assessment, and (proposed) EDUC 472, Classroom Management
2003-2004   AA-22   Academic Affairs   EDUC 414                                                                                                                      4/7/2004   5/16/2004   5/18/2004   5/18/2004
                                                  for Diverse Settings. Course description: This course is designed to develop the literacy instructional
                                                  expertise of candidates in elementary education. The emphasis is on the planning-instruction-assessment
                                                  cycle for various aspects of literacy. Topics include balanced reading, decoding and comprehension,
                                                  fluency, vocabulary, study skills, and literacy for non-native speakers of English. Candidates are expected to
                                                  apply their knowledge and skills in a practicum setting. A clinical field experience is included. Rationale:
                                                  This course is designed to provide the content knowledge and skills necessary for candidates to determine
                                                  students’ literacy needs and to individualize programs to address these needs.
                                                         15. Request for Addition of a New Undergraduate Course: EDUC 421, CHILD, FAMILY, COMMUNITY,
                                                         TEACHER RELATIONS. (3) Pre-requisite: EDUC 379. Co-Requisites: EDUC 420, EDUC 422, EDUC
                                                         423. Required for major. Course description: This course will prepare teacher candidates to work
                                                         effectively in building relations with children, families and communities through family and community
2003-2004   AA-22   Academic Affairs     EDUC 420                                                                                                                              4/7/2004   5/16/2004   5/18/2004   5/18/2004
                                                         involvement, conferencing, formal and informal communications, and knowledge of families and the
                                                         community served. Rationale: This course is one in a sequence of courses required to bring the Early
                                                         Childhood Program into compliance with recently approved NAEYC guidelines for teacher preparation
                                                         programs and to meet the NCATE accreditation criteria.


                                                         16. Request for Addition of a New Undergraduate Course: EDUC 421, CHILD, FAMILY, COMMUNITY,
                                                         TEACHER RELATIONS. (3) Pre-requisite: EDUC 379. Co-Requisites: EDUC 420, EDUC 422, EDUC
                                                         423. Required for major. Course description: This course will prepare teacher candidates to work
                                                         effectively in building relations with children, families and communities through family and community
2003-2004   AA-22   Academic Affairs     EDUC 421                                                                                                                              4/7/2004   5/16/2004   5/18/2004   5/18/2004
                                                         involvement, conferencing, formal and informal communications, and knowledge of families and the
                                                         community served. Rationale: This course is one in a sequence of courses required to bring the Early
                                                         Childhood Program into compliance with recently approved NAEYC guidelines for teacher preparation
                                                         programs and to meet the NCATE accreditation criteria.


                                                         17. Request for Addition of a New Undergraduate Course: EDUC 422, EARLY LITERACY. (3) Pre-
                                                         requisite: EDUC 379. Co-requisites: EDUC 420, EDUC 421, EDUC 423 Required for major. Course
                                                         description: This course will prepare candidates to understand the foundations of literacy development and
2003-2004   AA-22   Academic Affairs     EDUC 422        the learning principles and instructional strategies necessary to meet the individual needs of beginning              4/7/2004   5/16/2004   5/18/2004   5/18/2004
                                                         readers and writers. Special emphasis is given to children in grades 1 through 3. Rationale: This course is
                                                         one in a sequence of courses required to bring the Early Childhood Program into compliance with recently
                                                         approved NAEYC guidelines for teacher preparation programs and to meet the NCATE accreditation criteria.


                                                         18. Request for Addition of a New Undergraduate Course: EDUC 423, EARLY CHILDHOOD: FIELD
                                                         EXPERIENCE II. (3) Pre-requisite: EDUC 379. Co-Requisites: EDUC 420, EDUC 421, EDUC 422.
                                                         Required for major. Course description: Field placement in a primary grade (1-3) classroom where teacher
                                                         candidates have opportunities to apply knowledge and skills in authentic situations. Emphasis on developing
2003-2004   AA-22   Academic Affairs     EDUC 423                                                                                                                              4/7/2004   5/16/2004   5/18/2004   5/18/2004
                                                         deeper understanding of children’s development and implications of development for program planning for
                                                         both typical and atypical children. Rationale: This course is one in a sequence of courses required to bring
                                                         the Early Childhood Program into compliance with recently approved NAEYC guidelines for teacher
                                                         preparation programs and to meet the NCATE accreditation criteria.

                                                         (Number 4 is out of order, it was moved from AA-22 to AA-23.)                                            4. Request
                                                         for Change in a Course: EDUC 280, INTRODUCTION TO SPECIAL NEEDS. Proposed change in Course
                                                         Number and Title, change to: EDUC 380, Young Children with Special Needs. Course description: change
                                                         to ‘This course addresses the nature and characteristics of young children (birth through age 8) with special
                                                         needs, legal issues in special education, issues in definitions and identification of disabilities, issues in
                                                         testing and diagnosing very young children, and ways to adapt learning environments including methods,
2003-2004   AA-23   Academic Affairs     EDUC 280        materials, classroom arrangement, etc. to meet the needs of all young children.’ Rationale: The change in             4/7/2004   5/16/2004   5/18/2004   5/18/2004
                                                         course number from EDUC 280 to EDUC 380 reflects a change in the sequencing of course in the revised
                                                         Early Childhood program. The change in course title from Introduction to Special Needs to Young Children
                                                         with Special Needs more accurately defines the content of the course and aligns the course more closely
                                                         with the EC program. The new course description reflects the change in content to meet accreditation
                                                         guidelines and provide the knowledge, skills and dispositions our Early Childhood candidates need to be
                                                         effective teachers.
                                                         19. Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program. Removal of PHIL 101, INTRODUCTION TO
                                         Elementary
2003-2004   AA-23   Academic Affairs                     PHILOSOPHY as a general education requirement for the Elementary degree. (3) Rationale: This course is                4/7/2004   5/16/2004   5/18/2004   5/18/2004
                                       Education Major
                                                         no longer required for accreditation purposes.

                                                         20. Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program. Removal of EDUC 275, DYNAMICS AND
                                         Elementary      DIVERSITY IN AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION as a requirement in the Elementary Education major. (3
2003-2004   AA-23   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                           4/7/2004   5/16/2004   5/18/2004   5/18/2004
                                       Education Major   )Rationale: Due to program reconstructuring, required content is now covered in EDUC 110, Careers in
                                                         Education and proposed EDUC 341, Elementary School Curriculum and Organization.
                                                         21. Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program. Request to Delete a Course: EDUC 280,
                                                         INTRODUCTION TO SPECIAL EDUCATION. Rationale: Changes in the initial certification requirements for
                                         Elementary      teachers indicate greater depth and breadth of coverage of the content related to Special Education. In
2003-2004   AA-23   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                    4/7/2004   5/16/2004   5/18/2004   5/18/2004
                                       Education Major   order to adequately prepare students for this course, it is also being re-sequenced to the first semester of
                                                         the Senior Year. Note: The content of this course is being subsumed and expanded in the proposed course
                                                         EDUC 482, Special Education: High Incidence Exceptionalities.


                                                         22. Request for a New Course: EDUC 441, ELEMENTARY SCHOOL CURRICULUM AND
                                                         ORGANIZATION. (3) Change in number from EDUC 441 to EDUC 341. Add pre-requisite: Admission to
                                                         the Professional Program in Teacher Education. Catalog description: A study of elementary education in
                                                         America (K-8), this course addresses the history and organization of elementary schools and their
2003-2004   AA-23   Academic Affairs     EDUC 441                                                                                                                       4/7/2004   5/16/2004   5/18/2004   5/18/2004
                                                         curriculum. Other topics include classroom management and organization, and assessment/evaluation of
                                                         student learning. Rationale: Renumbering reflects reorganization of program content. This course will now
                                                         be taught in the Junior year. This course also includes new content. Note: The increased depth of this
                                                         course will subsume related content from EDUC 275 which is no longer required for the degree.



                                                         23. Request for Change in a Course. EDUC 443, Instructional Theory and Practice – Elementary Education.
                                                         Proposed changes in course number, pre-requisite, and co-requisites: EDUC 443, INSTRUCTIONAL
                                                         THEORY AND PRACTICE – ELEMENTARY EDUCATION. (3) Change in number from EDUC 443 to
                                                         EDUC 343. Add pre-requisites Admission to the Professional Program in Teacher Education and
                                                         completion of (proposed) EDUC 314, Emergent Literacy, EDUC 335, Introduction Educational Psychology,
2003-2004   AA-23   Academic Affairs     EDUC 443                                                                                                                       4/7/2004   5/16/2004   5/18/2004   5/18/2004
                                                         EDUC 336, Introduction to human growth and development, and (proposed) EDUC 341, Elementary School
                                                         Curriculum and Organization. Add co-requisites: (proposed) EDUC 381, Teaching of Mathematics –
                                                         Elementary Education, (proposed) EDUC 386, Teaching of Language Arts and Social Studies – Elementary
                                                         Education, and (proposed) EDUC 388, Teaching of Science – Elementary Education. Rationale:
                                                         Renumbering reflects reorganization of program content. This course will now be taught in the Junior year.


                                                         24. Request for Addition of a New Undergraduate Course: EDUC 471, STANDARDS-BASED
                                                         ASSESSMENT. (3) Required for a major. Pre-requisites: Entry into the Professional Program in Teacher
                                                         Education, completion of (proposed) EDUC 341, Elementary School Curriculum and Organization,
                                                         (proposed) EDUC 388, Teaching of Science – Elementary Education, (proposed) EDUC 343, Instructional
                                                         Theory and Practice – Elementary Education, and (proposed) EDUC 381, Teaching of Mathematics-
                                                         Elementary Education.
                                                          Co-requisites: EDUC 482, Special Education: High Incidence Exceptionalities, (proposed) EDUC 472,
2003-2004   AA-23   Academic Affairs     EDUC 471                                                                                                                       4/7/2004   5/16/2004   5/18/2004   5/18/2004
                                                         Classroom Management for Diverse Settings, and (proposed) EDUC 414, Advanced Issues in Literacy
                                                         Instruction. Course description: This course addresses assessment issues in the elementary school
                                                         environment. Topics include standards-based teacher accountability, principles of standardized
                                                         assessment, and teacher-conducted classroom assessment and documentation, with implications for
                                                         classroom practice. A clinical field experience is included. Rationale: Professional practice and
                                                         accreditation standards heavily stress assessment, and the candidates require more comprehensive
                                                         assessment skills than are currently taught in the program.
                                                         25. Request for Addition of a New Undergraduate Course: EDUC 472, CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT FOR
                                                         DIVERSE SETTINGS. (3) Required for a major. Pre-requisites: Entry into the Professional Program in
                                                         Teacher Education, completion of (proposed) EDUC 341, Elementary School Curriculum and Organization,
                                                         (proposed) EDUC 388, Teaching of Science – Elementary Education, (proposed) EDUC 343, Instructional
                                                         Theory and Practice – Elementary Education, and (proposed) EDUC 381, Teaching of Mathematics-
                                                         Elementary Education. Co-requisites: EDUC 482, Special Education: High Incidence Exceptionalities,
2003-2004   AA-23   Academic Affairs     EDUC 472        (proposed) EDUC 471, Standards-Based Assessment, and (proposed) EDUC 414, Advanced Issues in                   4/7/2004   5/16/2004   5/18/2004   5/18/2004
                                                         Literacy Instruction. Course description: This course addresses the management and diversity issues in
                                                         current elementary school classroom. Topics will include types of management styles, analysis of classroom
                                                         behavior, effect of diversity on classroom environment, and the application of effective management
                                                         techniques. Candidates will focus on developing decision-making skills and professional judgments based
                                                         on appropriate management philosophies. A clinical field experience is included. Rationale: The candidates
                                                         require more comprehensive classroom management skills than are currently taught in the program.
                                                    26. Request for Change in a Course. EDUC 480B, TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN THE ELEMENTARY
                                                    SCHOOL. Proposed change in course number, course title, pre-requisite, and co-requisites: . (3) Change
                                                    in course name to: TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS– ELEMENTARY EDUCATION. Change in number from
                                                    EDUC 480B to EDUC 381 Add pre-requisites: Admission to the Professional Program in Teacher Education
                                                    and completion of EDUC 335, Introduction to Educational Psychology, EDUC 336, Introduction to human
2003-2004   AA-23   Academic Affairs   EDUC 480B    growth and development, (proposed) EDUC 314, Emergent Literacy, and (proposed) EDUC 341, Elementary             4/7/2004   5/16/2004   5/18/2004   5/18/2004
                                                    School Curriculum and Organization. Add co-requisites: (proposed) EDUC 386, Teaching of Language Arts
                                                    and Social Studies – Elementary Education, (proposed) EDUC 343, Instructional Theory and Practice –
                                                    Elementary Education, (proposed) EDUC 388, Teaching of Science – Elementary Education. Rationale:
                                                    This methods course is being moved from the senior to the junior year. It will serve as prerequisite to
                                                    additional proposed courses in the senior year. The content of the course will not change.


                                                    27. Request for Addition of a New Undergraduate Course: EDUC 482, SPECIAL EDUCATION: HIGH
                                                    INCIDENCE EXCEPTIONALITIES. (3) Required for a major. Pre-requisites: Entry into the Professional
                                                    Program in Teacher Education, completion of (proposed) EDUC 341, Elementary School Curriculum and
                                                    Organization, (proposed) EDUC 388, Teaching of Science – Elementary Education, (proposed) EDUC 343,
                                                    Instructional Theory and Practice – Elementary Education, (proposed) EDUC 381, Teaching of Mathematics-
                                                    Elementary Education, and EDUC 335, Educational Psychology, and EDUC336, Human Growth and
                                                    Education. Co-requisites: EDUC 472, Classroom Management for Diverse Settings, (proposed) EDUC 471,
2003-2004   AA-23   Academic Affairs   EDUC 482                                                                                                                     4/7/2004   5/16/2004   5/18/2004   5/18/2004
                                                    Standards-Based Assessment, and (proposed) EDUC 414, Advanced Issues in Literacy Instruction. Course
                                                    description: An overview of the field of special education, with emphasis on high incidence exceptionalities
                                                    that teachers will encounter. Course content will focus on the methods and procedures for dealing with
                                                    exceptional students in the inclusion classroom. A Clinical field experience is included. Rationale: Special
                                                    Education is currently taught in the sophomore year; however, the nature of exceptional education is better
                                                    addressed after EDUC 335 Educational Psychology, EDUC 336 Human Growth and Education, and regular
                                                    methods have been mastered.

                                                    28. Request for Change in a Course: EDUC 486B, TEACHING OF LANGUAGE ARTS AND SOCIAL
                                                    STUDIES METHODS UTILIZING MULTICULTURAL CONTEXTS – ELEMENTARY. Proposed changes in
                                                    course number, course title, pre-requisite, and co-requisites: . (3) Change in course name to: TEACHING
                                                    OF LANGUAGE ARTS AND SOCIAL STUDIES –ELEMENTARY EDUCATION. Change in course number
                                                    from EDUC 486B to EDUC 386. Add pre-requisites: Admission to the Professional Program in Teacher
                                                    Education and (proposed) EDUC 314, Emergent Literacy, EDUC 335, Introduction To Educational
2003-2004   AA-23   Academic Affairs   EDUC 486B                                                                                                                    4/7/2004   5/16/2004   5/18/2004   5/18/2004
                                                    Psychology, EDUC 336, Introduction to human growth and development, and (proposed) EDUC 341,
                                                    Elementary School Curriculum and Organization. Add co-requisites: (proposed) EDUC 388, Teaching of
                                                    Science – Elementary Education, (proposed) EDUC 343, Instructional Theory and Practice – Elementary
                                                    Education, (proposed) EDUC 381, Teaching of Mathematics – Elementary Education. Rationale: This
                                                    methods course is being moved from the senior to the junior year. It will serve as prerequisite to additional
                                                    proposed courses in the senior year. The content of the course will not change.



                                                    29. Request for Change in a Course: EDUC 488B, TEACHING OF SCIENCE – ELEMENTARY. Proposed
                                                    change in course number, course title, pre-requisite, and co-requisites: (3). Change in course name to:
                                                    TEACHING OF SCIENCE – ELEMENTARY EDUCATION. Change in course number from EDUC 488B to
                                                    EDUC 388, Add Pre-requisites: Admission to the Professional Program in Teacher Education, completion of
                                                    EDUC 335, Introduction To Educational Psychology, EDUC 336, Introduction to human growth and
2003-2004   AA-23   Academic Affairs   EDUC 488B    development, (proposed) EDUC 314, Emergent Literacy, and (proposed) EDUC 341, Elementary School                 4/7/2004   5/16/2004   5/18/2004   5/18/2004
                                                    Curriculum and Organization. Add Co-Requisites: (proposed) EDUC 386, Teaching of Language Arts and
                                                    Social Studies – Elementary Education, (proposed) EDUC 343, Instructional Theory and Practice –
                                                    Elementary Education, (proposed) EDUC 381,Teaching of Mathematics – Elementary Education. Rationale:
                                                    This methods course is being moved from the senior to the junior year. It will serve as prerequisite to
                                                    additional proposed courses in the senior year. The content of the course will not change.


                                                    Request for Addition or Change in Degree Program. Delete EDUC 514, TEACHING OF READING IN THE
                                       Elementary   ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. (3) Rationale: Due to changes in the certification and accreditation standards for
2003-2004   AA-23   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                4/7/2004   5/16/2004   5/18/2004   5/18/2004
                                       Education    the program, the content in this course must be expended to meet the requirements of elementary school
                                                    instruction. It is proposed to create two new courses to fully address the required content.
                        Student                                A motion was made by Dan Ennis, seconded by Darla Domke-Damonte to accept the recommendation from
                                        change in the
                     Retention and                             the Committee on Student Retention and Assessment and the Academic Affairs Committee, asking approval
                                     scholastic eligibility,
2003-2004   AA-24   Assessment and                             of a change in the University’s standards regarding scholastic eligibility, suspension, and probation for all      4/7/2004   5/16/2004   5/18/2004   5/18/2004
                                       suspension, and
                    Academic Affairs                           undergraduate students. The following “Probation and Suspension Policy” would replace the “Academic
                                     probation standards
                      Committees                               Status” section found on pages 56-57 of the 2002/04 University Catalog.

                                                               1. Request to Delete a Course: EDUC 280, INTRODUCTION TO SPECIAL EDUCATION. Rationale:
                                                               Changes in the initial certification requirements for teachers indicate greater depth and breadth of coverage
                                                               of the content related to Special Education. In order to adequately prepare students for this course, it is also
2003-2004   AA-25   Academic Affairs        EDUC 280                                                                                                                              4/7/2004   5/16/2004   5/18/2004   5/18/2004
                                                               being re-sequenced to the first semester of the Senior Year. Note: The content of this course is being
                                                               subsumed and expanded in the proposed course EDUC 482, Special Education: High Incidence
                                                               Exceptionalities.

                                                               2. Request for Change in Course Title: EDUC 332, THE YOUNG CHILD BEHAVIOR AND DEVELOPMENT
                                                               IN EARLY CHILDHOOD (3) to CHIL DEVELOPMENT: THE YOUNG CHILD. Rationale: new course title
2003-2004   AA-25   Academic Affairs        EDUC 332                                                                                                                              4/7/2004   5/16/2004   5/18/2004   5/18/2004
                                                               more accurately defines the content of the course and more closely aligns the course with the similar
                                                               courses offered by Early Childhood programs at other institutions.


                                                               3. Request to Delete a Course: EDUC 514, TEACHING OF READING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL.
                                                               Rationale: Changes in the initial certification requirements for teachers indicate greater depth and breadth of
2003-2004   AA-25   Academic Affairs        EDUC 514           coverage of the content related to Literacy Instruction. This course is being replace with other courses.          4/7/2004   5/16/2004   5/18/2004   5/18/2004
                                                               Note: The content of this course is being subsumed and expanded in proposed course EDUC 314,
                                                               Emergent Literacy and EDUC 414, Advanced Issues in Literacy Instruction.


                                                               Proposal for New Course: ENGL 685 Adolescent Literature. (3) Course designed to introduce the various
                                                               issues which have encouraged the proliferation of modern critical views within the field and to enable
                        Graduate                               students to use theory effectively across a wide range of texts in the classroom. Rationale: ENGL 685 is
2003-2004   AA-26                           ENGL 685                                                                                                                              5/5/2004   7/24/2004   7/25/2004   7/25/2004
                         Council                               needed because ENGL 485 Adolescents Literature is not a graduation requirement for English majors in the
                                                               undergraduate program. Therefore, ENGL 685 might be the only course in adolescent literature that a future
                                                               teacher enrolled in the MAT program might be able to take.

2003-2004   AA-27   Academic Affairs        PHED 211           1. Request to Delete a Course: PHED 211, Skill Development and Teaching Methods: Gymnastics/Dance.                 5/5/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004

                                                               2. Request to Delete a Course: PHED 212, Skill Development and Teaching Methods:
2003-2004   AA-27   Academic Affairs        PHED 212                                                                                                                              5/5/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                               Racquetball/Badminton.

2003-2004   AA-27   Academic Affairs        PHED 213           3. Request to Delete a Course: PHED 213, Skill Development and Teaching Methods: Tennis/Golf.                      5/5/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004

2003-2004   AA-27   Academic Affairs        PHED 214           4. Request to Delete a Course: PHED 214, Skill Development and Teaching Methods: Soccer/Football.                  5/5/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004

2003-2004   AA-27   Academic Affairs        PHED 215           5. Request to Delete a Course: PHED 215 Skill Development and Teaching Methods: Basketball/Volleyball.             5/5/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004

                                                               6. Request to Delete a Course: PHED 216, Skill Development and Teaching Methods: Track and
2003-2004   AA-27   Academic Affairs        PHED 216                                                                                                                              5/5/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                               Field/Cross Country.

2003-2004   AA-27   Academic Affairs        PHED 217           7. Request to Delete a Course: PHED 217, Skill Development and Teaching Methods: Softball/Baseball.                5/5/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004

2003-2004   AA-27   Academic Affairs        EDUC 440           8. Request to Delete a Course: EDUC 440, Managing the Curriculum and Learner.                                      5/5/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004

2003-2004   AA-27   Academic Affairs        EDUC 444           9. Request to Delete a Course: EDUC 444, Instructional Theory and Practice.                                        5/5/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004

                                                               10. Request for Change in Course: PHED 401, Kinesiology (3). Change in Course Pre-requisites and Co-
2003-2004   AA-27   Academic Affairs        PHED 401           requisites. Change Pre-requisites from none to BIOL 232/232L. Change Co-requisites from none to PHED               5/5/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                               401L.
                                                               11. Request for Change in Course: PHED 402, Exercise Physiology (3). Change in Course Pre-requisites
2003-2004   AA-27   Academic Affairs        PHED 402           and Co-requisites. Change Pre-requisites from none to BIOL 232/232L and BIOL 242/242L. Change Co-                  5/5/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                               requisites from none to PHED 402L.
                                                               12. Request for Change in Course: PHED 403, Adaptive Physical Education and Recreation. Change in
                                                               Course Number, Course Title, and Pre-requisites. Change Course Number to PHED 290; Change Course
2003-2004   AA-27   Academic Affairs        PHED 403                                                                                                                              5/5/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                               Title to Adapted Physical Activity. Change Pre-requisites from none to PHED 131; or permission of
                                                               Department Chair.
                                                  13. Request for Change in Course: PHED 453 Organization and Administration of Physical Education,
                                                  Recreation, and Athletics (3). Change in Course Number, Course Title, and Pre-requisites. Change Course
2003-2004   AA-27   Academic Affairs   PHED 453   Number to PHED 320; Change Course Title to Administration of Sport and Physical Education. Change Pre-           5/5/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                  requisites from none to Admission to Professional Program in Teacher Education; or Permission of
                                                  Department Chair.
                                                  1. Request for Change in a Course: THEA 170, ACTING I (3). Change in Course Number, Pre-requisite,
                                                  and Course Description. Change to THEA 150. Pre-requisite: THEA 130. Course Description: Actor
                                                  awareness, imaginative physical and vocal preparation, application of objectives-obstacles-action choices in
2003-2004   AA-27   Academic Affairs   THEA 170   theater exercises, a monologue, and scene work; terminology and types of theater spaces examined.                5/5/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                  Rationale for Change: Clarify Acting sequence for improved advising, student understanding and NAST
                                                  accreditation. Sequence will be numbered to reflect Freshman, Sophomore, Junior, and Senior
                                                  expectations.
                                                  2. Request for Change in a Course: THEA 370, ACTING II (3). Change in: Course Number, Pre-requisite,
                                                  and Catalog Description. Change to: THEA 250. Pre-requisite THEA 150 with grade of C or higher. Course
2003-2004   AA-27   Academic Affairs   THEA 370                                                                                                                    5/5/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                  Description: Scene work in realistic, contemporary drama; developing the ensemble experience;
                                                  improvisational work to develop the artistic impulse.
                                                  3. Request for Change in a Course: THEA 470, ACTING III (3). Change in Course Number, Pre-requisite,
                                                  and Catalog Description. Change to: THEA 350. Pre-requisite THEA 250 with a grade of C or higher.
2003-2004   AA-27   Academic Affairs   THEA 470   Course Description: Continuation of scene work, adding nonrealistic forms; introduction to alternative           5/5/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                  approaches to the acting process; developing the physical and vocal character; examination of technique in
                                                  acting.
                                                  4. Request for Change in a Course: THEA 478, Play Direction I (3). Change in Course Number, Course
                                                  Title, Pre-requisite and Course Description. Change to: THEA 288, Directing I: The Director’s Vision. Pre-
2003-2004   AA-27   Academic Affairs   THEA 478   requisite: THEA 130 with grade of C or higher. Course Description: History, theory, and principles of            5/5/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                  directing. Examines director’s role and responsibilities, play selection, conceptualizing, ground plans,
                                                  blocking.

                                                  5. Request for Change in a Course: THEA 479, Play Direction II (3). Change in Course Number, Course
                                                  Title, Pre-requisite and Course Description. Change to THEA 388, Directing II: Directing the Actor. Pre-
                                                  requisite: THEA 288 with grade of C or higher. Course Description: Director’s approach to text analysis and
2003-2004   AA-27   Academic Affairs   THEA 479                                                                                                                    5/5/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                  articulation of ideas. Rehearsal schedules, staging, rehearsal and audition techniques, scene work.
                                                  Directors will focus on the direction of the Ten Minute play for and collaboration leading to new works. Final
                                                  project will be a re-envisioned short scene from Shakespeare.

                                                  6. Request for Change in a Course: THEA 174. Dance for Musical Theater I (3). Change in course Title,
                                                  Credits, and Course Description. Change title to Ballet (1), and course description to: Introduction to the
2003-2004   AA-27   Academic Affairs   THEA 174   techniques of classical ballet including alignment, positions, port de bras, and center combinations. Rational   5/5/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                  for Chance: This is a performing class, not a lecture class. One credit is appropriate credit for ensemble
                                                  courses.

                                                  7. Request for Change in a Course: THEA 276, Dance for Musical Theater II (3). Change in Course
                                                  Number, Course Title, Credits, and Course Description. Change Course Number to THEA 175; Change
2003-2004   AA-27   Academic Affairs   THEA 276   Course Title to: Jazz I. Change Credits to (1); Change Course Description to: Introduction to the style,         5/5/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                  technique, and rhythmic structures of Jazz dance. Rationale for Change This is a performing class, not a
                                                  lecture class. One credit is appropriate credit for ensemble courses.

                                                  8. Request for Change in a Course: THEA 278, Dance for Musical Theatre III (3). Change in Course
                                                  Number, Course Title, Credits, and Course Description. Change Course Number to THEA 176; Change
2003-2004   AA-27   Academic Affairs   THEA 278   Course Title to: Tap I. Change Credits to (1); Change Course Description to: Introduction to the                 5/5/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                  fundamental principles of tap. Rationale for Change: This is a performing class, not a lecture class. One
                                                  credit is appropriate credit for ensemble courses.
                                                  9. Request for Change in a Course: THEA 498, Musical Theatre Capstone Project (3). Pre-requisite:
                                                  senior standing. Change in Credits to (1). Rationale for Change: The spirit of this course is to give students
2003-2004   AA-27   Academic Affairs   TEHA 498   a chance to put together a cumulative performance and portfolio. A reduction in credit brings this               5/5/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                  performance class in line with other performance classes offered throughout the Department of Performing
                                                  Arts.
                                                  10. Request for Change in a Course: THEA 499, Theatre Capstone Project (3). Pre-requisite: senior
2003-2004   AA-27   Academic Affairs   THEA 499                                                                                                                    5/5/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                  standing. Change in Credits to (1).
                                                         1. Request for Change in a Course: ARTS 495, ART STUDIO INTERNSHIP I (3).Pre-requisites: ARTS 103,
                                                         104, 111, 112, ARTH 105, 106 plus junior standing and 2.0 or better GPA. Students must have permission
                                                         of the Chair of the department before applying for internship. Change in Course Description to: Application
                                                         for the internship can be obtained without receiving permission from the chair of the department. Students
                                                         are professionally supervised in an organization while working 120 hours during a semester (12 weeks at 10
                                                         hours per week). The application states the course objective, course requirements and grading procedures.
2003-2004   AA-27   Academic Affairs     ARTS 495                                                                                                                         5/5/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                         A contract between the student and the facility or organization where the internship will take place is signed
                                                         by all parties – the student faculty supervisor, Chair of the department and the Dean of the Edward College
                                                         of Humanities and Fine Arts. During the internship period, students are required to maintain a journal and
                                                         when possible build a portfolio, Interim and final reports are sent to the organization during the semester by
                                                         the coordinator of internships. Rationale for Change: New course description describes more accurately the
                                                         course content. Course will provide on the job training for art majors.

                                                         2. Request for Change in a Course: ARTS 496, ART STUDIO INTERNSHIP II (1-3).Pre-requisite: ARTS
                                                         495. Change in Course Description to: Requirements are the same as for ARTS 495 except that an
2003-2004   AA-27   Academic Affairs     ARTS 496                                                                                                                         5/5/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                         application for the internship must be obtained from the Chair of the department first. This internship
                                                         opportunity open only to students who have taken ARTS 495.
                                                         3. Request for Change in a Course: ARTS 497, The Arts As A Professional (1). Change in Credit and
2003-2004   AA-27   Academic Affairs     ARTS 497        Requested for Core Approval. Change to (3) credits. Change to Requested for Core 3. Approval as a                5/5/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                         Computer Use Course. (Error corrected in 08/09 Catalog).

                                                         1. Request for Change in a Course: POLI 397, Internship in Political Science (3). Change in Course
                                                         Number, Pre-requisites, and Catalog Description. Change Course Number to POLI 495. Change Pre-
                                                         requisites from POLI 201 to POLI 201 and junior level with 2.50 GPA or consent of instructor. Change
                                                         Course Description to: Internships are available in local, state, or federal government offices. Students mad
2003-2004   AA-27   Academic Affairs      POLI 397                                                                                                                        5/5/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                         do an internship for academic credit of three (3) hours and must work at least 120 hours at an organization
                                                         during the semester registered. Grades are determined by a combination of the evaluation of the internship
                                                         performance by the facility supervisor and faculty supervisor. Requirements are specifically stated in a
                                                         contract to be signed by the student, faculty supervisor and facility supervisor.

                                                         The Student Life Committee recommendations for continued review of the Code and related materials:
                                                         (Administrative Action 28)
                                                         That the University develop an academic manual to be distributed to both students and faculty containing
                                                         (among other things) a detailed definition of plagiarism.
                      Student Life                       That pertinent sections of the Code be included in the Faculty Manual.
2003-2004   AA-28                       revised Code                                                                                                                      5/5/2004   8/10/2004   8/11/2004   8/11/2004
                      Committee                          In addition, the Committee will be looking further into the following issues:
                                                         Record keeping involving Violations in the Classroom.
                                                         Possible addition of an ombudsman (-person) for the purpose of assisting students in connection with judicial
                                                         matters.
                                                         Grade penalty of “F” for non-academic violations.

                                                        Request for Changes in Degree (Physical Education Teacher Education Major)
                                                        a. Change total credits required from 132-139 to 123-131.
                                                        b. Delete courses from Program: PHIL 101 and EDUC 275.
                                                        c. Delete course from Program: PHED 300.
                                                        d. Delete course from Program: PHED 404.
                                                        e. Delete courses from Program: EDUC 440, EDUC 444, EDUC 451, EDUC 518, PHED 211, PHED 212,
                                                        PHED 213, PHED 214, PHED 215, PHED 216, PHED 217.
                                     Physical Education
                                                        f. Change required courses in Area 4 Humanities/Fine Arts from: ARTH 105 or 106 or MUS 110 to Any
2003-2004   AA-29   Academic Affairs Teacher Education                                                                                                                    5/4/2004   7/24/2004   7/25/2004   7/25/2004
                                                        Humanities/Fine Arts.
                                           Major
                                                        g. Change required courses in Area 6 Social Sciences from GEOG 121 to Any Social Science.
                                                        h. Change required course from HLED 221 to HLED 121.
                                                        i. Change required course from MATH –choose one of the following options OPTION I or OPTION II to
                                                        Mathematics/Statistics Choose OPTION II.
                                                        j. Change Electives from 0 hours to 6 hours.
                                                        k. Change pre-requisite statements for most revised and new courses in program and change numbering
                                                        system for many new courses in program.
                                                  1. Request for Addition of New Course: PHED 131, Orientation to Physical Education – Teacher Education
                                                  (1). Course Restrictions: Restricted to PETE majors; or Permission of Department Chair. Course
                                                  Description: The first in a 4-part series of course entitled, "The Physical Education Teacher Education
2003-2004   AA-30   Academic Affairs   PHED 131   (PETE) Series". This course provides the student with an introduction to the PETE Program, the                       5/4/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                  Professional Program in Teacher Education (PPTE), field experiences in teacher education, and current
                                                  professional practice in the field. Special emphasis is placed on understanding the mission of the program. A
                                                  Practicum experience is required (eight hours of observation at Elementary/Middle levels.)


                                                  2. Request for Addition of New Course: PHED 220, Lifetime Fitness (3). Course Restrictions: Restricted to
                                                  HPER majors; or Permission of Department Chair. Course Description: Covers the basic concepts,
                                                  components, and skills of lifetime personal fitness. Emphasis placed on behavior change through
2003-2004   AA-30   Academic Affairs   PHED 220   participation in all physical fitness components, utilization of fitness tools, and the application of essential     5/4/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                  concepts. Provides the knowledge and skills to plan, evaluate, and achieve a personal program of fitness.
                                                  Course includes topics of nutrition, weight and stress management, and disease prevention related to a
                                                  health lifestyle. Lab Fee: $35.


                                                  3. Request for Addition of New Course: PHED 225, Orientation to Physical Activity Skills (2). Course
                                                  Description: Provides students with an introduction to the history, rules, skills, strategy, and safety of the
2003-2004   AA-30   Academic Affairs   PHED 225                                                                                                                        5/4/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                  following sports: Basketball, football, soccer, softball, tennis, track and field, and volleyball. Emphasis given
                                                  to resource development and the development of basic skills necessary for upper level coursework.


                                                  4. Request for Addition of New Course: PHED 230, Outdoor Activities (2). Course Description: Introductory
                                                  course for students in the Physical Education Teacher Education (PETE) program. Activities include
                                                  hiking/backpacking, orienteering, ropes course, adventure education/initiatives, rock climbing, and camping.
2003-2004   AA-30   Academic Affairs   PHED 230                                                                                                                        5/4/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                  Course emphasizes basic skills, safety, and active participation necessary to plan, implement and evaluate
                                                  each activity. Students are required to demonstrate proficiency in each activity through participation, skill
                                                  assessments, experiential trips, and written assignments. Lab Fee: $30.


                                                  5. Request for Addition of New Course: PHED 231, Foundations and Service in Physical Education Teacher
                                                  Education (1). Course Description: The second in a 4-part series of courses entitled “The Physical
                                                  Education Teacher Education (PETE) Series”. This course emphasizes the foundations of the Physical
2003-2004   AA-30   Academic Affairs   PHED 231   Education and service within the surrounding community. Emphasis is also given to career development in              5/4/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                  physical education and sport. Credentialing and test requirements, and the development of lesson and unit
                                                  plans. A Practicum experience is (eight hours of community service) is required, and students will be
                                                  expected to complete a second personal fitness assessment.


                                                  6. Request for Addition of New Course: PHED 310, Physical Activity Skills (2). Pre-requisites: PHED 231,
                                                  PHED 225, Admission to Professional Program in Teacher Education. Co-requisite: EDUC 410. Course
2003-2004   AA-30   Academic Affairs   PHED 310   Description: Provides candidates with the skills and knowledge necessary to select and teach appropriate             5/4/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                  physical activities for the elementary school student along with the ability to analyze fundamental motor
                                                  patterns. Opportunities are provided for peer-teaching and skill development.


                                                  7. Request for New Course: PHED 311, Physical Activity Skills II (2). Pre-requisites: PHED 231, PHED 225,
                                                  PHED 310, Admission to Professional Program in Teacher Education. Co-requisite: EDUC 411. Course
2003-2004   AA-30   Academic Affairs   PHED 311   Description: Provides candidates with the skills and knowledge necessary to select and teach appropriate             5/4/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                  physical activities, sport skills, and fitness activities for the middle school student, along with the ability to
                                                  analyze motor patterns. Opportunities are provided for peer-teaching and skill development are provided.


                                                  9. Request for New Course: PHED 312, Physical Activity Skills III (2). Pre-requisites: PHED 231, PHED
                                                  225, PHED 311, Admission to Professional Program in Teacher Education. Co-requisite: EDUC 412.
2003-2004   AA-30   Academic Affairs   PHED 312   Course Description: An advanced course focusing on development of the student’s ability to research and              5/4/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                  teach a wide variety of physical activities suited to the high school population, with an increased emphasis on
                                                  personal proficiency in team and individual sports, to include personal fitness, lifetime and outdoor pursuits.
                                                   10. Request for New Course: PHED 331, Professionalism in Physical Education Teacher Education (1).
                                                   Pre-requisites: PHED 231. Course Restrictions: Admission to Professional Program in Teacher Education.
                                                   Course Description: The third in a 4-part series of courses entitled, “The Physical Education Teacher
                                                   Education (PETE) Series”. This course emphasizes professional development in the field, the surrounding
2003-2004   AA-30   Academic Affairs   PHED 331                                                                                                                       5/4/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                   community and within the PETE program. Candidates demonstrate competency through conference
                                                   attendance and/or professional presentations. Teacher Candidates also explore Praxis II exams and the
                                                   development of the candidates’ electronic portfolio. Completion of a third and final personal fitness
                                                   assessment is required.

                                                   11. Request for New Course: EDUC 411, Middle School Physical Education Pedagogy (3). Pre-requisites:
                                                   PHED 231, EDUC 410, Admission to Professional Program in Teacher Education. Co-Requisite: PHED
                                                   311. Course Description: An investigation of innovative ideas for teaching middle school physical education.
                                                   The development of lesson and instructional units, which meet national and state standards, are discussed
                                                   along with the integration of other subject areas, assessing and grading students, motivating students,
                                                   selecting teaching styles and strategies, and incorporating technology effectively. Candidates are
2003-2004   AA-30   Academic Affairs   EDUC 411    responsible for videotaping teaching episodes, coding teaching behaviors of their peers, conceptualizing and       5/4/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                   writing their own less plans, and writing reflective journal entries based on teaching effectiveness. Evidence
                                                   is to be placed in their electronic portfolio. Opportunities are provided for peer-teaching and a Practicum
                                                   experience of 20 hours is required. Teaching experiences are evaluated by both the cooperating teacher
                                                   and the University faculty member. Rationale for New Course: Part of larger program revision in Physical
                                                   Education Teacher Education and in College of Education accreditation process. Provides needed content
                                                   consistent with program sequence, accreditation needs, and current practice/trends.

                                                   12. Request for New Course: EDUC 412, High School Physical Education (3). Pre-requisites: PHED 331,
                                                   EDUC 411. Co-requisite: PHED 312. Course Description: Provides a study of curriculum, methods,
                                                   techniques, and materials appropriate for preparation of high school teachers in physical education. The
                                                   student will be expected to plan and implement specific unit plans and lessons in peer teaching situation and
2003-2004   AA-30   Academic Affairs   EDUC 412                                                                                                                       5/4/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                   during a high school practicum experience (20 hours). Current best practice in pedagogy, curriculum, and
                                                   assessment will be explored. Rationale for New Course: Part of larger program revision in Physical
                                                   Education Teacher Education and in College of Education accreditation process. Provides needed content
                                                   consistent with program sequence, accreditation needs, and current practice/trends.


                                                   13. Request for New Course: PHED 401L, Laboratory in Kinesiology (1). Pre-requisites: BIOL 232. Co-
                                                   requisite: PHED 401. Course Restrictions: Restricted to HPER majors; or Permission of Department Chair.
2003-2004   AA-30   Academic Affairs   PHED 401L                                                                                                                      5/4/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                   Course Description: An applied course that reinforces the basic principles and skills learned in kinesiology
                                                   lecture (PHED 401). Emphasis placed on the analysis of real-world sport and fitness activities.

                                                   14. Request for New Course: PHED 402L, Laboratory in Exercise Physiology (1). Pre-requisites: BIOL 232,
                                                   BIOL 242. Co-requisite: PHED 402. Course Description: An applied course that reinforces the basic
2003-2004   AA-30   Academic Affairs   PHED 402L                                                                                                                      5/4/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                   principles and skills learned in exercise physiology lecture (PHED 402). Emphasis placed on the collection of
                                                   real data and the generation of scientific lab reports.


                                                   15. Request for Addition of a New Course: PHED 431, Internship Seminar in Physical Education Teacher
                                                   Education (1). Prerequisites: HPED 331, Passing Scores on Praxis II. Corequisites: EDUC 479. Course
                                                   Description: The fourth and culmination experience in a 4-part series of courses entitled "The Physical
2003-2004   AA-30   Academic Affairs   PHED 431    Education Teach Education (PETE) Series." This course focuses on candidate experiences within the                  5/4/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                   internship process. Special attention is given to the candidates preparation for their future professional
                                                   career. The electronic portfolio addressing the NCATE/NAPSW and ADEPT standards is completed and
                                                   presented to their peers and faculty.


                                                   16. Request for Change in Course: PHED 132, Foundations of Physical Education (3). Change in Course
                                                   Number, Course Title, Pre-requisites and Course Description. Change Course Number to PHED 232;
                                                   Change Course Name to History and Philosophy of Physical Education; Change Pre-requisites from none to
                                                   PHED 131; or permission of Department Chair. Change course description to: Students will be provided with
                                                   insight into the historical and philosophical basis of physical education and sport. This course covers physical
2003-2004   AA-30   Academic Affairs   PHED 132                                                                                                                       5/4/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                   education and sport from the ancient world, through the medieval and early modern Europe, the
                                                   development of American physical education and sport to today's practices. Other topics addressed will be
                                                   ethics, integrity, and problems in the profession, ancient and modern Olympics, international participation,
                                                   current issues and trends. Necessary change in a sequential program consistent with accreditation needs
                                                   and current practice/trends.
                                                  17. Request for Change in Course: PHED 200, Locomotor and Movement Skills and Patterns (3), Change in
                                                  Course Number, Course Title, Number of Hours, Pre-requisites, and Course Description. Change Course
                                                  Number to PHED 360; Change Course Title to Motor Behavior; Change Number of Credits from 3 to 4 hours
                                                  (3 hours lecture and 1 hour lab); Change Pre-requisites from none to Admission to Professional Program in
                                                  Teacher Education or permission of Department Chair. Change course description to: A study of the
2003-2004   AA-30   Academic Affairs   PHED 200                                                                                                                     5/4/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                  development (maturation and growth), acquisition, retention, and transfer of motor skills and behavior
                                                  throughout the lifespan. Emphasis given to the underlying processes in the control, learning, and
                                                  performance of motor skills. As a foundation course for motor skill practitioners working with a variety of
                                                  ages, and populations, the content blends principles of motor learning/control, motor development, and sport
                                                  psychology.


                                                  18. Request for Change in Course: PHED 210, Health Related Fitness/Swimming (2). Change in Course
                                                  Number, Course Title, Pre-Requisites, and Course Description. Change Course Number to PHED 235;
                                                  Change Course Title to Aquatic Activities. Change course description to: Introductory course for students in
                                                  the Physical Education Teacher Education (PETE) program. Activities include swimming, aquatic
2003-2004   AA-30   Academic Affairs   PHED 210                                                                                                                     5/4/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                  aerobics/fitness, snorkeling, and introductory scuba and kayaking. Course emphasizes basic skills, safety,
                                                  and active participation necessary to plan, implement, and evaluate each activity. Students are required to
                                                  demonstrate proficiency in each activity through participation, skill assessments, experiential trips, and
                                                  written assignments.

                                                  19. Request for Change in Course: PHED 315, Interpretation and Implementation of the Elementary School
                                                  Physical Education Program (3). Change in Course Number, Course Title, Pre-requisites, Co-requisites, and
                                                  Course Description. Change Course Number to EDUC 410. Change Course Title to Elementary School
                                                  Physical Education Pedagogy. Change Pre-requisites from none to Admission to Professional Program in
                                                  Teacher Education. Change Co-requisites from none to PHED 310. Change Course Description to:
                                                  Foundations and practices in the development of fundamental motor skills< factors in creating efficient motor
2003-2004   AA-30   Academic Affairs   PHED 315   performance< and the effects of growth and development are studied in depth. Curriculum development,              5/4/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                  which address National and state standards, all three learning domains, and methods in the selection and
                                                  teaching of appropriate activities designed for the elementary school child are explored. Candidates
                                                  videotape teaching episodes, code teaching behaviors of their peers, conceptualize and write their own
                                                  lesson plans, and write reflective journal entries based on teaching effectiveness. Evidence is placed in their
                                                  electronic portfolio. A Practicum experience of 20 hours is required. Teaching experiences are evaluated by
                                                  both the cooperating teacher and the University faculty member.


                                                  20. Request for Change in Course: PHED 400, Measurement & Evaluation in Physical Education (3).
                                                  Change in Course Number, Course Title, Pre-requisites, and Course Description. Change Course Number
                                                  to PHED 325. Change Course Title to Assessment and Technology in Physical Education. Change Pre-
2003-2004   AA-30   Academic Affairs   PHED 400   requisites from none to PHED 131 and EDUC 204. Change Course Description to: To provide the skills and            5/4/2004   7/24/2004   7/27/2004   7/27/2004
                                                  knowledge for students in physical education utilizing a variety of current technologies and authentic
                                                  assessment tools available and emerging in the field. To develop a working knowledge of the statistical
                                                  techniques used in scoring, assessment, and interpretation of student performance and learning.


                                                  1. Request for Addition of New Course: THEA 154, Introduction to Costuming (3). Course Description: Basic
                                                  principles of costume design and construction and survey of selected historical periods in costume history.
2003-2004   AA-31   Academic Affairs   THEA 154   Rationale for new course: All theater majors should have grounding in the basic process of costuming, either      5/4/2004   7/24/2004   7/25/2004   7/25/2004
                                                  as a prelude to a more thorough exploration of technical theater, or as a foundation for a more generalized
                                                  study of the art and craft of theater.

                                                  2. Request for Addition of New Course: THEA 351, Costume Construction (3). Course Description: Uses
2003-2004   AA-31   Academic Affairs   THEA 351   of materials and techniques for stage costume including patterning, advanced constructions, crafts, and           5/4/2004   7/24/2004   7/25/2004   7/25/2004
                                                  millinery. Fee.
                                                  3. Request for Addition of New Course: THEA 352, Costume Design (3). Course Description: Methods and
                                                  principles of costume design with projects in both modern and period styles. Includes research methods,
2003-2004   AA-31   Academic Affairs   THEA 352                                                                                                                     5/4/2004   7/24/2004   7/25/2004   7/25/2004
                                                  design conceptualizations, organization, communicating ideas through images, and play analysis for the
                                                  costume designer.

                                                  4. Request for Addition of New Course: THEA 355, Scene Design (3). Course Description: A studio course
                                                  looking at design theory, history and contemporary design styles. Several projects will help to develop the
2003-2004   AA-31   Academic Affairs   THEA 355                                                                                                                     5/4/2004   7/24/2004   7/25/2004   7/25/2004
                                                  drawing, drafting, rendering and model making skills of the student necessary to visually communicate
                                                  design concepts to a director and other members of the production team.
                                                   5. Request for Addition of New Course: THEA 356, Lighting Design (3). Course Description: Principles and
2003-2004   AA-31   Academic Affairs   THEA 356    theory of theatrical lighting design, including design process and execution, equipment and paperwork, script    5/4/2004   7/24/2004   7/25/2004   7/25/2004
                                                   analysis and color theory.

                                                   6. Request for Addition of New Course: THEA 357, Scene Painting (3). Course Description: Studio projects
2003-2004   AA-31   Academic Affairs   THEA 357                                                                                                                     5/4/2004   7/24/2004   7/25/2004   7/25/2004
                                                   designed to develop and practice basic skills needed in painting stage scenery. Fee.

                                                   7. Request for Addition of New Course: THEA 358, Properties Design and Construction (3). Course
2003-2004   AA-31   Academic Affairs   THEA 358    Description: Uses of materials and techniques for the beginning properties designer and builder, including       5/4/2004   7/24/2004   7/25/2004   7/25/2004
                                                   sections on carpentry, plastics, soft goods and upholstery.
                                                   8. Request for Addition of New Course: THEA 359, Special Topics in Technical Theatre (3). Course
2003-2004   AA-31   Academic Affairs   THEA 359    Description: Rotating topics in technical theatre such as millinery, CAD drafting, computer-aided rendering,     5/4/2004   7/24/2004   7/25/2004   7/25/2004
                                                   advanced patterning, etc.
                                                   9. Request for Addition of New Course: THEA 451, Design Survey (3). Course Description: Students will
2003-2004   AA-31   Academic Affairs   THEA 451    research various trends in the history and contemporary practice of theatrical design as well as critiquing a    5/4/2004   7/24/2004   7/25/2004   7/25/2004
                                                   current professional production. Fee.

                                                   10. Request for Addition of New Course: THEA 452, Projects in Design (2). Course Description:
2003-2004   AA-31   Academic Affairs   THEA 452                                                                                                                     5/4/2004   7/24/2004   7/25/2004   7/25/2004
                                                   Supervised design in one area for a mainstage production. May be repeated for credit.

                                                   11. Request for Change in a Course: THEA 330, Play Production (3). Change in Course Number, Course
                                                   Name, Course Description. Change to THEA 130, Principles of Dramatic Analysis (3). Course Description:
2003-2004   AA-32   Academic Affairs   THEA 330    Applications of contemporary cultural/literary theories, critical evaluation, analysis, and interpretation of    5/4/2004   7/24/2004   7/25/2004   7/25/2004
                                                   dramatic literature and performance. Emphasizes both traditional and non-traditional canons of dramatic
                                                   literature and traditional structures and forms of drama.


                                                   12. Request for Change in a Course: THEA 361, History of Theatre I (3). Change in Course Title and
                                                   Course Description. Change course title to: Theatre History and Literature I. and change course description
2003-2004   AA-32   Academic Affairs   THEA 361                                                                                                                     5/4/2004   7/24/2004   7/25/2004   7/25/2004
                                                   to: Traces major developments in theatre production and dramatic literature from their beginnings to the mid-
                                                   17th century. Lecture, student presentation. Cross-listed with Classical Studies 361.

                                                   13. Request for Change in a Course: THEA 362, History of Theatre II (3). Change in Course Title and
                                                   Course Description. Change course title to Theatre History and Literature II and change course description
2003-2004   AA-32   Academic Affairs   THEA 362                                                                                                                     5/4/2004   7/24/2004   7/25/2004   7/25/2004
                                                   to: Traces major developments in theatre production and dramatic literature from the mid-17th century to the
                                                   20th century.

                                                   14. Request for Addition of New Course: THEA 450, ACTING IV (3). Pre-requisite: THEA 350 with a grade
2003-2004   AA-32   Academic Affairs   THEA 450    of C or higher. Course Description: Rehearsal and performance of verse drama; a study of period styles;          5/4/2004   7/24/2004   7/25/2004   7/25/2004
                                                   scansion, understanding of poetic language, and careful text analysis emphasized.

                                                   15. Request for Addition of New Course: THEA 331, Introduction to Playwriting (3). Pre-requisites: ENG
2003-2004   AA-32   Academic Affairs   THEA 331    275, 276, 287, or 288. Course Description: Basic skills of playwriting including exercises in monologues,        5/4/2004   7/24/2004   7/25/2004   7/25/2004
                                                   scenes, and conflict and resolution, leading to completion of a one-act play.

                                                   16. Request for Addition of New Course: THEA 491, Special Topics: New Works Development (3) Pre-
                                                   requisites: none. Course Description: Topics in the areas of theatre that result in the creation of a new work
2003-2004   AA-32   Academic Affairs   THEA 491                                                                                                                     5/4/2004   7/24/2004   7/25/2004   7/25/2004
                                                   in dramatic literature, performance, or design. Special Topics courses will be announced and described prior
                                                   to early registration each semester.

                                                   17. Request for Addition of New Course: THEA 290, Music Theater Workshop (1). Pre-requisite: Instructor
2003-2004   AA-32   Academic Affairs   THEA 290    approval. Course Description: Development of specific skills for the musical-dramatic interpretation, role       5/4/2004   7/24/2004   7/25/2004   7/25/2004
                                                   preparation, styles, music theatre scenes, musical comedy, revue Ensembles.


                                                   1. Request for Addition of New Course: HIST 100L, History of Western Civilization in Film (1). Pre-
                                                   requisites: none. Co-Requisites: HIST 101 or HIST 102. Course Description: This course will examine
2003-2004   AA-33   Academic Affairs   HIST 100L   select topics in Western Civilization through the analysis of films. Rationale for New Course: Provides in-      5/5/2004   7/24/2004   7/25/2004   7/25/2004
                                                   depth study of visual materials too long to be used in regular lecture classes. Supports the study of History
                                                   101 and 101; provides valuable 1-credit opportunity in History.


                                                   2. Request for Addition of New Course: HIST 346, Modern European Intellectual History (3). Pre-requisites:
                                                   None. Course Description: Overview of Western intellectual history – from the French Revolution through
2003-2004   AA-33   Academic Affairs   HIST 346    the late twentieth century. Include an examination of political, cultural, literary, imaginative, popular, and   5/5/2004   7/24/2004   7/25/2004   7/25/2004
                                                   intellectual traditions that informed various European traditions. Rationale for New Course: New hire, new
                                                   area of coverage. Continues History department sequence beginning with History 345.
                                                       3. Request for Addition of New Course: HIST 443, Modern Colonialism (3). Pre-requisites: None. Course
                                                       Description: European colonial and imperial practices from approximately 1830 to the present. Course will
2003-2004   AA-33   Academic Affairs     HIST 443      explore settler colonialism, informal empire, cultural hegemony, "civilizing missions", under-development,           5/5/2004   7/24/2004    7/25/2004    7/25/2004
                                                       independence movements, and post-colonialism. Rationale for New Course: New hire, new area of
                                                       coverage. No colonial history currently being taught.

                                                       4. Request for Addition of New Course: HIST 450, The City in European History (3). Pre-requisites: none.
2003-2004   AA-33   Academic Affairs     HIST 450      Course Description: This course provides an overview European urbanization from antiquity through the                5/5/2004   7/24/2004    7/25/2004    7/25/2004
                                                       present era in terms of multiple case studies. Rationale for New Course: New area of coverage.

                                                       5. Request for Addition of New Course: HIST 496, The Byzantine Empire (c 300-1453) (3). Course
                                                       Description: A study of the eastern half of the Roman Empire, from the inauguration of Constantinople
2003-2004   AA-33   Academic Affairs     HIST 496                                                                                                                           5/5/2004   7/24/2004    7/25/2004    7/25/2004
                                                       C330, through the development of the Byzantine Empire as a distinct Medieval civilization, and ending with
                                                       the Turkish conquest of 1453. Rationale for New Course: New hire, new area of coverage.


                                                       1. Request for Addition of New Course: ITAL 110, Introductory Italian I (3). Requested for Core Approval.
                                                       Course Description: For students with no or very limited background in Italian. Emphasis on the mastery of
2003-2004   AA-34   Academic Affairs     ITAL 110      the basic structure of Italian through intensive conversational exercise and practice. Development of reading        5/5/2004   7/24/2004    7/25/2004    7/25/2004
                                                       and writing skills. Introduction to Italian. Rationale for New Course: Growing interest in Italian at Coastal has
                                                       been demonstrated by the two fully enrolled sections of Italian 110 that were offered in the fall of 2003.


                                                       2. Request for Addition of New Course: ITAL 120, Introductory Italian II (3). Pre-Requisite: ITAL 110 or
                                                       equivalent. Requested for Core Approval. Course Description: Continued emphasis on the mastery of the
                                                       basic structure of Italian through intensive conversational exercise and practice. Further development of
2003-2004   AA-34   Academic Affairs     ITAL 120                                                                                                                           5/5/2004   7/24/2004    7/25/2004    7/25/2004
                                                       reading and writing skills. Introduction to Italian culture. Rationale for New Course: Growing interest in Italian
                                                       at Coastal has been demonstrated by the two fully enrolled sections of Italian 120 that were offered in the
                                                       spring of 2004.


                                                       3. Request for Addition of New Course: ITAL 130, Introductory Italian III (3). Pre-Requisite: ITAL 120 or
                                                       equivalent. Requested for Core Approval. Course Description: Continued emphasis on the mastery of the
                                                       basic structure of Italian through intensive conversational exercise and practice. Further development of
2003-2004   AA-34   Academic Affairs     ITAL 130                                                                                                                           5/5/2004   7/24/2004    7/25/2004    7/25/2004
                                                       reading and writing skills. Introduction to Italian culture. Rationale for New Course: Growing interest in Italian
                                                       at Coastal has been demonstrated by the fully enrolled sections of Italian 110 and 120 that were offered in
                                                       the fall of 2003 and the spring of 2004.


                                                       4. Request for Addition of New Course: LATS 326, Cuban Literature in Translation (1-3). Pre-requisites:
                                                       Instructor permission. Co-requisites: Travel Study in Cuba. Cross-Listed with SPAN 326. Course
                                                       Description: Selected readings in Cuban literature in translation. Students will read, research and write on
2003-2004   AA-34   Academic Affairs    SPAN 326                                                                                                                            5/5/2004   7/24/2004    7/25/2004    7/25/2004
                                                       Cuban literature, society and culture. A non-refundable deposit is required upon registration. Rationale for
                                                       New Course: This course has been developed to support travel/study in Cuba, to support the Latin
                                                       American Studies Minor and to allow Spanish majors and minors a wider variety of offerings.


                                                       1. Request for Addition of New Course: POLI 326, Politics and Government of Contemporary Cuba (3). Pre-
                                                       requisites: POLI 101 or POLI 102. Co-requisites: Travel/study in Cuba. Course Description: A
2003-2004   AA-35   Academic Affairs     POLI 326                                                                                                                           5/5/2004   7/24/2004    7/25/2004    7/25/2004
                                                       writing/research seminar in which students write on a selected topic in contemporary Cuban politics. Travel
                                                       to Cuba is required. A non-refundable deposit and instructor’s permission are required upon registration.


                                                       2. Request for Addition of New Course: LATS 326, Cuban Literature in Translation (1-3). Pre-requisites:
                                                       Instructor permission. Co-requisites: Travel Study in Cuba. Cross-Listed with SPAN 326. Course
                                                       Description: Selected readings in Cuban literature in translation. Students will read, research and write on
2003-2004   AA-35   Academic Affairs     LATS 326                                                                                                                           5/5/2004   7/24/2004    7/25/2004    7/25/2004
                                                       Cuban literature, society and culture. A non-refundable deposit is required upon registration. Rationale for
                                                       New Course: This course has been developed to support travel/study in Cuba, to support the Latin
                                                       American Studies Minor and to allow Spanish majors and minors a wider variety of offerings.


                                                       A motion was made by Jill Sessoms, seconded by Lee Bollinger, to accept the recommendations from the
                    ad hoc Faculty                     ad hoc Faculty Manual Committee as follows. A friendly amendment was made by Mike Ruse, and accepted
                                       Promotion and
2003-2004   AA-36       Manual                         by Jill Sessoms, to change the first sentence to section n. as shown below. The motion as amended passed.            5/4/2004   10/11/2004   10/12/2004   10/12/2004
                                          Tenure
                      Committee                        VI. Appointments, Promotion, and Tenure; proposed changes to the Faculty Manual are in italics. See AA-36
                                                       for complete details.
                                                          A motion was made by Andy Hendrick, seconded by Linda Schwartz to accept the recommendation from the
                    ad hoc Faculty
                                        Promotion and     ad hoc Faculty Manual Committee as follows. The motion passed.         IV. Faculty Organization
2003-2004   AA-37       Manual                                                                                                                                               5/4/2004    10/11/2004   10/12/2004   10/12/2004
                                           Tenure         12. Promotion and Tenure; proposed changes to the Faculty Manual are in italics. See AA-37 for complete
                      Committee
                                                          details.


                                                          THIS AA WAS NOT APPROVED BY ADMINISTRATION. A motion was made by Michael Ruse, seconded
                                                          by Philip Schneider to accept the recommendation of the ad hoc Faculty Manual Committee, except to
                                                          remove the last line under d. Exceptional. A motion was made by Michael Ruse, seconded by Dennis
                    ad hoc Faculty
                                        Promotion and     Wiseman, to change the dollar amount to read: financial reward at the established rate of compensation. The                       NOT          NOT
2003-2004   AA-38       Manual                                                                                                                                               5/5/2004                                 N/A
                                           Tenure         amendment passed. The motion as amended passed.                                                                                APPROVED     APPROVED
                      Committee
                                                          VI. Appointments, Promotion, and Tenure                                                               F.
                                                          Post-Tenure Review; proposed changes to the Faculty Manual are in bold with italics. See AA-38 for
                                                          complete details.


                                       Organization and   A motion was made by Rich Koesterer, seconded by Teresa Burns to accept the recommendations from the
                    ad hoc Faculty
                                        Procedures of     ad hoc Faculty Manual Committee as follows. The motion passed.     IV. Faculty Organization
2003-2004   AA-39       Manual                                                                                                                                               5/5/2004     8/7/2004     8/9/2004     8/9/2004
                                       Regular Faculty    F. Organization and Procedures of Regular Faculty Committees; proposed changes to the Faculty Manual
                      Committee
                                         Committees       are in italics. See AA-39 for complete details.

                                                        A motion was made by Sandra Nelson seconded by Linda Schwartz to accept the recommendations from
                    ad hoc Faculty Faculty Organization
                                                        the ad hoc Faculty Manual Committee as follows. The motion passed.       IV. Faculty Organization
2003-2004   AA-40       Manual      of Regular Faculty                                                                                                                       5/5/2004     8/7/2004     8/8/2004     8/8/2004
                                                        E. Regular Faculty Committees; proposed changes to the Faculty Manual are in italics. See AA-40 for
                      Committee        Committees
                                                        complete details.

                    Faculty Welfare                       A motion was made by Philip Schneider, seconded by Richard Dame to accept the Faculty Welfare and
                                       applications for
                          and                             Development Committee's proposed changes to the Faculty Manual concerning applications for Scholarly
2003-2004   AA-41                        Scholarly                                                                                                                           7/14/2004   10/20/2004   10/28/2004   10/28/2004
                     Development                          Reassignment (Section V. B. 5. on page V-11-12). The motion passed. All changes are in bold, italics and
                                       Reassignment
                      Committee                           underlined. See AA-41 for complete details.

2003-2004   AA-42   Academic Affairs      ARTH 360        1. Request for Change in a Course: ARTH 360 Gender and Ethnicity in Art to Cross-List with WOST 360.               7/14/2004   9/12/2004    9/13/2004    9/13/2004

                                                          1. Request for New Course: CSCI 110 Enterprise Business Applications (3). Pre-requisites: Business or
                                                          Computer Science Major, or permission of instructor. Course Description: A course designed for students in
2003-2004   AA-43   Academic Affairs      CSCI 110        the School of Business or Computer Science; course covers beginning and intermediate topics in                     7/14/2004   9/12/2004    9/13/2004    9/13/2004
                                                          spreadsheets (MS-Excel), MS-PowerPoint, website development with Dreamweaver, data collection on the
                                                          web, and creation of an online student senior portfolio.


                                                          1. Request for New Minor (Fitness Minor) Catalog Description: The Fitness Minor provides students with
                                                          essential skills and knowledge to successfully enter the growing fitness industry. The minor combines the
                                                          scientific background with the hands-on experiential skills necessary to effectively lead fitness programs for
2003-2004   AA-44   Academic Affairs    Fitness Minor     individuals and groups in public, private, corporate, or commercial settings. Total Credits Required: 22           7/14/2004   9/12/2004    9/13/2004    9/13/2004
                                                          hours. New Courses to be developed: PHED 385 (Fitness Assessment and Exercise Prescription) and
                                                          PHED 398 (Practicum in Fitness). PHED 413 (Exercise and Sport Nutrition), PHED 450 (Laboratory Skills in
                                                          Exercise Science).

                                                          2. Request for Addition of New Course: PHED 385, Fitness Assessment and Exercise Prescription (3).
                                                          Course Description: Investigation of laboratory and field tests used to assess physical fitness components
2003-2004   AA-44   Academic Affairs     PHED 385         and principles of exercise prescription. Test results are used to develop individualized exercise prescriptions    7/14/2004   9/12/2004    9/13/2004    9/13/2004
                                                          to improve cardio respiratory fitness, muscular fitness, body weight and body composition, flexibility, and
                                                          stress levels.
                                                          3. Request for Addition of New Course: PHED 398, Practicum in Fitness (1). Course Description: A faculty-
                                                          supervised practicum within the Community Fitness Testing Program in HPER’s Smith Exercise Science
2003-2004   AA-44   Academic Affairs     PHED 398         Laboratory. Students apply the theoretical and Conceptual knowledge gained in the Fitness Minor by                 7/14/2004   9/12/2004    9/13/2004    9/13/2004
                                                          conducting physical fitness testing and physical activity/exercise prescription for members of the Coastal
                                                          Carolina community.

                                                          4. Request for Addition of New Course: PHED 413, Exercise and Sport Nutrition (3). Course Description:
                                                          Investigates the basic, scientific, and applied concepts of nutrition and substrate utilization as they apply to
2003-2004   AA-44   Academic Affairs     PHED 413                                                                                                                            7/14/2004   9/12/2004    9/13/2004    9/13/2004
                                                          energy production for exercise, body composition, weight control and thermoregulation. Emphasis given to
                                                          analyzing nutritional behaviors for enhanced exercise and sport performance.
                                                            5. Request for Addition of New Course: PHED 450. Laboratory Skills in Exercise Science (3). Course
                                                            Description: Designed for students with at least one course in exercise physiology. Students become
2003-2004   AA-44   Academic Affairs       PHED 450                                                                                                                            7/14/2004    9/12/2004    9/13/2004   9/13/2004
                                                            proficient in the use of the laboratory equipment currently available in the field and in the Exercise Science
                                                            Laboratory. Students gain experience with data collection in a wide variety of pilot research experiments.

                                                            1. Request for Addition of New Course: HIST 111, World History to 1500 (3). Course Description: World
2003-2004   AA-45   Academic Affairs        HIST 111                                                                                                                           7/14/2004    10/20/2004   11/2/2004   11/2/2004
                                                            History to 1500 examining the emergence of key civilizations in India, China, Africa and Europe.

                                                            2. Request for Addition of New Course: HIST 112, World History Since 1500 (3). Course Description: World
                                                            History since 1500 examines the nature and interactions between Europeans, Asians, Africans, Pacific
2003-2004   AA-45   Academic Affairs        HIST 112                                                                                                                           7/14/2004    10/20/2004   11/2/2004   11/2/2004
                                                            Islanders and Americans from the “voyages of oceanic discovery” through the ages of democratic and
                                                            industrial revolutions and into the era of contemporary global developments.

                                                          3. Request for New Concentration: Medieval and Early Modern Studies. Catalog Description: An inter-
                                       Medieval and Early
2003-2004   AA-45   Academic Affairs                      disciplinary concentration housed in the Department of History, designed to build a community of students            7/14/2004    10/20/2004   11/2/2004   11/2/2004
                                        Modern Studies
                                                          and faculty interested in the Middle ages and the Early Modern World (c.400-1800).


                                                            THIS AA WAS NOT SUBMITTED TO SENATE!!!                                                                Request
                                                            for Addition of New Course. ENGL 498 Senior Capstone Course (3). Course Description: A writing and
2003-2004   AA-46   Academic Affairs       ENGL 498         reading intensive course which serves as a review of the basics of writing an academic essay, of literary             N/A          N/A         N/A         N/A
                                                            terminology, of literary periods/movements, and of critical approaches to interpreting literature. Students will
                                                            receive individualized assistance with grammar and writing.

                                                            THIS AA WAS NOT SUBMITTED TO SENATE!!!                                                        Request
2003-2004   AA-46   Academic Affairs      English Major     for Change in Degree Program for English major: Add English 498 Senior Capstone Course and reduce the                 N/A          N/A         N/A         N/A
                                                            number of electives.

                                                          A motion was made by Andy Hendrick, seconded by Steve Sheel to accept the recommendation for the
                                       B.S.B.A. in Resort
                                                          proposed establishment of a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration degree in Resort Tourism
2004-2005   AA-01   Academic Affairs        Tourism                                                                                                                            10/6/2004    12/7/2004    12/7/2004   12/7/2004
                                                          Management. The motion passed, and the proposal is attached.
                                         Management
                                                          Approved by CHE May 05. See AA-01 for complete proposal.


                                                           Evans brought the following recommendation to the Senate. On page 25 of the 2004-2005 Faculty Manual,
                                                           Item 13, Strategic Planning, change “Membership: Seven tenured faculty” to “Membership: Seven faculty”.
                                         Faculty Manual
                    Faculty Senate                         Rationale: The need to be tenured came from the Faculty Budget Advisory membership requirements, not
                                       changes concerning
2004-2005   AA-02     Executive                            the Long Range Planning membership requirements, prior to last year’s merger. Since the activities of this          10/6/2004    12/1/2004    12/9/2004   12/9/2004
                                        Strategic Planning
                      Committee                            merged committee lay largely on the planning side, the Executive Committee, at the request of the ad hoc
                                           Membership
                                                           Committee on Faculty Senate Membership, feels that wider representation will be more helpful to this
                                                           committee’s activities. This will be voted on under New Business.

                                                            1. Request for Change in Undergraduate Course: MATH 131, Trigonometry/ Analytic Geometry. Change title
2004-2005   AA-03   Academic Affairs       MATH 131         of course from Trigonometry/ Analytic Geometry to Trigonometry. Justification for Request: Appropriate             11/3/2004    12/7/2004    12/7/2004   12/7/2004
                                                            name for the course.
                                                            2. Request for Change in Undergraduate Course: STAT 315, Statistical Methods I. Change title of course
2004-2005   AA-03   Academic Affairs       STAT 315                                                                                                                            11/3/2004    12/7/2004    12/7/2004   12/7/2004
                                                            from Statistical Methods I to Regression Analysis.
                                                            3. Request for Change in Undergraduate Course: STAT 316, Statistical Methods II. Change title of course
2004-2005   AA-03   Academic Affairs       STAT 316                                                                                                                            11/3/2004    12/7/2004    12/7/2004   12/7/2004
                                                            from Statistical Methods II to Experimental Design.
                                                            4. Request for Change in Undergraduate Course: STAT 317, Statistical Methods III. Change title of course
2004-2005   AA-03   Academic Affairs       STAT 317                                                                                                                            11/3/2004    12/7/2004    12/7/2004   12/7/2004
                                                            from Statistical Methods III to Nonparametric Statistical Methods.

                                                          1. Request for changes proposed for degree program. Change required courses in Mathematics area of
                                                          Core Curriculum from Mathematics/Statistics- Choose Option II to Mathematics- choose one of the following
                                                          options- Option I or Option II. Proposed Catalog Description: Core Curriculum (44-52 credits), Mathematics-
2004-2005   AA-04   Academic Affairs College of Education                                                                                                                      11/3/2004    12/7/2004    12/7/2004   12/7/2004
                                                          Choose 1 of the following options 6-8, Option I, Option II. Justification for Change: Problematic to require
                                                          Option II, statistics as the required second math. Highly sequenced curriculum, scheduling difficulty, and
                                                          faculty desire same math flexibility specified in catalog for most Coastal students.

                                                           Motion: Evans said when the Senate Executive Committee first discussed this (Committee Structure
                                                           Recommended Changes) in August, it was debated whether to set up another ad hoc Faculty Manual
                    Faculty Senate     committee structure Rewrite Committee or to have the Senate Executive Committee deal with these issues. Ultimately, the
2004-2005   AA-05     Executive          recommended       Senate Executive Committee decided that non of the issues involved were terribly controversial, the goal            11/30/2004   1/15/2005    1/23/2005   1/23/2005
                      Committee             changes        being to make sense of the entire Senate committee structure. Evans said the order of presentation of the
                                                           items below is indicative of what needs to happen before other things can occur. See AA-05 for complete
                                                           details.
                                                  1. Request for Change in or Deletion of an Undergraduate Course: HIST 320, Introduction to Latin American
                                                  Civilization. Change course number to HIST 355. Justification for request: The History Department wishes
2004-2005   AA-06   Academic Affairs   HIST 320                                                                                                                         12/1/2004   3/3/2005   3/4/2005   3/4/2005
                                                  to normalize catalogue entries so that European history courses will be numbered from 301 to 339, Asian
                                                  history from 340-349, Latin American and African history from 350-359, and American history 360, 398.

                                                  2. Request for Changes in or Deletion of an Undergraduate Course: HIST 321, State and Society in Modern
                                                  Latin America. Change course number to HIST 356. Justification for request: The History Department
2004-2005   AA-06   Academic Affairs   HIST 321   wishes to normalize catalogue entries so that European history courses will be numbered from 301 to 339,              12/1/2004   3/3/2005   3/4/2005   3/4/2005
                                                  Asian history from 340-349, Latin American and African history from 350-359, and American history 360,
                                                  398.

                                                  1. Request for Changes in or Deletion of and Undergraduate Course: STAT 418, Biostatistics. Change
2004-2005   AA-06   Academic Affairs   STAT 418   number of credits from 4 to 3, and change course number to STAT 318. Justification for request: This will             12/1/2004   3/3/2005   3/4/2005   3/4/2005
                                                  align the course with its content. It will also make the course available to a larger group of students.


                                                  1. Request for Changes in or Deletion of an Undergraduate Course: HONR 101, Honors Seminar.
                                                  Proposed Description Change: A humanities-based interdisciplinary course designed to introduce students
                                                  to the foundations of human thought and expression through a selection of books and “great works.”
                                                  Students will study artistic, literary, philosophical and historical achievements from multiple traditions in order
2004-2005   AA-06   Academic Affairs   HONR 101                                                                                                                         12/1/2004   3/3/2005   3/4/2005   3/4/2005
                                                  to foster their own critical thinking, cultural awareness and civic engagement. Justification for request: This
                                                  description will better describe the actual content of the course, which is partially intended to prepare
                                                  students for the Honors Program service learning requirement, and will allow the Honors Program to help
                                                  develop students who will better serve CCU’s public service mission.


                                                  1. Request for Addition of New Course: FREN 495, Internship. Course description: This is a guided
                                                  internship and requires 120 hours of outside work, a journal and a final evaluation paper. Rationale for new
2004-2005   AA-07   Academic Affairs   FREN 495                                                                                                                         12/1/2004   3/3/2005   3/4/2005   3/4/2005
                                                  course: The purpose is to provide students with practical application opportunities for their knowledge and
                                                  skills, and to introduce them to local and regional employers, thereby enhancing networking opportunities.

                                                  2. Request for Addition of New Course: GERM 495, Internship. Course description: This is a guided
                                                  internship and requires 120 hours of outside work, a journal and a final evaluation paper. Rationale for new
2004-2005   AA-07   Academic Affairs   GERM 495                                                                                                                         12/1/2004   3/3/2005   3/4/2005   3/4/2005
                                                  course: The purpose is to provide students with practical application opportunities for their knowledge and
                                                  skills, and to introduce them to local and regional employers, thereby enhancing networking opportunities.

                                                  3. Request for Addition of New Course: SPAN 495, Internship. Course description: This is a guided
                                                  internship and requires 120 hours of outside work, a journal and a final evaluation paper. Rationale for new
2004-2005   AA-07   Academic Affairs   SPAN 495                                                                                                                         12/1/2004   3/3/2005   3/4/2005   3/4/2005
                                                  course: The purpose is to provide students with practical application opportunities for their knowledge and
                                                  skills, and to introduce them to local and regional employers, thereby enhancing networking opportunities.


                                                  1. Proposal for a new Undergraduate Course: HIST 347, Pre-modern Japan. The Rise and Fall of the
                                                  Samurai. Proposed Catalog Description: An introductory survey of the society and culture of pre-modern
                                                  Japan, this course examines the formation of the early Japanese imperial state, the disposition of Japan’s
                                                  feudal rule by military elite, and the commercial and social conditions that characterized the early modern era
2004-2005   AA-08   Academic Affairs   HIST 347                                                                                                                         12/1/2004   3/3/2005   3/4/2005   3/4/2005
                                                  in Japan. Particular attention is directed to the transformation of the samurai from proud and able warriors
                                                  into what was by the nineteenth century in all practice little more than a class of inflexible bureaucrats and
                                                  raucous brigands. Justification for request: Increases course offerings in the area of Asian history, and
                                                  reflects the expertise of a new hire.


                                                  2. Request for Changes in or Deletion of an Undergraduate Course: HIST 348, History of Japan. Change
                                                  the course title to Modern Japan: From the Last Samurai to the Pacific War. Proposed description:
                                                  Together students and instructor consider the ideas, principles, and values that underpinned Japan’s
                                                  traditional culture and society even as Japan’s selective absorption of Western paradigms and cultural forms
2004-2005   AA-08   Academic Affairs   HIST 348                                                                                                                         12/1/2004   3/3/2005   3/4/2005   3/4/2005
                                                  is studied. Students learn to build for themselves a better understanding of the role values-traditional and
                                                  modern, Japanese and non-Japanese-played in the historical process of national integration and rapid
                                                  industrialization that marked Japan’s emergence as a Twentieth Century Power. Justification for request:
                                                  Makes HIST 347 and 348 a two-part upper-level survey of Japanese history.
                                                            3. Proposal for a new Undergraduate Course: HIST 445, Postwar Japan. The Political Economy of Rapid
                                                            Growth. Proposed Catalog Description: This course surveys the development of Japan’s political economy
                                                            since 1945. The study runs against a tide of neo-nationalist (and perhaps neo-liberalist) literature that
                                                            depicts postwar Japan as homogeneously pro-capitalist, masculine, and comprised of the peoples and
2004-2005   AA-08   Academic Affairs        HIST 445        culture(s) of just one island group. Through a selection of monographs, interlaced with lecture and guided           12/1/2004   3/3/2005   3/4/2005   3/4/2005
                                                            discussion, students will use the analytical frameworks of ethnicity, social class, work, and gender to re-
                                                            engage the common perception that postwar Japan is a nation driven by an interventionist state in league
                                                            with vertically integrated marketing and banking systems. Justification for request: Improves course
                                                            offerings in Asian history and reflects the expertise of a new hire.



                                                            1. Proposal for a new Undergraduate Course: MUS 124E, Percussion Ensemble. Proposed Catalog
                                                            Description: The CCU Percussion Ensemble provides the opportunity for students to perform the various
                                                            literature composed for percussion ensemble. Members of the ensemble will perform in several different
                                                            sized groups from duos to large ensembles of eight to twelve players. The class is open to percussion
2004-2005   AA-09   Academic Affairs       MUS 124E         majors and also to non-percussion majors. There is one concert presented by the percussion ensembles in              12/1/2004   3/3/2005   3/4/2005   3/4/2005
                                                            April every year. This ensemble will also be performing at several area schools in the spring semester as
                                                            part of a recruitment tour for the music department. Justification for request: This course is an extension of
                                                            the percussion studio, band program, and Marching Band Percussion Program. It is a core ensemble for
                                                            percussion majors, but is open to all CCU student.


                                                            1. Request for Addition of New Course: RELG 325, Religion in Contemporary American Film. Course
                                                            description: A critical study of religious beliefs and practices as seen through the medium of film. Students
                                                            will view contemporary American films and film clips through the lens of religious studies. Lectures and films
                                                            are augmented by WebCT discussion boards. Rationale for new course: Religion in Contemporary
2004-2005   AA-09   Academic Affairs       RELG 325                                                                                                                              12/1/2004   3/3/2005   3/4/2005   3/4/2005
                                                            American Film is a multi-faceted course designed to assist students in examining the intersection of religion
                                                            and culture in film. Because religious beliefs and practices appear and/or are implied with surprising
                                                            frequency in film, being cognizant of this religious dimension of popular culture can affect not only one’s
                                                            interpretation of film, but one’s understanding of religion as well.


                                                          1. Request for Addition or Change in a Minor: Change name from Global Studies to International Studies.
                                                          Suggested change in the minor to better reflect the diverse international course offerings of CCU. This
                                     Global Studies Minor
                                                          change challenges students to diversify their international emphasis in areas outside of their major that
2004-2005   AA-09   Academic Affairs    to International                                                                                                                         12/1/2004   3/3/2005   3/4/2005   3/4/2005
                                                          complement their major and/or career goals. Rationale for change: The change has been inspired by new
                                         Studies Minor
                                                          offerings of courses in international areas, as well as a change in various course offerings that either do not
                                                          exist any longer or have changed (i.e., Foreign Language has changed their course numbering sequence).


                                                            Motion: A motion was made by Linda Schwartz, seconded by Philip Schneider to accept the
                        Calendar          2010-2011
2004-2005   AA-10                                           recommendations from the Calendar Committee to approve the calendar years 2010-2011. The motion                      12/1/2004   3/3/2005   3/4/2005   3/4/2005
                       Committee        Academic Years
                                                            passed. Calendar is attached. See AA-10 for complete details.
                                                         1. The Department of History requests that the Core Curriculum’s history requirement (p. 102 of the 2004-05
                    Core Curriculum
2004-2005   AA-11                   History requirements Catalog) add History 111, World History I, and History 112, World History II, to the list of courses from which         2/2/2005    3/3/2005   3/4/2005   3/4/2005
                      Committee
                                                         students must choose two.

                                                            1. Request for Changes in Course Description and Title: The Philosophy and Methodology of History, HIST
                                                            300. Change title to Historical Methods. Proposed new description: (3) (Writing Intensive) A seminar in the
2004-2005   AA-12   Academic Affairs        HIST 300        principles and practice of historical research, including an introduction to historiography, the interpretation of   2/2/2005    3/3/2005   3/4/2005   3/4/2005
                                                            historical documents, proper documentation, and clarity of expression. Should be among the first upper-level
                                                            courses taken by majors. S. F.


                                                            2. Request for Changes in Course Description and Title: Modern China, HIST 349. Change title to Modern
                                                            China: Reform and Revolution in the Modern Age. Proposed new description: A survey of Modern China
                                                            from the rise of the Qing Dynasty in 1644 to the economic boom of the post-Deng 1990’s. Students examine
                                                            China’s experience of Western incursions since the 1830’s, through the course gives primacy to the impact
2004-2005   AA-12   Academic Affairs        HIST 349                                                                                                                             2/2/2005    3/3/2005   3/4/2005   3/4/2005
                                                            of domestic-born institutional and cultural innovations that presaged the arrival of the Western Powers. An
                                                            investigation of China’s inner-history of reform and revolution enables students to appreciate the way in
                                                            which Modern China was as much the product of domestic processes as it was the result of changes
                                                            wrought by the West.
                                                          1. Proposal for a new Undergraduate Course: MATH 135, Precalculus. Proposed Course Description:
                                                          Properties of functions, techniques of graphing polynomial and rational functions, systems of equations, and
                                                          properties and applications of exponential and logarithmic functions. Right triangle and circular trigonometry,
2004-2005   AA-13   Academic Affairs      MATH 135                                                                                                                          2/2/2005   3/3/2005    3/4/2005    3/4/2005
                                                          graphs of trigonometric and inverse trigonometric functions, trigonometric identifies, solving trigonometric
                                                          equations, vectors, complex numbers, and their applications. This class is for science majors who need
                                                          accelerated study of algebra and trigonometry before taking Math 160.

                                                          1. Request for Change in Degree Program: Business, PHIL 318. Request for change in prerequisites:
2004-2005   AA-14   Academic Affairs      PHIL 318                                                                                                                          2/2/2005   3/3/2005    3/4/2005    3/4/2005
                                                          Require at least a C in Business Ethics PHIL 318.
                                                          2. Request for Change in a Minor: International Business Studies Minor. Change in required courses to
                                         International
                                                          Business Administration 402, 454, 463, 472, and ECON 351, 352, 451 (choose two). Justification: As a new
2004-2005   AA-14   Academic Affairs   Business Studies                                                                                                                     2/2/2005   3/3/2005    3/4/2005    3/4/2005
                                                          Economics Major develops, the Business College would like to integrate the relevant Economics courses
                                             Minor
                                                          into the International Business Minor.
                                                          3. Request for Change in Degree Program: Business BSBA Degree. Change in prerequisites: Require a
2004-2005   AA-14   Academic Affairs   Business BSBA                                                                                                                        2/2/2005   3/3/2005    3/4/2005    3/4/2005
                                                          minimum grade of C in MATH 130/130I and MATH 132.
                                                          4. Request for Change in Degree Program: Business (ENGL 390) Business Degree. Change in
2004-2005   AA-14   Academic Affairs      ENGL 390                                                                                                                          2/2/2005   3/3/2005    3/4/2005    3/4/2005
                                                          prerequisites: Require at least a C in ENGL 390 to satisfy Business.

                                                          1. Request for a new course: Renaissance Europe, 1250-1517, HIST 328. Proposed Catalog description:
                                                          A survey of renaissance culture as it emerged in the northern Italian city-states. Topics include republican
2004-2005   AA-15   Academic Affairs      HIST 328                                                                                                                          2/2/2005   3/3/2005    3/4/2005    3/4/2005
                                                          and despotic governments, war and diplomacy, humanism, art, individualism, religion, the growth of
                                                          secularism, gender, the family, and the Northern Renaissance.

                                                          2. Request for a new course: Reformation Europe, 1517-1648, HIST 329. Proposed Catalog description:
                                                          An examination of the Protestant Reformation and its European context. Topics include the renaissance
2004-2005   AA-15   Academic Affairs      HIST 329                                                                                                                          2/2/2005   3/3/2005    3/4/2005    3/4/2005
                                                          background, Luther’s break with Rome, the major reformed traditions, the Catholic response, the nation-
                                                          state, warfare and diplomacy, colonialism, the new science, and the rise of toleration and individualism.


                                                          3. Request for a new course: History of East Asia, HIST 340. Proposed Catalog description: A survey of
                                                          East Asian history from prehistory to the recent past. Topics include the early Chinese imperium; the
2004-2005   AA-15   Academic Affairs      HIST 340        emergence of Confucianism and arrival of Buddhism, the regional diasporas of resultant cultural forms to          2/2/2005   3/3/2005    3/4/2005    3/4/2005
                                                          Korea, Japan, Vietnam, Thailand, and Cambodia; feudal rule; commercial and social conditions; arrival of
                                                          Western Imperialists; and the rise of anti-imperialist, nationalist, and de-colonization movements.


                                                          4. Request for a new course : The Early Republic 1783-1820, HIST 360. Proposed Catalog description:
                                                          This course examines the emerging nation in the wake of the American Revolution. Topics include the
2004-2005   AA-15   Academic Affairs      HIST 360                                                                                                                          2/2/2005   3/3/2005    3/4/2005    3/4/2005
                                                          Confederation period, the Constitutional Convention, the battle over ratification, and the presidencies of
                                                          Washington, Adams, Jefferson, Madison and Monroe.

                                                          5. Request for a new course: Antebellum Period 1820-1850, HIST 361. Proposed Catalog description: This
2004-2005   AA-15   Academic Affairs      HIST 361        course examines the political, social, and economic forces that enlarged, enriched, and empowered the             2/2/2005   3/3/2005    3/4/2005    3/4/2005
                                                          United States while simultaneously hastening the nation toward civil war.

                                                          1. Request for a new course: Stage Management, THEA 329. Proposed Catalog description: Learn the
                                                          basics of the art and science of stage management for live theatre. Topics will include script analysis, the
2004-2005   AA-15   Academic Affairs      THEA 329                                                                                                                          2/2/2005   3/3/2005    3/4/2005    3/4/2005
                                                          audition process, the rehearsal process and strike. Differing styles of stage management as well as different
                                                          theatrical genres will be presented, discussed, and analyzed.

                                                          2. Request for a new course: Wind Band Literature, MUS 369. Proposed Catalog description: A
                                                          comprehensive study of wind band literature focusing on the instrumentation and works from the earliest
2004-2005   AA-15   Academic Affairs      MUS 369                                                                                                                           2/2/2005   3/3/2005    3/4/2005    3/4/2005
                                                          beginnings to the present. Special emphasis on major pieces, composers, compositional styles,
                                                          programming, and conducting.
                                                          1. Request for a new course: MUED 561 Brass Methods. (3) A course emphasizing development of
                                                          student performance skills on trumpet, trombone, French horn and tuba. Embouchure formation, breath
                       Graduate                           support, articulation, tone production, and standard and alternate fingerings are practiced in all registers.
2004-2005   AA-16                        MUED 561                                                                                                                           3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/10/2005   4/10/2005
                        Council                           Students perform scales, elementary solos and selections from elementary method books. Rationale: This is
                                                          a new course to support the MAT curriculum in music education. The course was formerly offered as MUED
                                                          391.
                                                       2. Request for a new course: MUED 562 Woodwind Methods. (3) A course emphasizing development of
                                                       student performance skills on clarinet, saxophone, bassoon, oboe and flute. Embouchure formation, breath
                       Graduate                        support, articulation, tone production, and standard and alternate fingerings are practiced in all registers.
2004-2005   AA-16                       MUED 562                                                                                                                          3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/10/2005   4/10/2005
                        Council                        Students perform scales, elementary solos and selections from elementary method books. Rationale: This is
                                                       a new course to support the MAT curriculum in music education. The course was formerly offered as MUED
                                                       392.

                                                       3. Request for a new course: MUED 661 Percussion Methods. (3) Study of snare drum rhythm and
                                                       techniques common to most percussion instruments. Major topics covered include mallet instruments,
                       Graduate
2004-2005   AA-16                       MUED 661       rudiments, concert and marching percussion techniques. Students perform elementary solos and selections            3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/10/2005   4/10/2005
                        Council
                                                       from elementary method books. Rationale: This is a new course to support the MAT curriculum in music
                                                       education. The course was formerly offered as undergraduate MUED 491.

                                                       4. Request for a new course: MUED 662 String Methods. (3) Study of violin, viola, cello and string bass.
                                                       Techniques of bowing and fingering needed to instruct beginning string classes are emphasized. Topics
                       Graduate                        covered include nomenclature, care of the instrument, tuning, development of proper playing position, tone
2004-2005   AA-16                       MUED 662                                                                                                                          3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/10/2005   4/10/2005
                        Council                        production, fundamentals of bowing, finger patterns and scales, rhythms and melodies. Rationale: This is a
                                                       new course to support the MAT curriculum in music education. The course was formerly offered as MUED
                                                       492.
                                                       5. Request for a new course: SPAN 660 Seminar on Latin American Intellectual Thought. (3) Intensive
                       Graduate                        study of selected topics in the history of Latin American intellectual thought. Class format includes reading
2004-2005   AA-16                       SPAN 660                                                                                                                          3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/10/2005   4/10/2005
                        Council                        assignments, lectures, discussion, oral and/or written reports. Topics vary. Rationale: This is a new course
                                                       developed to support the MAT program in Spanish.
                                                       1. Request for Addition of New Course: GEOL 487, Selected Topics in Coastal Geology. (1-4) (Prereq:
                                                       Permission of the instructor) Course description: These topics are designed to allow the development of
2004-2005   AA-17   Academic Affairs    GEOL 487                                                                                                                          3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                       seminars and courses in special areas of coastal geology. Justification for request: Allows for development
                                                       of new courses.

                                                       2. Request for Addition of New Course: GEOL 499, Directed Undergraduate Research. (1-4) (Prereq: A
                                                       contract must be approved by the instructor and geology minor coordinator by the time of registration)
                                                       Course description: Structured undergraduate research projects conducted with faculty direction and
2004-2005   AA-17   Academic Affairs    GEOL 499       participation, or within the context of an approved off-campus internship. Projects explore geological             3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                       problems using the scientific method. One conference and no less than five laboratory hours or field
                                                       research per week. F,S,Su. Justification for request: Allows for students to receive geology credit for
                                                       research of geological problems.


                                                       3. Request for Addition or Change in Minor (Geology Minor): Change in Required Courses: (a) Add co-
                                                       requisite laboratories to all listings. Rationale: Explicitly state requirements, (b) Add MSCI 416/416L
                                                       (hydrogeology) and MSCI 399, 497, or 499 approved by the geology minor coordinator to electives. (c)
                                                       Change elective listing to any GEOL 300 or above. Rationale: Will not need to update minor if upper level
2004-2005   AA-17   Academic Affairs   Geology Minor   elective courses are numbered 300-318 (previously only 318 or above).(d) Move requirement of “no more              3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                       than 4 credits of Geology 399 may be applied toward the minor” to become an asterisk. Rationale: This
                                                       parallels structure elsewhere in the catalog. Justification for request: (a) Formally list the laboratories that
                                                       are co-requisites; (b) Provide students with more choices for upper level electives; (c) Allows for future
                                                       flexibility when new courses are introduced.


                                                       1. Request for change in undergraduate course: HLED 310, Issues in Family Life and Sexuality. Change in
2004-2005   AA-18   Academic Affairs    HLED 310       prerequisite(s) from none to HLED 121. Justification for request: Students taking this upper level health          3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                       class will have completed basic information covered in introductory health class (HLED 121).

                                                       2. Request for change in undergraduate course: HLED 340, Drug Education. Change in prerequisite(s)
2004-2005   AA-18   Academic Affairs    HLED 340       from none to HLED 121. Justification for request: Students taking this upper level health class will have          3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                       completed basic information covered in introductory health class (HLED 121).

                                                       3. Request for change in undergraduate course: HELD 347, Consumer Health. Change in prerequisite(s)
2004-2005   AA-18   Academic Affairs    HLED 347       from none to HLED 121. Justification for request: Students taking this upper level health class will have          3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                       completed basic information covered in introductory health class (HLED 121).

                                                       4. Request for change in undergraduate course: HLED 349, Peer Educator Training. Change in
                                                       prerequisite(s) from none to HLED 121, and change in description to: A course designed to educate
2004-2005   AA-18   Academic Affairs    HLED 349       students to be peer educators so they may educate others about prevention and risk reduction of health             3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                       problems. Justification for request: To add prerequisite needed for class. To broaden course description
                                                       so that a wide array of health problems are applicable.
                                                         5. Request for change in undergraduate course: HLED 404, Nutrition. Change in prerequisite from none to
2004-2005   AA-18   Academic Affairs     HLED 404        HLED 121. Justification for request: Students taking this upper level health class will have completed basic      3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                         information covered in introductory health class (HLED 121).

                                                         6. Request for change in undergraduate course: HLED 410, Epidemiology and Quantitative Research
                                                         Methods. Change in prerequisite(s) from HLED 350, 382; STAT 201 or equivalent to HLED 201, 382; STAT
2004-2005   AA-18   Academic Affairs     HLED 410                                                                                                                          3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                         201 or equivalent. Justification for request: Students taking this upper level health class need foundation
                                                         information covered in HLED 201, 382, and STAT 201 or equivalent.

                                                         7. Request for change in undergraduate course: HLED 480, Women’s Health. Change in prerequisite(s)
2004-2005   AA-18   Academic Affairs     HLED 480        from none to HLED 121. Justification for request: Students taking this upper level health class will have         3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                         completed basic information covered in introductory health class (HLED 121).

                                                         8. Request for change in undergraduate course: HLED 481, Behavioral Foundations and Decision Making in
                                                         Health Education. Change in prerequisites from 121 and Senior standing to HLED 350 and Senior standing.
2004-2005   AA-18   Academic Affairs     HLED 481                                                                                                                          3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                         Justification for request: HLED 350 provides skill building/course content which can be built upon in this
                                                         class.

                                                      9. Proposal for new undergraduate major: Title of proposed program and degree: Recreation and Sport
                                                      Management, Bachelor of Science. Catalog Description: Through coursework, practicum, internship,
                                      Recreation and
2004-2005   AA-19   Academic Affairs                  research, and scholarly activities, the Bachelor of Science in Recreation and Sport Management (RSM)                 3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                     Sport Management
                                                      provides students with opportunities to study, analyze, evaluate, and successfully lead and implement
                                                      programs in the fields of recreation and sport management.

                                                         10. Request for deletion of undergraduate course: PHED 300, Outdoor Experimental Education.
                                                         Justification for request: Part of larger program revision in the Recreation and Sport Management program
2004-2005   AA-19   Academic Affairs     PHED 300                                                                                                                          3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                         in the College of Education. Essential content from this course is relocated in new course proposals
                                                         included in this revision.
                                                         11. Request for deletion of undergraduate course: RSM 480, Principles and Practices in Therapeutic
                                                         Recreation. Justification for request: Part of larger program revision in the Recreation and Sport
2004-2005   AA-19   Academic Affairs      RSM 480                                                                                                                          3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                         Management program in the College of Education. Essential content from this course is relocated in new
                                                         course proposals included in this revision.

                                                         12. Request for deletion of undergraduate course: RSM 483, Special Populations (2). Justification for
2004-2005   AA-19   Academic Affairs      RSM 483        request: Part of larger program revision in the Recreation and Sport Management program in the College of         3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                         Education. Essential content from this course is relocated in new course proposals included in this revision.


                                                         13. Request for change in undergraduate course: RSM 209, Officiating Techniques (3). Change in course
                                                         title from Officiating Techniques to Sports Officiating, change in course number RSM 209 to RSM 305,
                                                         change in cross-listing from RSM 209 to RSM 305 and PHED 305, change in course description to: A study
                                                         of the philosophy and principles of sports officiating. Content includes rules and mechanics for officiating of
                                                         various seasonal sports, with practical/field experiences. Includes observation and evaluation of officials in
2004-2005   AA-19   Academic Affairs      RSM 209                                                                                                                          3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                         recreational, high school and collegiate settings with certification opportunities. Justification for request:
                                                         Part of larger program revision in the Recreation and Sport Management program in College of Education.
                                                         Necessary changes in a sequential program consistent with current practice/trends. The course description,
                                                         number, title, and cross-list changes are necessary to better summarize the purpose and content of the
                                                         course.


                                                         14. Request for change in undergraduate course: PHED 301, Principles of Coaching. Change in cross-
                                                         listing from PHED 301 to PHED 301 and RSM 301, change in prerequisite(s) from none to RSM 242 (for
                                                         RSM 301 only), change in course description to: A study of coaching from a contemporary coaching
                                                         education model. Principles focus on coaching athletes in recreation, amateur, and educational settings.
2004-2005   AA-19   Academic Affairs     PHED 301        Topics include philosophical, ethical, developmental, behavioral/psychological, instruction/pedagogical, and      3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                         physical/training issues. Course also provides overview of coaching management and provides certification
                                                         opportunity. Justification for request: Part of larger program revision in the Recreation and Sport
                                                         Management program in College of Education. Necessary changes in a sequential program consistent with
                                                         current practice/trends.


                                                         15. Request for change in undergraduate course: RSM 320, Administration of Sport and Physical Education
                                                         (3). Change in prerequisite from none to RSM 242 (for RSM 320 only), change in cross-listing from PHED
2004-2005   AA-19   Academic Affairs      RSM 320        320 to PHED 320 and RSM 320. Justification for request: Part of larger program revision in the Recreation         3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                         and Sport Management program in College of Education. Necessary changes in a sequential program
                                                         consistent with current practice/trends.
                                                 16. Request for change in undergraduate course: RSM 389, Techniques and Methods of Recreational
                                                 Leadership (3). Change in prerequisite(s) from none to RSM 242 and THEA 140, change in title of course to
                                                 Recreation and Sport Leadership, change in description to This course focuses on the study and practice of
2004-2005   AA-19   Academic Affairs   RSM 389   leadership styles and direct leadership techniques for conducting organized recreation and sport programs        3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                 for all age groups. Justification for request: Part of larger program revision in the Recreation and Sport
                                                 Management program in College of Education. Necessary changes in a sequential program consistent with
                                                 current practice/trends.


                                                 17. Request for change in undergraduate course: RSM 390, Program Planning and Promotion for
                                                 Recreation and Leisure (3). Change in prerequisite(s) from none to RSM 337, change in course description
                                                 to This course focuses on the principles and approaches to planning and implementing recreation programs.
2004-2005   AA-19   Academic Affairs   RSM 390   A philosophical and practical basis for preparing a variety of recreation programs will be covered.              3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                 Justification for request: Part of larger program revision in the Recreation and Sport Management program
                                                 in College of Education. Necessary changes in a sequential program consistent with current practice/trends.
                                                 The course description changes are necessary to better summarize the purpose of the course.


                                                 18. Request for change in undergraduate course: RSM 392, Field Experiences in Recreation and Sport (3).
                                                 Change in prerequisite(s) from none to RSM 369 or RSM 390. Justification for request: Part of larger
2004-2005   AA-19   Academic Affairs   RSM 392                                                                                                                    3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                 program revision in the Recreation and Sport Management program in College of Education. Necessary
                                                 changes in a sequential program consistent with current practice/trends.

                                                 19. Request for change in undergraduate course: RSM 396, Orientation to Internship (1) Change in
                                                 prerequisite(s) from none to RSM 337. Justification for request: Part of larger program revision in the
2004-2005   AA-19   Academic Affairs   RSM 396                                                                                                                    3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                 Recreation and Sport Management program in College of Education. Necessary changes in a sequential
                                                 program consistent with current practice/trends.
                                                 20. Request for change in undergraduate course: RSM 399, Independent Study (1-3). Change in
                                                 prerequisite(s) from none to RSM 242. Justification for request: Part of larger program revision in the
2004-2005   AA-19   Academic Affairs   RSM 399                                                                                                                    3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                 Recreation and Sport Management program in the College of Education. Necessary changes in a sequential
                                                 program consistent with current practice/trends.

                                                 21. Request for change in undergraduate course: RSM 482, Special Topics in Recreation and Sport (2).
                                                 Change in prerequisite(s) from none to RSM 389, change in credit hours from 2 credits to 3 credits, change
                                                 in description to Topics of special interest in contemporary recreation and sport management. Reading,
2004-2005   AA-19   Academic Affairs   RSM 482                                                                                                                    3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                 research, and application of selected subjects. Open only to junior and seniors. Offered on demand.
                                                 Justification for request: Part of larger program revision in the Recreation and Sport Management program
                                                 in College of Education. Necessary changes in a sequential program consistent with current practice/trends.


                                                 22. Request for change in undergraduate course: RSM 492, Camp Administration (3). Change in
                                                 prerequisite(s) from none to RSM 390, change in course title from Camp Administration to Campground
                                                 Administration, change in description to Basic concepts of campgrounds and management. Topics include
                                                 administration and organizational structure, business management, insurance for special groups or special
2004-2005   AA-19   Academic Affairs   RSM 492                                                                                                                    3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                 camps, day camping, residence camping, recreational vehicle camping, campground facility design and
                                                 maintenance, special event planning, and camp appraisals. (Computer Usage). Justification for request:
                                                 Part of larger program revision in the Recreation and Sport Management program in the College of
                                                 Education. Necessary changes in a sequential program consistent with current practice/trends.


                                                 23. Request for change in undergraduate course: RSM 494, Area and Facility Management in Recreation
                                                 and Sport (3). Change in prerequisite(s) from none to RSM 320 or RSM 390. Justification for request: Part
2004-2005   AA-19   Academic Affairs   RSM 494                                                                                                                    3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                 of larger program revision in the Recreation and Sport Management program in College of Education.
                                                 Necessary changes in a sequential program consistent with current practice/trends.


                                                 24. Request for change in undergraduate course: RSM 496, Internship in Recreation and Sport
                                                 Management (12). Change in prerequisite(s) from none to Senior standing and completion of all RSM
                                                 required courses; successful completion of internship application and Exit examination; to be taken the last
2004-2005   AA-19   Academic Affairs   RSM 496                                                                                                                    3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                 semester prior to graduation. Justification for request: Part of larger program revision in the Recreation and
                                                 Sport Management program in College of Education. Necessary changes in a sequential program consistent
                                                 with current practice/trends.
                                                 25. Request for new undergraduate course: RSM 280, Recreation for People with Disabilities. (3)
                                                 (Prerequisites – RSM 242). Catalog description: An Introduction to the concepts and professional
                                                 approaches to recreation service delivery for people with disabling conditions. Appreciation for human
2004-2005   AA-19   Academic Affairs   RSM 280                                                                                                                   3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                 diversity and impact of differences on recreation involvement. Justification for request: Part of larger
                                                 program revision in the Recreation and Sport Management curriculum in the College of Education. Provides
                                                 needed content consistent with Program sequence, needs, and current practice/trends.


                                                 26. Request for new undergraduate course: RSM 315, Outdoor Recreation. (3) (Prereq: RSM 242).
                                                 Catalog description: An overview of the role of the natural world in recreation services. The course will
                                                 focus on values of outdoor recreation, adventure recreation, environmental impact, and the role of
2004-2005   AA-19   Academic Affairs   RSM 315                                                                                                                   3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                 government in the provision of outdoor recreation. Justification for request: Part of larger program revision
                                                 in the Recreation and Sport Management curriculum in the College of Education. Provides needed content
                                                 consistent with program sequence, needs, and current practice/trends.


                                                 27. Request for new undergraduate course: RSM 337, Legal Issues in Recreation and Sport. (3) (Prereq:
                                                 RSM 242). Catalog description: An overview of the role local, state and federal governments have in the
                                                 provision of recreation and sport services. Provide the basic understanding of legal liability, risk
2004-2005   AA-19   Academic Affairs   RSM 337   management, negligence, standard of care, safety regulations, and other legal subjects as they apply to         3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                 recreation and sport. Justification for request: Part of larger program revision in the Recreation and Sport
                                                 Management curriculum in the College of Education. Provides needed content consistent with program
                                                 sequence, needs, and current practice/trends.



                                                 28. Request for new undergraduate course: RSM 340, Behavioral Aspects of Sport and Exercise. (3)
                                                 (Prereq: Psychology 101 or Sociology 101 or Sociology 102). Catalog description: (=Psychology 340 Sports
                                                 Psychology). An overview of basic concepts and principles essential to understanding the psychological and
                                                 behavioral aspects of sport and exercise. Emphasis is given to the conceptual frameworks and the applied
2004-2005   AA-19   Academic Affairs   RSM 340   aspects of sport performance enhancement and mental skills, exercise behavior and motivation, sociological      3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                 factors, and health and well-being. Applications are made to future practitioners of coaching, teaching,
                                                 sports medicine, counseling, sport management, and fitness instruction. Justification of request: Part of
                                                 larger program revision in the Recreation and Sport Management curriculum in the College of Education.
                                                 Provides needed content consistent with program sequence, needs, and current practice/trends.


                                                 29. Request for new undergraduate course: RSM 352, Commercial Recreation. (3) (Prereq: RSM 242).
                                                 Catalog description: Basis principles and steps of initiating and conducting a commercial recreation
                                                 enterprise, designed to offer students practical experience in starting a commercial recreation business.
2004-2005   AA-19   Academic Affairs   RSM 352                                                                                                                   3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                 Justification of request: Part of larger program revision in the Recreation and Sport Management curriculum
                                                 in the College of Education. Provides needed content consistent with program sequence, needs, and
                                                 current practice/trends.

                                                 30. Request for new undergraduate course: RSM 369, Sports Marketing and Promotion. (3) (Prereq: CBAD
                                                 350). Catalog description: An application of fundamental marketing and promotion concepts to the sport
                                                 industry. Special emphasis is placed on understanding the relationship between sport products and sport
2004-2005   AA-19   Academic Affairs   RSM 369   consumer markets. Students will utilize the analysis, strategy development, implementation, and evaluation      3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                 phases of the sport marketing process. Justification for request: Part of larger program revision in the
                                                 Recreation and Sport Management curriculum in the College of Education. Provides needed content
                                                 consistent with program sequence, needs, and current practice/trends.


                                                 31. Request for new undergraduate course: RSM 400, Sport in Contemporary Society. (3) (Prereq:
                                                 Psychology 101 or Sociology 101 or Sociology 102). Catalog description: An investigation into sport as a
                                                 microcosm of society and how it is influenced by cultural traditions, social values, and psychosocial
                                                 experiences. Emphasis is placed on how sport managers are immersed in the soci-cultural milieu, with sport
2004-2005   AA-19   Academic Affairs   RSM 400                                                                                                                   3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                 as the focus. Course includes the examination of changing attitudes, behaviors, and trends in the world of
                                                 sport. Justification for request: Part of larger program revision in the Recreation and Sport Management
                                                 curriculum in the College of Education. Provides needed content consistent with program sequence, needs,
                                                 and current practice/trends.
                                                 32. Request for new undergraduate course: RSM 432, Research and Evaluation in Recreation and Sport
                                                 Management. (3) (Prereq: RSM 390 or RSM 369). Catalog description: Systematic, structured problem-
                                                 solving for decision making in recreation and sport management services. Research techniques/evaluation
2004-2005   AA-19   Academic Affairs   RSM 432   procedures; quantitative, qualitative methodologies; deductive, inductive reasoning. (Computer Usage).            3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                 Justification for request: Part of larger program revision in the Recreation and Sport Management curriculum
                                                 in the College of Education. Provides needed content consistent with program sequence, needs, and
                                                 current practice/trends.


                                                 33. Request for new undergraduate course: RSM 456, Recreation Administration. (3) (Prereq: RSM 390)
                                                 Catalog description: Administrative policies and organizational management of recreation services, financial
2004-2005   AA-19   Academic Affairs   RSM 456   and personnel practices, public relations. (Computer Usage) Justification for request: Part of larger             3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                 program revision in the Recreation and Sport Management curriculum in the College of Education. Provides
                                                 needed content consistent with program sequence, needs, and current practice/trends.


                                                 34. Request for new undergraduate course: RSM 309, Youth Sport. (3) (Prereq: Psychology 101 or
                                                 Sociology 101, or Sociology 102) Catalog description: An investigation into the issues of children
                                                 participating in organized and competitive sport. The course examines youth sports from biological,
                                                 psychological, and sociological perspectives. Emphasis is placed on the impact of sport managers and
2004-2005   AA-19   Academic Affairs   RSM 309                                                                                                                     3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                 leaders in the delivery of youth sport programs. Comprehensive survey of current scientific knowledge and
                                                 examination of changing attitudes, behaviors, and trends in youth sport. Justification for request: Part of
                                                 larger program revision in the Recreation and Sport Management curriculum in the College of Education.
                                                 Provides needed content consistent with program sequence, needs, and current practice/trends.


                                                 35. Request for new undergraduate course: RSM 310, Campus Recreation. (3) (Prereq: RSM 242)
                                                 Catalog description: An introduction to collegiate recreation and intramural sports programs including
                                                 professional ethics and issues, facility operations, program management, legal liability and risk management,
2004-2005   AA-19   Academic Affairs   RSM 310                                                                                                                     3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                 marketing, fiscal management, and social issues. Justification for request: Part of larger program revision in
                                                 the Recreation and Sport Management curriculum in the College of Education. Provides needed content
                                                 consistent with program sequence, needs, and current practice/trends.


                                                 36. Request for new undergraduate course: RSM 317, Sport Law and Ethics. (3) Catalog description: The
                                                 course provides a survey of the ethical and legal issues confronting sport in contemporary society. Students
                                                 use a case study approach to become familiar with interconnecting legal and ethical issues as they arise
2004-2005   AA-19   Academic Affairs   RSM 317                                                                                                                     3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                 within the context of sports from youth to professional levels. Justification for request: Part of larger
                                                 program revision in the Recreation and Sport Management curriculum in the College of Education. Provides
                                                 needed content consistent with program sequence, needs, and current practice/trends.


                                                 37. Request for new undergraduate course: RSM 350, Ecotourism in Ireland. (3) Catalog description: An
                                                 introduction to the scope, characteristics, and management aspects of the Republic of Ireland’s ecotourism
                                                 industry. The course offers a blend of conceptual and practical material to help achieve a basic
2004-2005   AA-19   Academic Affairs   RSM 350                                                                                                                     3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                 understanding of this diverse industry. (Requires travel to the Republic of Ireland). Justification of request:
                                                 Part of larger program revision in the Recreation and Sport Management curriculum in the College of
                                                 Education. Provides needed content consistent with program sequence, needs, and current practice/trends.


                                                 38. Request for new undergraduate course: RSM 377, Sport Tourism. (3) Catalog description: An
                                                 introduction to the scope, characteristics, and management aspects of the sport tourism industry. The
                                                 course offers a blend of conceptual and practical material to help achieve a basic understanding of this
2004-2005   AA-19   Academic Affairs   RSM 377                                                                                                                     3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                 diverse industry. Justification for request: Part of larger program revision in the Recreation and Sport
                                                 Management curriculum in the College of Education. Provides needed content consistent with program
                                                 sequence, needs, and current practice/trends.


                                                 39. Request for new undergraduate course: RSM 438, Recreation for Active Aging. (3) (Prereq: Psychology
                                                 101 or Sociology 101 or Sociology 102). Catalog description: This course introduces the students to
                                                 recreation activities and techniques for working with senior adults. Topics include procedures for
2004-2005   AA-19   Academic Affairs   RSM 438   programming, implementation, and evaluation of recreation activities that serve senior adults. Justification      3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                 for request: Part of larger program revision in the Recreation and Sport Management curriculum in the
                                                 College of Education. Provides needed content consistent with program sequence, needs, and current
                                                 practice/trends.
                                                           40. Request for new undergraduate course: RSM 499, Directed Undergraduate Research. (1-6) (Prereq:
                                                           RSM 432). Catalog description: Using the scientific method, directed undergraduate research on a
                                                           recreation or sport related topic to be development by the student and instructor. (Computer Usage).
2004-2005   AA-19   Academic Affairs       RSM 499                                                                                                                        3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                                                           Justification for request: Part of larger program revision in the Recreation and Sport Management curriculum
                                                           in the college of Education. Provides needed content consistent with program sequence, needs, and current
                                                           practice/trends.


                    Faculty Welfare                        A motion was made by Andy Hendrick, seconded by Patty Edwards to accept the recommendations from the
                                        applications for
                          and                              Faculty Welfare and Development Committee regarding proposed changes to the Faculty Manual
2004-2005   AA-20                         Scholarly                                                                                                                       3/2/2005   4/10/2005   4/11/2005   4/11/2005
                     Development                           concerning applications for Scholarly Reassignment (Section V. B. 5. on page V-11-12) as follows. The
                                        Reassignment
                      Committee                            motion passed. All Changes are in bold, italics and underlined. See AA-20 for complete details.

                                                           The following draft resolution was presented by Dr. Susan Libes. After some discussion, a motion was made
                                                           by Jim Eason, seconded by Philip Whalen to endorse the draft resolution. The motion passed.
                                                           DRAFT RESOLUTION
                                                           CCU’s Buildings and Grounds Committee
                                                           Whereas Coastal Carolina University has proposed an extended master plan that seeks to
                                                           “provide for environmentally sensitive and physically sound growth, for the academic, physical and social
                                                           benefit of the Students, the University, and the Community.”
                                                           and contains the following “Planning Guidelines For Growth”,
                                                           4. Any campus expansion must be sensitive to the existing natural systems, and must serve as an example
                                                           to the region of ""smart"", environmentally sound growth.
                     Buildings and                         5. Campus trees and green spaces must be preserved and, if possible, enhanced.
2004-2005   AA-21      Grounds          draft resolution   and                                                                                                            3/2/2005   4/10/2005   5/12/2006   5/12/2006
                      Committee                            Whereas, the possible major negative environmental impacts of this master plan might include degradation
                                                           of water quality, impaired drainage (flooding) and loss of habitat for native species, and
                                                           Whereas, these impacts cannot be entirely avoided or eliminated, but can be minimized through use of
                                                           “Better Site Design” principles and installation of structural stormwater treatment practices (STPs): and
                                                           Whereas, Coastal Carolina University as a property owner, currently holds the single largest collection of
                                                           impervious surfaces in the City of Conway; and
                                                           Whereas the US EPA has recently implemented a stormwater program for small communities that requires
                                                           control of stormwater quality through best management practices that include public education and
                                                           involvement, and
                                                           Whereas, CCU lies in the City of Conway which is now required to maintain an National Pollution Discharge
                                                           Elimination System (NPDES) Phase II Stormwater Program Permit from the US EPA,
                                                           Be it resolved that Coastal Carolina University will become a community leader in the use of best
                                                           1. Request for new course: MSCI 576 Marine Plankton. (3) (Coreq: MSCI 576L) Study of the structure and
                                                           function of planktonic communities. The role of phytoplankton, zooplankton and bacteria are examined in
                       Graduate
2004-2005   AA-22                          MSCI 576        detail. Concepts such as mineral cycling, energy flow, predatory/prey relationships, tropic interactions as    4/6/2005   5/16/2005   5/18/2005   5/18/2005
                        Council
                                                           well as spatial and temporal dynamics are investigated in lecture, discussion, and an integrated laboratory
                                                           setting. A review paper on a selected topic will be assigned. Offered every other year in spring.

                                                           2. Request for new course: MSCI 576L Marine Plankton Laboratory. (3) (Coreq: MSCI 576) The laboratory
                                                           will demonstrate the topics and principles presented in lecture. The laboratory consists of a field or
                       Graduate                            laboratory study dealing with planktonic processes in estuarine or marine environments and may require
2004-2005   AA-22                         MSCI 576L                                                                                                                       4/6/2005   5/16/2005   5/18/2005   5/18/2005
                        Council                            weekend commitments. Graduate students will be responsible for selecting and moderating the discussion
                                                           of a series of research papers associated with the research topic of the semester. Offered every other year
                                                           in spring.

                                                           3. Request for new course: CMWS 670 Watershed Science and Management. (3) An interdisciplinary
                                                           survey of watershed science, covering essentials of hydrology, geology, biogeochemistry, ecosystem
                                                           structure and function, watershed modeling, and ecological economics. Current trends in watershed
                       Graduate
2004-2005   AA-22                         CMWS 670         management are covered from the perspective of the USEPA’s Watershed Approach which relies on                  4/6/2005   5/16/2005   5/18/2005   5/18/2005
                        Council
                                                           development and implementation of watershed management plans. Other tools for watershed protection will
                                                           be addressed, such as the Clean Water Act, stormwater best management practices, Better Site Design,
                                                           habitat conservation, and public outreach strategies.


                                                          Recommendation for Concentration in Music in the M.Ed. in Secondary Education. The purpose of the M.Ed.
                                                          in Secondary Education is to offer certified teachers the opportunity for professional growth and development
                                        Concentration in
                                                          at the graduate level. In completing program requirements, students at this point are expected to identify a
                       Graduate        Music in the M.Ed.
2004-2005   AA-22                                         concentration of study in one of the following areas: English, mathematics, natural science, social studies     4/6/2005   5/16/2005   5/18/2005   5/18/2005
                        Council          In Secondary
                                                          and Spanish. The Spadoni College recommends that music be added to the list of concentrations available
                                           Education
                                                          to students at the same level of credit hour requirements, i.e., 9 credit hours, as are required in the other
                                                          available concentrations. See AA-22 for complete details.
                                                    SEE ADMINISTRATIVE ACTION FOR COMPLETE INFORMATION
                                                    Master of Business Administration (MBA) Requirements
                                                    Regular admission to the Master of Business Administration is met by satisfactorily meeting the following
                                                    criteria:
                                                    1. Completion of an application form and payment of the application fee.
                                                    2. Submission of an official undergraduate transcript from each post-secondary school or college previously
                                                    attended, including any graduate study previously undertaken.
                                    Admission
                    Graduate                        3. Evidence of having received a baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institution in this country
2004-2005   AA-22              requirements for the                                                                                                                  4/6/2005   5/16/2005   5/18/2005   5/18/2005
                     Council                        or its equivalent at a foreign institution based on a four-year degree.
                                      MBA
                                                    4. Completion of the Graduate Management Admissions Test [GMAT] within the last five years with a score
                                                    of at least 500. International students whose native language is not English must also submit scores on the
                                                    Test of English as a Foreign Language [TOEFL] of at least 575.
                                                    5. Submission of two letters of recommendation from individuals familiar with the academic ability, level of
                                                    responsibility, and work ethic of the candidate.
                                                    6. Completion of prerequisites with an average grade of B or better during the last five years. Prerequisites
                                                    required for admission are:
                                                    1. CBAD 630 Financial and Managerial Accounting. (3) Study of managerial and financial accounting, with
                    Graduate                        emphasis on the preparation and use of budgets, business plans, the accounting cycle, and financial
2004-2005   AA-22                  CBAD 630                                                                                                                          4/6/2005   5/16/2005   5/18/2005   5/18/2005
                     Council                        statement analysis in the service sector. Online research into important accounting topics and presentation
                                                    of findings is required.

                                                    2. CBAD 631 Fraud Examination. (3) Study of the principles and methodology of fraud detection and
                    Graduate
2004-2005   AA-22                  CBAD 631         deterrence. The course includes such topics as asset misappropriation schemes (e.g., skimming, cash              4/6/2005   5/16/2005   5/18/2005   5/18/2005
                     Council
                                                    larceny, check tampering, etc), corruption, fraudulent financial reporting, internal control, and deterrence.

                                                    3. CBAD 636 Advanced Accounting Information Systems. (3) Study of database design theory and
                    Graduate
2004-2005   AA-22                  CBAD 636         p5rinciples unique to accounting information systems. Students create and design accounting information          4/6/2005   5/16/2005   5/18/2005   5/18/2005
                     Council
                                                    systems using sound database design theory and mid-level accounting software.

                                                    4. CBAD 639 Advanced Topics in Taxation. (3) Tax planning in the business environment. Students prepare
                                                    cases and research briefs using an online tax service and other sources. Topics include planning for
                    Graduate
2004-2005   AA-22                  CBAD 639         business organization and sale or liquidation, distributions, mergers and acquisitions, employee                 4/6/2005   5/16/2005   5/18/2005   5/18/2005
                     Council
                                                    compensation and retirement plans, and the gift and estate tax. Alternatives to the income tax are
                                                    considered.
                                                    5. CBAD 665 Financial Statement Analysis. (3) An advanced case course which includes an in-depth study
                    Graduate                        into the analysis of the profitability and viability of a commercial enterprise. Primary focus is given to the
2004-2005   AA-22                  CBAD 665                                                                                                                          4/6/2005   5/16/2005   5/18/2005   5/18/2005
                     Council                        analysis of a firm’s accounting practices and financial statements from the framework of overall business
                                                    analysis. The case method is utilized.
                                                    6. CBAD 691 Applied Research Methods. (3) Building on students’ knowledge of statistics and elementary
                    Graduate                        data analysis, the course focuses on definition of the research problem, sampling and data collection, entry
2004-2005   AA-22                  CBAD 691                                                                                                                          4/6/2005   5/16/2005   5/18/2005   5/18/2005
                     Council                        and storage of data, application of appropriate analysis techniques to test assumptions and hypotheses, and
                                                    reporting and interpretation of results.
                                                    7. CBAD 700 Corporate Responsibility. (3) An interdisciplinary examination of the role of the corporation in
                    Graduate                        the United States and the world over the long term. The relationship between the corporation and its
2004-2005   AA-22                  CBAD 700                                                                                                                          4/6/2005   5/16/2005   5/18/2005   5/18/2005
                     Council                        constituencies is considered in the context of ethics, economics, and politics. Case studies and formal
                                                    debates required.
                                                    8. CBAD 725/CSCI 725 Database Management and E-commerce. (3) Structure and function of E-
                                                    commerce database systems; design options and implementation of database management systems in E-
                    Graduate       CBAD 725
2004-2005   AA-22                                   commerce; hands-on laboratory practice and term project includes use of a widely used database software          4/6/2005   5/16/2005   5/18/2005   5/18/2005
                     Council       CSCI 725
                                                    application to deliver E-commerce applications on the Internet; case readings including implications of
                                                    database technologies to E-commerce.

                                                    9. CBAD 750 Service Marketing Management. (3) Analysis of marketing problems of business firms and
                                                    other types of organizations through readings and case studies. Attention focuses on the influence of the
                    Graduate
2004-2005   AA-22                  CBAD 750         marketplace and the marketing environment on marketing decision making; the determination of the                 4/6/2005   5/16/2005   5/18/2005   5/18/2005
                     Council
                                                    organization's products, prices, channels, and communication strategies; and the organization's system for
                                                    planning and controlling its marketing effort. Special attention is focused on the marketing of services.

                                                    10. CBAD 760 Financial Management. (3) An advanced case course focusing on financial theory and
                    Graduate
2004-2005   AA-22                  CBAD 760         techniques for the analysis and solution of financial problems dealing with valuation theory and investment,     4/6/2005   5/16/2005   5/18/2005   5/18/2005
                     Council
                                                    financing, and dividend decisions of the firm.
                                                            11. CBAD 772 Service Management. (3) An understanding of the important marketing and operational
                                                            characteristics of service businesses. These include service process design, quality management and
                       Graduate
2004-2005   AA-22                          CBAD 772         control, facility design, capacity management, human resource selection and training, technologies in            4/6/2005   5/16/2005   5/18/2005   5/18/2005
                        Council
                                                            services, and defining the exchange process in terms of marketing parameters of product, price, place, and
                                                            promotion.

                                                            12. CBAD 773 Project Management. (3) The purpose of this course is to explore the project management
                                                            environment in business and technology today. Students will acquire new software skills and the
                       Graduate
2004-2005   AA-22                          CBAD 773         methodology on how to successfully manage a project. The goal is to provide the student with a framework         4/6/2005   5/16/2005   5/18/2005   5/18/2005
                        Council
                                                            to understand the current issues and challenges of the project management environment today as it applies
                                                            to industry, software development, or service management.


                                                            13. CBAD 774 Human Behavior in Business. (3) An overview of worker and consumer behavior in a
                                                            discussion format. Emphases are on (1) the dynamic interactions of people working in organizations (2)
                       Graduate                             application of various managerial concepts, models, theories, and tools for identifying, diagnosing, and
2004-2005   AA-22                          CBAD 774                                                                                                                          4/6/2005   5/16/2005   5/18/2005   5/18/2005
                        Council                             solving organizational problems, (3) social and psychological influences on buyer behavior, and (4)
                                                            application of consumer behavior models to marketing decision-making processes. Topics include theories of
                                                            individual and group behavior, motivation, leadership, and ethical decision making.

                                                            14. CBAD 778 Strategic and International Issues in Management. (3) Seminar in strategic management
                                                            designed to integrate business functions and examine issues that develop in the relationship between
                       Graduate
2004-2005   AA-22                          CBAD 778         organizations and their changing environments, both global and domestic. The course concentrates on              4/6/2005   5/16/2005   5/18/2005   5/18/2005
                        Council
                                                            modern analytical approaches and on applying successful strategic practices in a team-based,
                                                            asynchronous, diverse learning environment.
                       Graduate                             15. CBAD 798 Research Project. (3) An applied research project in the student’s discipline or area of
2004-2005   AA-22                          CBAD 798                                                                                                                          4/6/2005   5/16/2005   5/18/2005   5/18/2005
                        Council                             special interest. Requires presentation of research results orally and in writing.
                                                            16. ECON 720 Economic Strategy. (3) Applications of economic theory, techniques, and tools of analysis to
                       Graduate                             decision-making at the firm/organization level. The course is designed to develop students' understanding of
2004-2005   AA-22                          ECON 720                                                                                                                          4/6/2005   5/16/2005   5/18/2005   5/18/2005
                        Council                             how to efficiently achieve the goals of the firm and their ability to recognize how economic forces affect the
                                                            organization.

                                                            1. Proposal for a new Undergraduate Major. B.A. degree in Communication. Proposed Catalog description:
                                            B.A. in         The program is designed to examine communication behaviors as they occur in social contexts, such as
2004-2005   AA-23   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                         4/6/2005   5/14/2005   5/18/2005   5/18/2005
                                         Communication      public addresses, written rhetoric, nonverbal behaviors of individuals and groups, interactions within
                                                            organization, and, on a more personal level, relational or interpersonal communication patterns.


                                                            2. Proposal for a New Undergraduate Course: COMM 402, Research + Thesis Communication. (4) (Prereq:
                                                            COMM 101, 274 and 401). Proposed Catalog description: This is the capstone course for the major and
                                                            introduces students to research methods used to study communication. Students are engaged in
2004-2005   AA-23   Academic Affairs      COMM 402                                                                                                                           4/6/2005   5/14/2005   5/18/2005   5/18/2005
                                                            discussions about and applications of research methods using experimental, survey, message analysis and
                                                            ethnographic approaches. The culmination of the course is in the development of a thesis based on the
                                                            collection of data (qualitative and quantitative) and interpretation of results.

                                                            3. Request for change in and undergraduate course: THEA 140, Oral Communication. Add cross-listing to
2004-2005   AA-23   Academic Affairs       THEA 140                                                                                                                          4/6/2005   5/14/2005   5/18/2005   5/18/2005
                                                            COMM 140.
                                                            4. Request for change in undergraduate course: THEA 334, Small Group Communication. Add
2004-2005   AA-23   Academic Affairs       THEA 334                                                                                                                          4/6/2005   5/14/2005   5/18/2005   5/18/2005
                                                            Prerequisite(s) THEA 140/COMM 140. Add cross-listing to COMM 334.
                                                            5. Request for change in undergraduate course: THEA 341, Advanced Public Speaking. Delete
2004-2005   AA-23   Academic Affairs       THEA 341                                                                                                                          4/6/2005   5/14/2005   5/18/2005   5/18/2005
                                                            prerequisite(s) THEA 140/COMM 140. Add cross-listing to COMM 341.

                                                            A motion was made by Richard Dame, seconded by Philip Schneider to accept the recommendation from the
                     Intercollegiate
                                                            Intercollegiate Athletic Committee concerning the elected membership of the Intercollegiate Athletic
2004-2005   AA-24        Athletic      elected membership                                                                                                                    5/4/2005   8/4/2005    8/15/2005   8/15/2005
                                                            Committee. They recommend that the membership be determine following the new committee membership
                       Committee
                                                            format regarding one elected member from each College and Library with a staggered time cycle.
                                                         STIPULATION: SEE BELOW.                                                                                   A
                                                         motion was made by John Mortimer, seconded by Philip Schneider to accept the recommendation from the
                                                         Faculty Welfare and Development Committee as follows: As per our charge from the faculty senate, the
                                                         FWDC in consultation with the Office of Academic Affairs submits the following motion for consideration. We
                    Faculty Welfare
                                                         move that the Faculty Manual, Section IV.B, pg 14, be revised as per the text below:
                          and          Faculty Manual
2004-2005   AA-25                                        “The faculty will be consulted on any election or appointment to the Office of President, Provost, and other     5/4/2005   9/15/2005   9/13/2005   9/15/2005
                     Development          change
                                                         administrative positions reporting directly to the President or the Provost. Through an appropriate committee,
                      Committee
                                                         the faculty will then communicate its views to the President and the Board of Trustees.”
                                                         STIPULATION: In the event that faculty participation in a full search committee is not possible, the President
                                                         will inform the Chair of Faculty Senate, who in consultation with the President and the Executive Committee,
                                                         will arrange an appropriate time for the Senate or full faculty to meet with the President.


                                                         A motion was made by Philip Whalen, seconded by Joan Piroch to accept the recommendations from the
                                                         Student Life Committee as follows: Last spring, the Faculty Senate approved a recommendation from the
                                                         Student Life Committee to look into the development of an “academic manual,” to include a more detailed
                                                         discussion of plagiarism and other information related to academic integrity. The Student Life Committee
                                                         has discussed this project during the 2004-05 academic year and concluded for several reasons that the
                                                         project is an important one for our campus as a whole.
                                                         First, national campus reports continue to describe increasing incidences of academic dishonesty and there
                                                         is no data to suggest that our campus is isolated from this national phenomenon. Second, while some areas
                      Student Life                       on campus have developed academic integrity statements, the Committee feels that the campus would
2004-2005   AA-26                      academic manual                                                                                                                    5/4/2005   8/5/2005    8/15/2005   8/15/2005
                      Committee                          benefit from a single document that applies to all students, regardless of major or program affiliation.
                                                         Therefore, the Student Life Committee recommends that the Faculty Senate create a special committee, to
                                                         include representatives from the faculty, administration, and student body, for the purpose of developing:
                                                          1) a statement of core values for the University as they apply to academic integrity;
                                                          2) an expanded text on plagiarism and cheating; and
                                                          3) a predictable and effective process for educating students about these matters (e.g., an academic
                                                         manual, a new section in the Student Handbook, a Website, etc.).
                                                         In addition, the committee may wish to develop other recommendations that foster a campus culture that
                                                         support high standards of academic conduct.

                       Graduate
2004-2005   AA-27                         EDET 700       Change number to EDIT 700                                                                                        5/4/2005   8/4/2005    8/15/2005   8/15/2005
                        Council
                       Graduate
2004-2005   AA-27                         EDET 704       Change number to EDIT 704                                                                                        5/4/2005   8/4/2005    8/15/2005   8/15/2005
                        Council
                       Graduate
2004-2005   AA-27                         EDET 710       Change number to EDIT 710                                                                                        5/4/2005   8/4/2005    8/15/2005   8/15/2005
                        Council
                       Graduate
2004-2005   AA-27                         EDET 720       Change number to EDIT 720                                                                                        5/4/2005   8/4/2005    8/15/2005   8/15/2005
                        Council
                       Graduate
2004-2005   AA-27                         EDET 730       Change number to EDIT 730                                                                                        5/4/2005   8/4/2005    8/15/2005   8/15/2005
                        Council
                       Graduate
2004-2005   AA-27                         EDET 740       Change number to EDIT 740                                                                                        5/4/2005   8/4/2005    8/15/2005   8/15/2005
                        Council
                       Graduate
2004-2005   AA-27                         EDET 750       Change number to EDIT 750                                                                                        5/4/2005   8/4/2005    8/15/2005   8/15/2005
                        Council
                       Graduate
2004-2005   AA-27                         EDET 760       Change number to EDIT 760                                                                                        5/4/2005   8/4/2005    8/15/2005   8/15/2005
                        Council
                       Graduate
2004-2005   AA-27                         EDET 770       Change number to EDIT 770                                                                                        5/4/2005   8/4/2005    8/15/2005   8/15/2005
                        Council
                       Graduate
2004-2005   AA-27                         EDET 780       Change number to EDIT 780                                                                                        5/4/2005   8/4/2005    8/15/2005   8/15/2005
                        Council
                       Graduate
2004-2005   AA-27                         EDET 790       Change number to EDIT 790                                                                                        5/4/2005   8/4/2005    8/15/2005   8/15/2005
                        Council

                                                         Proposal for a new undergraduate course: MATH 135, Pre-Calculus. (4) (Prereq: Math placement).
                                                         Proposed Catalog description: Properties of functions, techniques of graphing polynomial and rational
2004-2005   AA-28   Academic Affairs     MATH 135        functions, systems of equations, and properties and applications of exponential and logarithmic functions.       5/4/2005   8/4/2005    8/22/2005   8/22/2005
                                                         Right triangle and circular trigonometry, graphs of trigonometric and inverse trigonometric functions,
                                                         trigonometric identities, solving trigonometric equations, vectors, complex numbers, and their applications.
                                                        SEE ADMINISTRATIVE ACTION 29 FOR COMPLETE DETAILS.
                                                        1. Change Core Curriculum as follows (Item 1.a.) This item was omitted from the May agenda and was
                                                        presented verbally at the May meeting. 1.a. Change the following from:
                                                        2. Mathematics/Statistics (6-8 credits)
                                     add non-sequential Choose one of the following options:
                                        math to Core     OPTION I Choose a set of the following:
                                         Curriculum      OPTION II Choose one:
2004-2005   AA-29   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                             5/4/2005   8/5/2005    8/15/2005   8/15/2005
                                      requirements and AND
                                     add MATH 135 to to Choose one:
                                         the CORE        To:
                                                        2 Mathematics/Statistics (6-8 credits)
                                                        Choose any two courses in mathematics or statistics (Statistics 201/201L, Psychology 225, Business
                                                        Administration 291) subject to the following restrictions. All students should consult their major program as
                                                        many require a specific sequence of courses.

                                                           2. The Honors Program is seeking permission to add the attached course, HONR 101, to the core curriculum
                                                           as a “Humanities” course, and that it be listed alongside Art History 105, Art History 106, Music 110,
                                                           Philosophy101, Philosophy 318, Religion 103 and Theater 101. Course description: A humanities-based
                                       add HONR 101 to
2004-2005   AA-30   Academic Affairs                       interdisciplinary course designed to introduce students to the foundations of human thought and expression            5/4/2005   8/5/2005    8/15/2005   8/15/2005
                                            CORE
                                                           through a selection of “great books” and “great works.” Students will study artistic, literary, philosophical and
                                                           historical achievements from multiple traditions in order to foster their own critical thinking, cultural
                                                           awareness and civic engagement.


                                                           3. Change(s) proposed for an undergraduate program: English, BA. Proposed changes: Deletion of
                                                           courses from program: Some courses will be rendered inactive by these changes, but will be kept in the
                                                           system in case of future need. Other: Comprehensive changes in major. This revision changes neither the
2004-2005   AA-31   Academic Affairs     B.A. in English   total hours for the degree nor the distribution of non-major hours. We have instead made internal changes             5/4/2005   8/22/2005   8/22/2005   8/22/2005
                                                           to simplify the curriculum and take advantage of recent hiring decisions. Rather than “track” students we will
                                                           offer them the ability to “direct” their coursework toward literature, professional writing and creative writing.
                                                           This program will also enhance our ability to train teachers.


                                                           4. Proposal for a new undergraduate course: ENGL 300 (with letter), Critical Conversations in English. (3)
                                                           (Prereq: Completion of ENGL 275, 276, 287 or 288). Course restrictions: Required for a major. Proposed
                                                           Catalog Description: A seminar designed for newly-declared English majors, this course emphasizes critical
                                                           thinking, analytical writing and textual analysis as the foundations of success in the major.
2004-2005   AA-31   Academic Affairs       ENGL 300                                                                                                                              5/4/2005   8/22/2005   8/22/2005   8/22/2005
                                                           Texts—connected by generic, thematic or historical factors—will vary based on faculty expertise, but will be
                                                           the means to introduce students to some of the research methodologies, critical “conversations” and
                                                           professional factors that are central concerns in the discipline. May be repeated for credit once under a
                                                           different instructor.

                                                           5. Proposal for a new undergraduate course: ENGL 301, Creative Writing Workshop. (3) (Prereq: ENGL
                                                           101 and ENGL 102) Proposed Catalog Description: A course that introduces the fundamentals of
2004-2005   AA-31   Academic Affairs       ENGL 301                                                                                                                              5/4/2005   8/22/2005   8/22/2005   8/22/2005
                                                           composing poetry, fiction, creative nonfiction and other types of creative writing using a combination of
                                                           example readings and writing workshops.
                                                           6. Proposal for a new undergraduate course: ENGL 465, Creative Nonfiction Workshop. (3) (Prereq: ENGL
                                                           301) Proposed Catalog Description: A workshop course in the writing of creative nonfiction. Students learn
2004-2005   AA-31   Academic Affairs       ENGL 465                                                                                                                              5/4/2005   8/22/2005   8/22/2005   8/22/2005
                                                           the craft of this “fourth genre,” developing skills in memoir, personal essay, nature writing, and/or other
                                                           subgenres of creative nonfiction.
                                                           7. Proposal for a new undergraduate course: ENGL 496, Senior Thesis in English. (3) (Prereq: ENGL 300)
                                                           Proposed Catalog Description: Students will design and execute an original research project with the
                                                           guidance, support and oversight of the class instructor. Students are encouraged to choose a research
2004-2005   AA-31   Academic Affairs       ENGL 496                                                                                                                              5/4/2005   8/22/2005   8/22/2005   8/22/2005
                                                           mentor from among the full-time faculty in the Department of English, but the final evaluation of the project is
                                                           the responsibility of the course instructor. Students will publicly present their projects at the conclusion of the
                                                           course.
                                                           8. Request for changes in an undergraduate course: ENGL 462, Writing Workshop – Fiction. Change in
2004-2005   AA-31   Academic Affairs       ENGL 462                                                                                                                              5/4/2005   8/22/2005   8/22/2005   8/22/2005
                                                           prerequisite(s) from none to ENGL 301.
                                                           9. Request for change in an undergraduate course: ENGL 468, Writing Workshop – Poetry. Change in
2004-2005   AA-31   Academic Affairs       ENGL 468                                                                                                                              5/4/2005   8/22/2005   8/22/2005   8/22/2005
                                                           prerequisite(s) from none to ENGL 301.
                                                           10. Proposal for a new undergraduate program: Art History minor. Rationale/Justification: Art History as a
                                                           discipline requires fundamental research skills, good writing, an exposure to the inherent interdisciplinary of
                                                           the humanities (drama, English literature, foreign language, gender studies, music, philosophy, religion,
                                                           social and economic history), and the ability to critically evaluate imagery of various types; theses are vitally
                                                           important skills in this age of video and related media culture. A minor in Art History will provide a useful
2004-2005   AA-32   Academic Affairs   Art History Minor                                                                                                                       5/4/2005    2/22/2006   2/22/2006   2/22/2006
                                                           background for a variety of career paths and graduate school programs, including art history, arts
                                                           management, curatorial and gallery work, studio art and its sister programs (including graphic design,
                                                           videography, film studies, architecture, interior and landscape design, city planning), publishing, historical
                                                           conservation, advertising, business marketing, anthropology, and teaching art, art education and art history
                                                           at the primary and secondary levels.

                                                           11. Change(s) proposed for an undergraduate program: Latin American Studies Minor. Adding cross-listed
                                       Latin American      courses: HIST/POLI 321, POLI 488. Other: Required course presently shown as History/Politics 320,
2004-2005   AA-33   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                           5/4/2005    8/5/2005    8/15/2005   8/15/2005
                                       Studies Minor       should be changed to read History/Politics 320 or 321. Politics 488 should be added to the list of elective
                                                           courses.

                                                           12. Request for changes in an undergraduate course: MATH 220, Mathematical Proofs and Problem
                                                           Solving. Change prerequisites from: MATH 161 and MATH 174 to MATH 161 and MATH 174 with a grade
                                                           of C or better. Change number of credit hours from 2 to 3. Change Catalog description to read: Detailed
2004-2005   AA-34   Academic Affairs      MATH 220         investigation of the methods of mathematical proof: direct, indirect, induction, contradiction, case analysis       5/4/2005    8/5/2005    8/15/2005   8/15/2005
                                                           and counter examples. Topics include set theory, functions, relations, cardinality, elements of number
                                                           theory, elements of real analysis and elements of abstract algebra. Major emphasis placed on
                                                           understanding, attacking and solving problems.


                                                           13. MATH 330, Geometry for Middle School. (3) (Prereq: MATH 160) Proposed Catalog description: Plane
2004-2005   AA-34   Academic Affairs      MATH 330         and solid geometry taught from an inductive approach, using manipulatives and technology components                 5/4/2005    8/5/2005    8/15/2005   8/15/2005
                                                           such as Geometer’s Sketchpad. Deductive reasoning and justification are included.


                                                           Requested new course HIST 502 World History for Middle School Instructors. (3) Study of the emergence of
                                                           humans up to the Agricultural Revolution and an examination in greater depth the developments in human
                       Graduate                            history from 1600 to 2001 (from the emergence of modernity to the post 9/11 world). Instruction will be
2004-2005   AA-35                         HIST 502                                                                                                                             7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/19/2005   9/19/2005
                        Council                            selective and topical, emphasizing the origin and development of the great world civilizations, the
                                                           philosophical heritages of Europe and Asia, the artistic and literary expressions that defined modernity, and
                                                           the impact of global exploration, trade, conquest, and colonization.

                                                           Requested new course HIST 505 United States Survey History for Secondary School Instructors. (3) An
                       Graduate
2004-2005   AA-35                         HIST 505         overview of United States History from prehistory to the present. Course designed for those who anticipate          7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/19/2005   9/19/2005
                        Council
                                                           teaching at the college preparatory level.

                                                           Requested new course HIST 528 Renaissance and Reformation Europe. (3) An examination of the most
                       Graduate                            recent scholarly literature on Renaissance and Reformation Europe (c. 1300-1648). Emphasis is on how the
2004-2005   AA-35                         HIST 528                                                                                                                             7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/19/2005   9/19/2005
                        Council                            Renaissance and Reformation contributed to the development of the modern world, particularly with regard
                                                           to such concepts as individualism, capitalism, nationalism, and the scientific revolution.

                                          HIST 592         Requested new course HIST 592/593/594 Special Topics in History. (3) in depth readings and research
                       Graduate
2004-2005   AA-35                         HIST 593         selected in historical subjects; these and/or methods not currently or regularly available in the graduate          7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/19/2005   9/19/2005
                        Council
                                          HIST 594         history curriculum. May be repeated for credit under different topics.

                                                           Requested change from ECED 742 to EDEC 642 Advanced Study of Early Childhood Curricula and
                       Graduate
2004-2005   AA-35                         ECED 742         Program Models. (3) An analysis of early childhood program models and curricula with theoretical orientation,       7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/19/2005   9/19/2005
                        Council
                                                           related research, societal needs, and the student’s philosophy of education.

                       Graduate                            Advanced Study of Elementary Curriculum and Program Models. (3) Critical study of the modern elementary
2004-2005   AA-35                         EDEL 615                                                                                                                             7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/19/2005   9/19/2005
                        Council                            school curriculum.

                                                           EDSC 618 Content Literacy. (3) Course designed to assist teachers in developing methods and materials
                                                           that will improve their students’ literacy skills. After gaining a sound theoretical knowledge of the reading and
                       Graduate
2004-2005   AA-35                         EDSC 618         writing processes and the basic tenets of the media literacy movement, teachers will apply what they’ve             7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/19/2005   9/19/2005
                        Council
                                                           learned to their own disciplines, creating strategies that will support students in reading, writing, and working
                                                           with media in the context of content area instruction.


                                                           EDSC 675 Advanced Study of Secondary Curriculum and Program Models. (3) Study of effective principles
                       Graduate                            of secondary curriculum development in schools today as related to standards-based instruction and
2004-2005   AA-35                         EDSC 675                                                                                                                             7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/19/2005   9/19/2005
                        Council                            assessment. Attention is given to the teacher’s role in understanding curriculum, theory behind curriculum
                                                           development, program models and implementing standards-based curriculum instruction and assessment.
                       Graduate        M. Ed in Secondary
2004-2005   AA-35                                         EDSC 618 and EDSC 675 are being added as degree requirements to the M.Ed. in Secondary Education.                  7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/19/2005    9/19/2005
                        Council            Education

                                                           EDUC 606 Educational Theory to Increase Achievement. (3) Presentation and application of theories and
                       Graduate                            principles of human learning, cognition, and individual differences to the classroom. Participants will develop
2004-2005   AA-35                          EDUC 606                                                                                                                          7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/19/2005    9/19/2005
                        Council                            and use tools to determine the individual needs of learners and will explore the appropriate use of such tools
                                                           to increase student achievement.

                                                           EDUC 607 Research and Assessment in Today’s Schools. (3) Study of the development of accurate and
                       Graduate
2004-2005   AA-35                          EDUC 607        reliable assessment instruments for evaluating student achievement. The course also focuses on how                7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/19/2005    9/19/2005
                        Council
                                                           teachers can conduct educational research that will positively impact instruction.

                                                           EDUC 625 Student Motivation and Management. (3) Study of effective principles and techniques of
                       Graduate                            motivation and management in classrooms today. Attention is given to theories and strategies of the
2004-2005   AA-35                          EDUC 625                                                                                                                          7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/19/2005    9/19/2005
                        Council                            management of students as well as classroom organization and the relationship between motivation and
                                                           management.
                                                           EDUC 685 Strategies for Serving Diverse Learners. (3) Course designed to assist teachers in exploring
                                                           issues in multicultural and special education to recognize how such factors as socioeconomic status, racial
                       Graduate
2004-2005   AA-35                          EDUC 685        and ethnic backgrounds, gender, language proficiency, and disabilities may affect a child’s performance.          7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/19/2005    9/19/2005
                        Council
                                                           Teachers will study ways of making classrooms, curricula, and instructional strategies suitable for a diverse
                                                           student population.

                                                           EDUC 692 Advanced Topics in Special Education. (3) Presentation of an overview of exceptionalities of
                                                           children and youth, as well as curricular and instructional modifications or accommodations that may be
                       Graduate
2004-2005   AA-35                          EDUC 692        needed to meet their needs in the general education classroom. Philosophical and historical foundations of        7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/19/2005    9/19/2005
                        Council
                                                           special education, current trends and issues in service delivery, federal and state law, court cases and
                                                           regulations for special education programs are addressed.

                       Graduate
2004-2005   AA-35                          EDUC 547        Change number from EDUC 547 to EDSC 547 Principles and Methods of Teaching English.                               7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/19/2005    9/19/2005
                        Council
                       Graduate
2004-2005   AA-35                          EDUC 548        Change number from EDUC 548 to EDSC 548 Principles and Methods of Teaching Foreign Language.                      7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/19/2005    9/19/2005
                        Council
                       Graduate
2004-2005   AA-35                          EDUC 549        Change number from EDUC 549 to EDSC 549 Principles and Methods of Teaching Social Studies.                        7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/19/2005    9/19/2005
                        Council
                       Graduate
2004-2005   AA-35                          ARTE 549        Change number from ARTE 549 to EDSC 550 Principles and Methods of Teaching Art.                                   7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/19/2005    9/19/2005
                        Council
                       Graduate
2004-2005   AA-35                         MUED 554         Change number from MUED 554 to EDSC 551 Principles and Methods of Teaching Music.                                 7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/19/2005    9/19/2005
                        Council
                       Graduate
2004-2005   AA-35                          EDUC 540        Change number from EDUC 540 to EDSC 552 Principles and Methods of Teaching Math.                                  7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/19/2005    9/19/2005
                        Council
                       Graduate
2004-2005   AA-35                          EDUC 553        Change number from EDUC 553 to EDSC 553 Principles and Methods of Teaching Science.                               7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/19/2005    9/19/2005
                        Council
                                                           A motion was made by Andy Hendrick, seconded by Dennis Wiseman to accept the recommendations from
                      Student Life     Code of Student
2004-2005   AA-36                                          the Student Life Committee regarding Code of Student Conduct revisions. The motion passed. SEE AA-36              7/13/2005   10/8/2005   10/11/2005   10/11/2005
                      Committee        Conduct revisions
                                                           for complete details.

2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs       EDUC 375        Change EDUC 375 to EDSC 475.                                                                                      7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005    9/11/2005

                                                           Change EDUC 415 to EDSC 415. Change title from Teaching in Diverse Classroom Settings to Teaching
2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs       EDUC 415                                                                                                                          7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005    9/11/2005
                                                           Diverse Learners.
                                                           Change EDUC 115 course title from Introduction to Early Childhood Education to Introduction to Teaching in
2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs       EDUC 115                                                                                                                          7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005    9/11/2005
                                                           Early Childhood.

2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs       EDUC 378        Change EDUC 378 to EDEC 300.                                                                                      7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005    9/11/2005

                                                           Change EDUC 340 to EDEC 340. Change title from Early Childhood Field Experience I to Early Childhood
2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs       EDUC 340                                                                                                                          7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005    9/11/2005
                                                           Field Experience-Pre-K.
                                                           Change EDUC 379 to EDEC 379. Change title from Early Childhood Field Experience II to Early Childhood
2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs       EDUC 379                                                                                                                          7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005    9/11/2005
                                                           Field Experience-Kindergarten.
                                                           Change EDUC 423 to EDEC 423. Change title from Early Childhood Field Experience III to Early Childhood
2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs       EDUC 423                                                                                                                          7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005    9/11/2005
                                                           Field Experience-Grades 1-3.

2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs       EDUC 332        Change EDUC 332 to EDEC 332.                                                                                      7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005    9/11/2005

2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs       EDUC 337        Change EDUC 337 to EDEC 314.                                                                                      7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005    9/11/2005
2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs   EDUC 338    Change EDUC 338 to EDEC 338.                                                                               7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005

2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs   EDUC 339    Change EDUC 339 to EDEC 339.                                                                               7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005

2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs   EDUC 376    Change EDUC 376 to EDEC 376.                                                                               7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005

2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs   EDUC 377    Change EDUC 377 to EDEC 377.                                                                               7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005

2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs   EDUC 420    Change EDUC 420 to EDEC 420.                                                                               7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005

2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs   EDUC 421    Change EDUC 421 to EDEC 421.                                                                               7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005

2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs   EDUC 422    Change EDUC 422 to EDEC 422.                                                                               7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005

2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs   EDUC 466    Change EDUC 466 to EDEC 466.                                                                               7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005

                                                   Change EDUC 110 course title from Careers in Education to Introduction to Teaching in Elementary
2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs   EDUC 110                                                                                                               7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005
                                                   Education.

2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs   EDUC 314    Change EDUC 314 to EDEL 314. Change title from Emergent Literacy to Language and Emergent Literacy.        7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005

2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs   EDUC 341    Change EDUC 341 to EDEL 341.                                                                               7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005

2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs   EDUC 343    Change EDUC 343 to EDEL 343.                                                                               7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005

2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs   EDUC 381    Change EDUC 381 to EDEL 381.                                                                               7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005

2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs   EDUC 386    Change EDUC 386 to EDEL 386.                                                                               7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005

2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs   EDUC 388    Change EDUC 388 to EDEL 388.                                                                               7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005

2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs   EDUC 414    Change EDUC 414 to EDEL 414.                                                                               7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005

2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs   EDUC 471    Change EDUC 471 to EDEL 471.                                                                               7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005

2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs   EDUC 472    Change EDUC 472 to EDEL 472.                                                                               7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005

2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs   EDUC 467    Change EDUC 467 to EDEL 467.                                                                               7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005

2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs   EDUC 441B   Change EDUC 441B to EDMG 441.                                                                              7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005

2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs   EDUC 445    Change EDUC 445 to EDMG 445.                                                                               7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005

2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs   EDUC 517    Change EDUC 517 to EDMG 417.                                                                               7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005

2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs   EDUC 489    Change EDUC 489 to EDMG 489.                                                                               7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005

2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs   EDUC 490    Change EDUC 490 to EDMG 490.                                                                               7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005

2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs   EDUC 491    Change EDUC 491 to EDMG 491.                                                                               7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005

2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs   EDUC 492    Change EDUC 492 to EDMG 492.                                                                               7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005

2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs   EDUC 468    Change EDUC 468 to EDMG 468.                                                                               7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005

                                                   Change EDUC 116 course title from Introduction to Learning Disabilities to Introduction to Teaching in
2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs   EDUC 116                                                                                                               7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005
                                                   Special Education.
                                                   Change EDLD 380 to EDLD 381. Change title from Models of Planning and Management for Collaborative
2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs   EDLD 380                                                                                                               7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005
                                                   Practice to Collaborative Practice and Communication for Special Education.
                                                   Change EDLD 388 course title from Methods for Students with Language and Social Learning Disabilities to
2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs   EDLD 388
                                                   Methods for Students with Language Learning Disabilities.
                                                   Change EDLD 440 course title from Planning the Curriculum and Learning, K-12 Learning Disabilities to
2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs   EDLD 440                                                                                                               7/13/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005   9/11/2005
                                                   Managing the Learning Environment and Behavior.
2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs      EDUC 410         Change EDUC 410 to PHED 410.                                                                                      7/13/2005   9/11/2005    9/11/2005    9/11/2005

2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs      EDUC 411         Change EDUC 411 to PHED 411.                                                                                      7/13/2005   9/11/2005    9/11/2005    9/11/2005

2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs      EDUC 412         Change EDUC 412 to PHED 412.                                                                                      7/13/2005   9/11/2005    9/11/2005    9/11/2005

2004-2005   AA-37   Academic Affairs      EDUC 479         Change EDUC 479 to PHED 479.                                                                                      7/13/2005   9/11/2005    9/11/2005    9/11/2005

                                                           A motion was made by Michael Ruse, seconded by Claudia McCollough to accept the following
                                                           recommendation from the Core Curriculum (Item 1). The motion passed.
                                                           1. It is requested and approved by the Core Curriculum Committee, that logic courses PHIL 110 and PHIL
                                                           321 be added to the Mathematics/Statistics options satisfying the core.
                                                           Mathematics/Statistics (6-8 credits) Choose any two courses in mathematics, statistics (Statistics 201/201L,
                                                           Psychology 225, Business Administration 291), or logic (Philosophy 110, Philosophy 321), subject to the
                    Core Curriculum        PHIL 110        following restrictions. All students should consult their major program as many majors require a specific
2004-2005   AA-38                                                                                                                                                            7/13/2005   10/1/2005    10/5/2005    10/5/2005
                      Committee            PHIL 321        sequence of course. Restrictions: (1) Students who take Math 130, Math 131, Math 135, Math 201 or any
                                                           math class above 160 cannot take Math 101 to satisfy the core. (2) Students cannot take 2 of the following
                                                           statistics courses to satisfy the core: Statistics 201/201L, Psychology 225, Business Administration 291. (3)
                                                           Students cannot take both Philosophy 110 and Philosophy 321 to satisfy the core. (4) Students who take
                                                           Philosophy 110 or Philosophy 321 cannot take Math 101 or Math 174 to satisfy the core. Justification: The
                                                           committee felt that the analytical skills required for these courses met the spirit of the core, and in
                                                           conjunction with a Math course, would meet the Core Goals that students should demonstrate “An Ability to

                                                           2. Changes in an undergraduate course: CSCI 140, Introduction to Algorithmic Design I. Proposed Catalog
                                                           description to read: An introduction to problem solving and algorithmic design methodology using a modern
                                                           object-oriented high-level programming language, topics include: problem solving techniques, high-level
                                                           structures, subprograms and modularity, simple, aggregate and user-defined data types, and fundamental
2004-2005   AA-39   Academic Affairs       CSCI 140                                                                                                                          7/13/2005   11/29/2005   11/29/2005   11/19/2005
                                                           algorithms. Program clarity, good coding style and effective documentation are stressed. Three lecture
                                                           hours per week. F, S, Su. Justification: With the ever present panoramic changes to the landscape of
                                                           programming languages in computer science, the new course description emphasizes the most important
                                                           aspect of the course, algorithmic design, and not one particular programming language.



                                                           3. Changes in an undergraduate course: CSCI 150, Introduction to Algorithmic Design II. Proposed Catalog
                                                           description to read: A continuation of Computer Science 140, topics include algorithmic design; complexity
                                                           analysis; abstract data types and encapsulation; basic data structures and their applications, including stack,
                                                           queues, linked lists, binary trees, and hash tables; sorting and searching; high-level programming topics
2004-2005   AA-39   Academic Affairs       CSCI 150                                                                                                                          7/13/2005   11/29/2005   11/29/2005   11/19/2005
                                                           include dynamic memory allocation, classes, objects, inheritance, and recursion. Three lecture hours per
                                                           week. F,S. Justification: With the ever present panoramic changes to the landscape of programming
                                                           languages in computer science, the new course description emphasizes the most important aspect of the
                                                           course, algorithmic design, and not one particular programming language.


                                                           4. Changes in an undergraduate degree: Computer Science, BS. Proposed Catalog description to read:
                                                           Computer Science Major. A maximum of 66 credits may be applied toward satisfying the Foundation
                                                           Courses and Major Requirements in Computer Science. Students must earn a grade of C in each course
                                         BS Computer       taken that is applied toward the Foundation and Major Requirements. Once course labeled Writing Intensive
2004-2005   AA-39   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                         7/13/2005   11/29/2005   11/29/2005   11/19/2005
                                         Science Major     (WI) must be taken by every student during each of the sophomore, junior and senior years. English 101
                                                           and 102 are designated as writing intensive courses in the freshman year. Justification: Requiring a grade
                                                           of C or higher in all course applied toward the Foundation and Major Requirements even those taught
                                                           outside of Department strengthens the Major in Computer Science.


                                                        5. Changes in an undergraduate minor: Computer Science Minor. Proposed Catalog description to read:
                                       Computer Science Computer Science Minor. Students must earn a grade of C in each course taken that is applied toward the
2004-2005   AA-39   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                         7/13/2005   11/29/2005   11/29/2005   11/19/2005
                                           Minor        Minor Requirements. Justification: Requiring a grade of C or higher in all courses applied toward the Minor
                                                        Requirements even those taught outside of Department strengthens the Minor in Computer Science.


                                                        6. Changes in an undergraduate program (emphasis): Computer Science. Change in required courses from
                                                        Computer Science 208, 209 (choose one) to Computer Science 207, 208 (choose one). Justification: Roles
                                       Computer Science of the Programming Languages Java and C++ have been reversed. CSCI 140 and CSCI 150, Algorithm
2004-2005   AA-39   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                         7/13/2005   11/29/2005   11/29/2005   11/19/2005
                                       Major (emphasis) Development I and II are taught using Java instead of C++. Consequently, in the Major Requirements
                                                        section the requirement for an advanced introduction to a second language will be changed from a choice of
                                                        Visual Basic or Java to Visual Basic or C++.
                                                        7. Changes in an undergraduate program (emphasis): Computer Science. Change in required courses from
                                                        Computer Science 208, 209 (choose one) to Computer Science 207, 208 (choose one). Justification: Roles
                                       Computer Science of the Programming Language’s Java and C++ have been reversed. CSCI 140 and CSCI 150, Algorithm
2004-2005   AA-39   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                        7/13/2005   11/29/2005   11/29/2005   11/19/2005
                                       Major (emphasis) Development I and II are taught using Java instead of C++. Consequently, in the Major Requirements
                                                        section the requirement for an advanced introduction to a second language will be changed from a choice of
                                                        Visual Basic or Java to Visual Basic or C++.


                                                        8. Changes in an undergraduate degree: Computer Science – Theoretical Option. Change in Other to read:
                                                        In the Major Requirements change Computer Science 380, 390, or Mathematics 474 (choose one) to
                                                        Computer Science 380, 390, 460 (choose one), Proposed Catalog description to read: Computer Science
                                       Computer Science 380, 390, 460 (choose one). Justification: The ABET accreditation team recommended strengthening the
2004-2005   AA-39   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                        7/13/2005   11/29/2005   11/29/2005   11/19/2005
                                           Major        theoretical component of the Theoretical Option by requiring students take Computer Science 380 or 390.
                                                        By adding Computer Science 460, Algorithms in Bioinformatics, as a selection to this option, the computer
                                                        science theoretical component is enhanced with a rigorous course in algorithmic design in a very important
                                                        area of research and interest for the 21st century.

                                                         9. Changes for an undergraduate program: Gerontology Certificate Program. Proposed change in number
                                                         of credits from 21 to 22, required courses from 7 to 8, and other that reads: We would like to change the
                                                         requirements for the Gerontology Certificate Program FROM – Students must complete the following six
                                                         courses (18 credits) and internship (3 credits): Psychology of Aging (Psychology 423), Gerontology
                                                         (Psychology 425), Sociology of Aging (Sociology 455), Aging and Social Policy (Sociology 457), Biology of
                                                         Aging (Biology 470), Economics of Aging (Economics 472), and Gerontology Internship (Psychology 495) TO
                                        Gerontology      Students must complete the following 5 courses (13 credits) and internship (3 credits): Career and
2004-2005   AA-39   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                        7/13/2005   11/29/2005   11/29/2005   11/19/2005
                                     Certificate Program Professional Development in Gerontology (Sociology 298 – 1 credit), Gerontology (Psychology 425),
                                                         Psychology of Aging (Psychology 423), Sociology of Aging (Sociology 455), Biology of Aging (Biology 470),
                                                         and the Gerontology Internship (Psychology 495 or Sociology 495) and must choose 2 courses (6 credits)
                                                         from the following: Sociology of Death and Dying (Sociology 454), Aging and Social Policy (Sociology 457),
                                                         or Economics of Aging (Economics 472). Other courses may be substituted with permission of the
                                                         Gerontology Certificate Program Director. Justification: The Sociology of Death and Dying course covers
                                                         content that is relevant to individuals working with the aging population. Moreover, we recognize other
                                                         10. Request for a change in an undergraduate course: MATH 220, Proofs and Problem Solving.
                                                         a. Describe how the writing intensive criteria are satisfied. Math 220, Proofs and Problem Solving, satisfies
                                                         the writing intensive criteria because the students are asked to write clear, concise, accurate mathematical
                                                         proofs on a regular basis. This course is a transition course to upper level mathematics where the emphasis
                                                         is on theory rather than computation. In that regard students are groomed in the art of writing mathematical
                                                         proof. The only way for them to master the skills that will be required in upper division courses is for them to
                                                         write proofs for themselves. The writing assignments will be mainly in the form of homework assignments.
                                                         Additionally, each exam is itself an exploration in writing. Any work done in this course is based on a
2004-2005   AA-39   Academic Affairs     MATH 220                                                                                                                           7/13/2005   11/29/2005   11/29/2005   11/19/2005
                                                         foundation of the most technical of writing. Between the graded homework assignments and the exams, a
                                                         student can be expected to write more than (the equivalent of) twenty double spaced pages. Many times,
                                                         students feel that they know something (like the sum of two even numbers is an even number) but in Math
                                                         220 this is not sufficient. The student must write a clear, concise, mathematically correct proof of the
                                                         statement. Thus, the lectures in Math 220 emphasize writing technique. We impart the logical ideas of
                                                         proofs and the method of writing sentences using mathematical symbols. A mathematical proof has a
                                                         sentence structure. There are a myriad of proof techniques and elementary topics for the students to
                                                         practice with. these items furnish the student with a plethora of writing opportunities.

                                                       11. Change(s) proposed for an undergraduate degree program. Psychology BA & BS. Proposed change in
                                                       other: Currently psychology majors are required to complete EITHER History 101 and 102, OR 201 and 202
                                                       (in sequence). We would like to change that requirement so that students can take any 2 of the 4 courses.
                                         BA & BS
2004-2005   AA-39   Academic Affairs                   This is consistent with the current core. Justification: At this time the core curriculum was implemented we         7/13/2005   11/29/2005   11/29/2005   11/19/2005
                                     Psychology Majors
                                                       decided that our students should complete consecutive courses in either American history or world history
                                                       for an “in depth” experience, rather than opting for any 2 of the 4 courses. We have changed our thoughts
                                                       about this issue.


                                                            12. Change(s) proposed for an undergraduate degree program. Psychology BS. Proposed change in other:
                                                            Deleting the following words from the catalog for BS majors in psychology: “Computer Science 105 is not
                                                            recommended for B.S. students.” Justification: Previously our faculty felt that BS students required a more
2004-2005   AA-39   Academic Affairs     BS Psychology                                                                                                                      7/13/2005   11/29/2005   11/29/2005   11/19/2005
                                                            challenging course to satisfy the core requirement than CSCI 105. Due to changes in that course over the
                                                            years and changing computer technology we are quite comfortable with our majors fulfilling the computer
                                                            science requirement with that course or any other computer science course.
                                                          13. Change(s) proposed for an undergraduate degree program. Psychology BA. Proposed change in other:
                                                          BA majors in psychology are currently required to complete 6 credits in the humanities as foundation
                                                          courses. This includes courses in addition to those in the core. We would like to expand on courses
2004-2005   AA-39   Academic Affairs    BA Psychology     included in this area. Proposed Catalog description: English, Music, Art History, Theater (140                     7/13/2005   11/29/2005   11/29/2005   11/19/2005
                                                          recommended), Foreign Language, History, Philosophy, Journalism, Religion, Anthropology, Women’s
                                                          Studies (skills classes may not be taken to satisfy this requirement). Justification: To expand options for
                                                          students in course selection.

                                                          14. Change(s) proposed for an undergraduate degree program. Psychology BA and BS. Proposed change
                                                          in other: Currently psychology majors are required to complete 6 hours of upper level psychology electives
                                                          to complete the degree. Previously we allowed students to include in these hours independent studies,
                                           BA & BS        internships, and directed research hours. We wish to exclude these courses as options for students in this
2004-2005   AA-39   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                         7/13/2005   11/29/2005   11/29/2005   11/19/2005
                                       Psychology Major   area. Proposed Catalog description: Students will select two additional psychology courses (6 credits).
                                                          These courses may not include PSYC 399, 490, 495, 498, 499. Justification: We believe that the 2
                                                          psychology elective courses students complete should be traditional content courses to broaden their
                                                          knowledge of the discipline.

                                                          15. Deletion of an undergraduate course: PSYC 424, Psychology of the Mentally Retarded. Justification:
2004-2005   AA-39   Academic Affairs      PSYC 424                                                                                                                           7/13/2005   11/29/2005   11/29/2005   11/19/2005
                                                          The course is outdated.
                                                          16. Deletion of an undergraduate course: PSYC 485, Advanced General Psychology. Justification: This
                                                          course was developed several decades ago when our course offerings were much fewer than they are
2004-2005   AA-39   Academic Affairs      PSYC 485                                                                                                                           7/13/2005   11/29/2005   11/29/2005   11/19/2005
                                                          today. All of the topics listed in the course description are now covered in other courses. This class adds
                                                          nothing to our curriculum and is outdated.

                                                          17. Request for change in an undergraduate course: PSYC 299, Career and Professional Development.
                                                          Change in prerequisite(s) to none, change in course description to read: This course introduces interested
                                                          students to areas of specialization in psychology and career opportunities within the discipline and related
                                                          disciplines. Students will explore a variety of resources, including the Internet and Career Services, in order
2004-2005   AA-39   Academic Affairs      PSYC 299        to assist students to find jobs, enter graduate programs, or pursue licensure/ certification, etc., after          7/13/2005   11/29/2005   11/29/2005   11/19/2005
                                                          graduation. Pass/Fail grading only. Justification: For course description: Clean-up language. For
                                                          prerequisite change: We believe that students should enroll in this class for freshmen in order to make
                                                          informed decisions about majoring in psychology. In addition, students who are not psychology majors may
                                                          wish to enroll in this class as they explore options for a major.


                                                          18. Request for change in an undergraduate course: PSYC 428, Psychology of the Exceptional Child.
                                                          Change in Title of course to: School Psychology and Exceptional Children, change in course description to
                                                          read: This course describes exceptional children within educational settings. Topics will include giftedness,
2004-2005   AA-39   Academic Affairs      PSYC 428        learning disabilities, mental disabilities, emotion/behavioral problems, and sensory/motor impairments. The        7/13/2005   11/29/2005   11/29/2005   11/19/2005
                                                          characteristics, etiology, assessment and treatment of children within these categories will be examined.
                                                          Justification: Our intent is to update the course description and change the title to reflect a new emphasis for
                                                          the course.



                                                          19. Proposal for a new undergraduate course: PSYC 465, Psychology and the Law, (3), (Prereq. PSYC 101
                                                          or permission of the instructor) Proposed Catalog description to read: This course is designed to examine
                                                          the multiple and ever-expanding roles that psychology plays in the legal/criminal justice system. Topics
                                                          include legal procedural issues, pretrial publicity issues, jury selection, eyewitness identification and
                                                          testimony, lineup procedures, presentation of scientific evidence, expert witnesses, jury decision making,
2004-2005   AA-39   Academic Affairs      PSYC 465        death penalty, and insanity pleas. Justification: Psychologists have been participating in the legal/criminal      7/13/2005   11/29/2005   11/29/2005   11/19/2005
                                                          justice system increasingly over the last twenty years. A substantial body of empirical and theoretical
                                                          behavioral science research has accumulated on the relationship between psychology and the law.
                                                          Numerous graduate programs in forensic/criminal psychology have been established throughout the United
                                                          States and other countries. Variations of this course have been offered in the department several times and
                                                          enrollment has always been very good.
                                                         20. Proposal for a new undergraduate course: Industrial/Organizational Psychology, PSYC 470 (3), (Prereq.
                                                         PSYC 101 or permission of instructor) Proposed Catalog description to read: This course provides an
                                                         introduction to the area of industrial/organizational (I/O) psychology and how psychological research is
                                                         applied to behavior in the workplace. Topics include recruitment and selection of employees, the effects of
                                                         job satisfaction and job commitment on performance, antecedents and consequences of work-related stress,
2004-2005   AA-39   Academic Affairs     PSYC 470        and motivation and leadership. Justification: This course was previously part of our curriculum, but since we     7/13/2005   11/29/2005   11/29/2005   11/19/2005
                                                         did not offer it for many years the course was deleted from the Catalog. It was deleted when CCU as part of
                                                         the USC system, and thus in order to “reactivate” the course it must be submitted as a new course proposal.
                                                         I/O psychology is a popular and important area that has application to human behavior in the workplace.
                                                         Many of our students are interested in this area of psychology and should have the opportunity to complete a
                                                         course in this field.


                                                         21. Request for change in an undergraduate course: PSYC 495, Gerontology Internship. Proposed Catalog
                                                         description to read: The internship provides experience with both well and frail older persons and requires a
                                                         minimum of 104 hours with an approved agency. The internship is supervised by the program director and
2004-2005   AA-39   Academic Affairs     PSYC 495        an on-site professional with a specialized terminal degree and/or significant demonstrated experience.            7/13/2005   11/29/2005   11/29/2005   11/19/2005
                                                         Contracts outlining practicum requirements must be written and approved by the host agency, the director of
                                                         the gerontology program, and the chair of the Department of Psychology and Sociology. Justification: Clean-
                                                         up language.


                                                         22. Proposal for a new undergraduate course: SOC 298, Careers and Professional Development in
                                                         Gerontology. (1). Proposed Catalog description to read: This course introduces students to areas of
                                                         specialization in gerontology and career opportunities within the discipline and related disciplines. This
2004-2005   AA-39   Academic Affairs      SOC 298        course explores the variety of resources available on the Internet and in the University Career Resources         7/13/2005   11/29/2005   11/29/2005   11/19/2005
                                                         Services office in order to assist students to find jobs or enter graduate schools after graduation.
                                                         Justification: This course will assist students with career planning within the field of gerontology and assist
                                                         them in exploring career and graduate education opportunities.


                                                         23. Proposal for a new undergraduate course: SOC 495, Gerontology Internship (3) (Prereq: Psychology
                                                         423 and three additional gerontology courses). Proposed Catalog description to read: The internship
                                                         provides experience working with both well and frail older persons and requires a minimum of 104 hours with
                                                         an approved agency. The internship is supervised by the program director and an on-site professional with a
2004-2005   AA-39   Academic Affairs      SOC 495        specialized terminal degree and/or significant demonstrated experience. Contracts outlining practicum             7/13/2005   11/29/2005   11/29/2005   11/19/2005
                                                         requirements must be written and approved by the host agency, the director of the gerontology program, and
                                                         the chair of the Department of Psychology and Sociology. Justification: This course exists as Psychology
                                                         495. We would like to cross-list it as a sociology course, as the director of the Gerontology Certificate
                                                         Program is faculty in the Sociology Department.


                                                         24. Proposal for new undergraduate course: EDEC 276, Early Childhood Foundations (3) (Prereq: EDUC
                                                         115). Course is required for a major. Proposed Catalog description to read: An overview of the historical,
2004-2005   AA-40   Academic Affairs     EDEC 276                                                                                                                          7/13/2005   10/1/2005    10/5/2005    10/5/2005
                                                         philosophical, legal and practical aspects of early childhood education. Justification: Needed to meet
                                                         accreditation, and to better prepare students for required state tests.


                                                         25. Proposal for new undergraduate course: EDEC 325, Guiding Young Children’s Behavior and Classroom
                                                         Management (3) (Prereq: EDUC 332, 337, 338, 339, 340) (Co-req: EDUC 300, 376, 377, 3778, 379).
2004-2005   AA-40   Academic Affairs     EDEC 325        Course is required for a major. Proposed Catalog description to read: Study of appropriate, effective             7/13/2005   10/1/2005    10/5/2005    10/5/2005
                                                         principles and techniques for guiding behavior and managing early childhood classrooms. Justification:
                                                         Needed to meet accreditation requirements, and to better prepare students for state licensure tests.


                                                         26. Proposed changes for an undergraduate degree program: Early Childhood. Proposed changes in
                                       Early Childhood   Prerequisites from HLED 331 TO none, deletion of courses from program: 6 hours elective and proposed
2004-2005   AA-40   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                       7/13/2005   10/1/2005    10/5/2005    10/5/2005
                                            Major        change in other to ADD EDUC 276, EDUC 325. Justification: The additional education courses are needed
                                                         for accreditation requirements and to better prepare our students for state licensure tests.
                                                   27. Request for change in an undergraduate course: EDUC 336, Introduction to Human Growth and
                                                   Development. Proposed change in prerequisites from EDUC 335 to none, Co-requisite from EDUC 335 to
                                                   none, and Proposed Catalog description to read: (Writing Intensive) An investigation of various patterns of
                                                   intellectual, social, emotional, and physical growth of learners from prenatal through adult periods with a
2004-2005   AA-40   Academic Affairs   EDUC 336                                                                                                                      7/13/2005   10/1/2005   10/5/2005   10/5/2005
                                                   focus on developmental applications in educational settings. Justification: This course serves several of the
                                                   majors within the College of Education. Because some of these programs require the sequencing of this
                                                   course to be earlier than others (in particular, the Special Education major) the course prerequisite must be
                                                   removed to facilitate their use of the courses.


                                                   28. Request for changes in an undergraduate course: EDUC 110, from Careers in Education to Introduction
                                                   to Teaching in Elementary Education. Proposed Catalog description to read: This course is designed to
                                                   acquaint students with the role of the teacher and the nature of the teaching profession and to assist
2004-2005   AA-40   Academic Affairs   EDUC 110    students in their personal and professional development as Elementary teachers. Topics addressed include          7/13/2005   10/1/2005   10/5/2005   10/5/2005
                                                   an overview of program requirement s for Spadoni College of Education majors and the teaching profession:
                                                   curriculum, instruction, environment, students, resources, trends and pressures facing Elementary educators
                                                   today. Included are observations and activities in various field placement. Justification: None listed.


                                                   29. Request for changes in an undergraduate course: EDUC 375, Learners and the Learning Process.
                                                   Proposed changes in prerequisites from 225 to none, Co-requisites from 375C to none, number of credits
                                                   from 4 to 3, course title from Learners in the Learning Process TO Adolescence and the Learning Process,
2004-2005   AA-40   Academic Affairs   EDUC 375    course number from EDUC 375 to EDSC 475, and Proposed Catalog description to read: An investigation               7/13/2005   10/1/2005   10/5/2005   10/5/2005
                                                   of human growth and development (intellectual, social, emotional and physical) and principles of learning as
                                                   related to classroom environments. Learning theories and various learner needs are explored as they relate
                                                   to effective classroom instruction. Justification: Accrediting needs. (Number 30 is a repeat of number 29.)


                                                   31. Request for changes in an undergraduate course: EDUC 415, Teaching in Diverse Classroom Settings.
                                                   Proposed changes in Prerequisites from 375 to none, co-requisites from 415C to none, number of credits
                                                   from 4 to 3, course title from Teaching in Diverse Classroom Settings TO Teaching Diverse Learners, course
2004-2005   AA-40   Academic Affairs   EDUC 415    number from EDUC 415 to EDSC 415, and Proposed Catalog description to read: Study of classrooms                   7/13/2005   10/1/2005   10/5/2005   10/5/2005
                                                   today as diverse learning environments. Needs and effective teaching strategies as related to diverse
                                                   learners are explored. Special attention is given to the interdependence of schooling and culture.
                                                   Justification: Accrediting needs. (Numbers 32 and 33 are repeats of number 31.)

                                       EDUC 225    34. Request for deletion of an undergraduate course: EDUC 225 and EDUC 425, Managing the Classroom.
2004-2005   AA-40   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                 7/13/2005   10/1/2005   10/5/2005   10/5/2005
                                       EDUC 425    Justification: This course is no longer being offered at the undergraduate level.

                                       EDUC 225C   35. Request for deletion of an undergraduate course: EDUC 225C and EDUC 425C, Clinical Experience in
2004-2005   AA-40   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                 7/13/2005   10/1/2005   10/5/2005   10/5/2005
                                       EDUC 425C   Managing the Classroom. Justification: This course is no longer being offered at the undergraduate level.

                                                   36. Request for deletion of an undergraduate course: EDUC 375C, Clinical Experience in Learners and the
2004-2005   AA-40   Academic Affairs   EDUC 375C                                                                                                                     7/13/2005   10/1/2005   10/5/2005   10/5/2005
                                                   Learning Process. Justification: Clinical Experience no longer required in EDUC 375.

                                                   37. Request for deletion of an undergraduate course: EDUC 415C, Clinical Experience in Teaching in
2004-2005   AA-40   Academic Affairs   EDUC 415C                                                                                                                     7/13/2005   10/1/2005   10/5/2005   10/5/2005
                                                   Diverse Classroom Settings. Justification: Clinical Experience no longer required in EDUC 415.


                                                   38. Request for a new undergraduate course: EDUC 117, Introduction to Teaching Middle Grades (3).
                                                   Course is required for a major. Proposed Catalog description to read: This course is designed to acquaint
                                                   students with the role of the teacher and the nature of the teaching profession and to assist students in their
                                                   personal and professional development as Middle Grades teachers. Topics addressed include an overview
                                                   of program requirements for Spadoni College of Education majors and the teaching profession: curriculum,
2004-2005   AA-40   Academic Affairs   EDUC 117                                                                                                                      7/13/2005   10/1/2005   10/5/2005   10/5/2005
                                                   instruction, environment, students, resources, trends and pressures facing Middle Level educators today.
                                                   Included are observations and activities in Middle School filed placements. Justification: Recent changes in
                                                   the Education profession mandate that Middle Grades Education majors’ training shall focus on grades 5-8.
                                                   The currently required course (EDUC 110) is no longer suitable to meet the increasingly specialized needs of
                                                   the Middle Level teacher.
                                                       39. Request for a new undergraduate course: EDMG 325, Classroom Organization and Management in
                                                       Middle Grades (3) (Prereq: Admission to the Professional Program in Teacher Education). Course is
                                                       required for major. Proposed Catalog description to read: Study of effective principles and techniques of
2004-2005   AA-40   Academic Affairs    EDMG 325       management in middle level classrooms today. Attention is given to strategies and theories of management           7/13/2005   10/1/2005   10/5/2005   10/5/2005
                                                       of students as well as classroom organization to facilitate developmentally appropriate practices in the areas
                                                       of motivation and management of middle level students. A clinical field placement accompanies this course.
                                                       Justification: Accreditation agency (NMSA/NCATE) requires that this content area be covered in depth.


                                                       40. Request for a new undergraduate course: EDMG 334, Adolescent Growth and Development (3) (Co-
                                                       requisite EDUC 335). Course is required for a major. Proposed Catalog description to read: (Writing
                                                       Intensive) An investigation of the various patterns and theories related to intellectual, social, emotional, and
                                                       physical growth and development of preadolescent and adolescent learners with a focus on developmental
2004-2005   AA-40   Academic Affairs    EDMG 334                                                                                                                          7/13/2005   10/1/2005   10/5/2005   10/5/2005
                                                       applications in education settings. Justification: This course will meet an accreditation requirement imposed
                                                       by the National Middle School Association in cooperation with the National Council for the Accreditation of
                                                       Teacher Education that middle level teacher education programs specifically require focused study of
                                                       preadolescent and adolescent development.


                                                       41. Request for changes in an undergraduate degree program: Middle Level Education, BA EDMG.
                                                       Requested change in other: Add extant courses to the required program of study. MATH 161, MATH 210,
                                       Middle Level
2004-2005   AA-40   Academic Affairs                   MATH 330, BIOL 122, BIOL 122L. Justification: These courses provide content that is more reflective of             7/13/2005   10/1/2005   10/5/2005   10/5/2005
                                        Education
                                                       the requisite content for Middle Level teachers. The courses have been cooperatively identified by the
                                                       Spadoni College of Education and the Math and Biology departments.


                                                       42. Request for change in an undergraduate degree program: Middle Grades Education, BA EDMG.
                                                       Requested change in other: Change Science requirement from SCIE 101 and Lab and any Science Core to
                                       Middle Grades
2004-2005   AA-40   Academic Affairs                   SCIE 101 and Lab and either BIOL 101 and Lab or BIOL 121 and Lab (for those seeking Middle Grades                  7/13/2005   10/1/2005   10/5/2005   10/5/2005
                                         Education
                                                       certification in Science). Justification: Upon recommendation from the College of Natural and Applies
                                                       Sciences to better prepare Middle Grades candidates to pass the necessary content exams for certification.


                                                       43. Request for change in an undergraduate degree program: Middle Level Education, BA EDMG. Request
                                                       to delete courses from the program: Course numbers CSCI 105, MATH 3XX, MATH 331, CHEM 101,
                                                       CHEM 101L, ASTR 111, ASTR 111L. Justification: Following an analysis of the content mastery
                                       Middle Level
2004-2005   AA-40   Academic Affairs                   requirements for Middle Level teachers (considering especially South Carolina certification requirements and       7/13/2005   10/1/2005   10/5/2005   10/5/2005
                                        Education
                                                       the federal No Child Left Behind Act), and pursuant discussions with departments across campus upon
                                                       whom we rely for delivery of content, these courses are to be dropped from the program and replaced by
                                                       courses that better cover the requisite content.


                                                       44. Request for change in an undergraduate degree program: Middle Grades Education, BA EDMG.
                                       Middle Grades   Request to delete courses from program: Course numbers EDUC 110. Justification: EDUC 110 is required
2004-2005   AA-40   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                      7/13/2005   10/1/2005   10/5/2005   10/5/2005
                                         Education     for the Elementary Education major, but in the Middle Grades curriculum, it has been replaced by EDMG 117
                                                       which is an introductory course specifically addressing middle grades teaching.


                                                       45. Request for change in an undergraduate degree program: Middle Grades Education BA EDMG.
                                                       Request in other: Drop PHIL as a program requirement. This will allow Middle Grades Education majors the
                                       Middle Grades
2004-2005   AA-40   Academic Affairs                   full range of Humanities options as listed for the core curriculum. Justification: The accreditation               7/13/2005   10/1/2005   10/5/2005   10/5/2005
                                         Education
                                                       requirements for Middle Grades Education do not require Philosophy. This change is to broaden the options
                                                       for the Middle Grades candidates with regard to the Humanities core offerings.


                                                       46. Request for a new undergraduate course: EDLD 390, Characteristics of Specific Learning Disabilities (3)
                                                       (Prereq: Admission to the Professional Program in Teacher Education, EDUC 380) (Coreq: EDLD 381,
                                                       EDLD 388, and EDLD 459). Course is required for a major. Proposed Catalog description to read: Study of
                                                       current definitions of individuals with specific learning disabilities, etiology, identification criteria and
2004-2005   AA-40   Academic Affairs    EDLD 390       characteristics, labeling issues, and incidence and prevalence; content also includes the evolution of the         7/13/2005   10/1/2005   10/5/2005   10/5/2005
                                                       term learning disabilities, the psychological, medical, social and emotional, and behavioral characteristics,
                                                       and the historical foundations and classic studies that undergird the field. Field experiences in schools are
                                                       required. Justification: Needed to meet accreditation requirements and standards, and state licensing
                                                       requirements.
                                                  47. Request for a new undergraduate course: EDLD 400, Educational Assessment of Exceptional Learners
                                                  (3) (Prereq: Admission to the Professional Program in Teacher Education) (Coreq: EDLD 479, EDLD 422,
                                                  EDLD 430, and EDLD 477). Course is required for a major. Proposed Catalog description to read: This
                                                  course provides students with knowledge and experiential learning activities in psycho-educational
2004-2005   AA-40   Academic Affairs   EDLD 400                                                                                                                       7/13/2005   10/1/2005   10/5/2005   10/5/2005
                                                  assessment procedures used in special education with an emphasis on writing reports and developing
                                                  individualized Education Programs for exceptional learners. Justification: Needed to meet the content
                                                  emphasis and requirements of the Special Education specialty area standards for accreditation and state
                                                  licensing requirements.


                                                  48. Request for a new undergraduate course: EDLD 420, Elementary Curriculum and Methods for Teaching
                                                  Students with Learning Disabilities (3) (Prereq: Admission to Professional Program in Teacher Education,
                                                  EDLD 459) (Coreq: EDLD 417, EDLD 440, EDLD 469). Course is required for a major. Proposed Catalog
                                                  description to read: This course provides knowledge and skills to teach elementary grade students with
2004-2005   AA-40   Academic Affairs   EDLD 420                                                                                                                       7/13/2005   10/1/2005   10/5/2005   10/5/2005
                                                  specific learning disabilities (SLD). Course applies research on teacher effectiveness, instructional
                                                  approaches, and curriculum design with emphasis on instructional planning; curriculum and instructional
                                                  strategies for basic academic skills in readying, language arts, and mathematics; study skills and adaptations
                                                  for science and social studies; motivation; and peer-mediated instruction. Field experiences required.



                                                  49. Request for a new undergraduate course: EDLD 430, Secondary Curriculum and Methods for
                                                  Disabilities (3) (Prereq: Admission to the Professional Program in Teacher Education) (Coreq: EDLD 400,
                                                  EDLD 422, EDLD 477, EDLD 479) Course is required for a major. Proposed Catalog description to read:
                                                  This course applies research on teacher effectiveness, teacher accountability and instructional approaches
                                                  at the secondary level. Cognitive strategies in self-regulation, study skills, attention, memory, and motivation;
2004-2005   AA-40   Academic Affairs   EDLD 430                                                                                                                       7/13/2005   10/1/2005   10/5/2005   10/5/2005
                                                  peer-mediated instruction including cooperative learning and peer tutoring; and self-advocacy and strategies
                                                  for facilitating transition into the community, workplace, and postsecondary environments are addressed.
                                                  Field experiences required. Justification: Needed to better address content emphasis and requirements of
                                                  the Special Education specialty area standards for accreditation and state licensing requirements which span
                                                  Grades PreK-12.



                                                  50. Request for a new undergraduate course: EDLD 459, Learning Disabilities: Field Experience (3) (Prereq:
                                                  Admission to Professional Program in Teacher Education) (Coreq: EDLD 381, EDLD 388, EDLD 390)
                                                  Course is required for a major. Proposed Catalog description to read: Supervised field experience with
                                                  children or youth with specific learning disabilities at the elementary and middle or high school levels.
                                                  Related seminar addresses the roles of special educators, organizational and legal contexts for special
2004-2005   AA-40   Academic Affairs   EDLD 459                                                                                                                       7/13/2005   10/1/2005   10/5/2005   10/5/2005
                                                  education programs, models for service delivery, professional and ethical practice, and collaboration skills.
                                                  Students apply knowledge and skills from coursework in characteristics of learning disabilities, collaborative
                                                  practice and communication, and teaching methods for language learning disabilities. Justification: To
                                                  better meet accreditation requirements and standards of NCATE and CEC; reflects national reports that call
                                                  for more public school classroom experience before assuming full time teaching positions.



                                                  51. Request for a new undergraduate course: EDLD 469, Learning Disabilities: Field Experience (3) (Prereq:
                                                  2.5 GPA, admission to PPTE, EDLD 459, or instructor permission. Course is required for a major.
                                                  Proposed Catalog description to read: Supervised field experience requiring a minimum of 60 hours of direct
                                                  instruction of elementary students with specific learning disabilities. Students apply knowledge and skills
                                                  from coursework in reading instruction, behavior management, and teaching methods for students with
                                                  learning disabilities. Related seminars address timely issues in special education; integrating research
2004-2005   AA-40   Academic Affairs   EDLD 469                                                                                                                       7/13/2005   10/1/2005   10/5/2005   10/5/2005
                                                  supported practices in the classroom, effective instructional planning and implementation; and managing the
                                                  learning environment and behavior for students with disabilities. Knowledge and skills developed in Field
                                                  Experience II are reinforced. Justification: To better meet accreditation requirements and standards of
                                                  NCATE and CEC, especially requirements to participate in field experiences across age spans, PreK-12.
                                                  Course reflects national reports that call for more public school classroom experience before assuming full
                                                  time teaching positions.
                                                          52. Request for a new undergraduate course: EDLD 479, Learning Disabilities: Field Experience IV (3)
                                                          (Prereq: 2.5 GPA, admission to PPTE, EDLD 469, or instructor permission) (Coreq: EDLD 400, EDLD 422,
                                                          EDLD 430, EDLD 477) Course is required for a major. Proposed Catalog description to read: Supervised
                                                          field experience requiring a minimum of 60 hours of special education services provided to middle grades or
                                                          high school students with specific learning disabilities. Students apply knowledge and skills related to basic
                                                          academic skills instruction, educational assessment, and secondary level teaching methods and procedures
2004-2005   AA-40   Academic Affairs      EDLD 479                                                                                                                         7/13/2005   10/1/2005   10/5/2005   10/5/2005
                                                          for students with specific learning disabilities. Related seminars address timely issues in special education;
                                                          integrating research supported practices in the classroom; and community resources. Knowledge and skills
                                                          developed in Field Experience II and II are reinforced. Justification: To better meet accreditation
                                                          requirements and standards of NCATE and CEC, especially requirements to participate in field experiences
                                                          across age spans, PreK-12. Course reflects national reports that call for more public school classroom
                                                          experience before assuming full time teaching positions.

                                                          53. Request for deletion of an undergraduate course: EDLD 300, Education and Family Social Dynamics.
                                                          Justification: Part of larger program revision in the Special Education Learning Disabilities program in the
2004-2005   AA-40   Academic Affairs      EDLD 300                                                                                                                         7/13/2005   10/1/2005   10/5/2005   10/5/2005
                                                          Spadoni College of Education. Essential content from this course is relocated in new or revised course
                                                          proposals included in this program revision.
                                                          54. Request for deletion of an undergraduate course: EDLD 419, Advanced Methods and Assessments in
                                                          Teaching Students with Reading and Language Arts Disabilities, K-12. Justification: Part of larger program
2004-2005   AA-40   Academic Affairs      EDLD 419        revision in the Special Education Learning Disabilities program in the Spadoni College of Education.             7/13/2005   10/1/2005   10/5/2005   10/5/2005
                                                          Essential content from this course is relocated in new or revised course proposals included in this program
                                                          revision.
                                                          55. Request for deletion of an undergraduate course: EDLD 423, Advanced Methods and Assessments in
                                                          Teaching Students with Mathematics and Problem Solving Disabilities. Justification: Part of larger program
2004-2005   AA-40   Academic Affairs      EDLD 423        revision in the Special Education Learning Disabilities program in the Spadoni College of Education.             7/13/2005   10/1/2005   10/5/2005   10/5/2005
                                                          Essential content from this course is relocated in new or revised course proposals included in this program
                                                          revision.

                                                          56. Request for deletion of an undergraduate course: EDLD 444, Instructional Theory and Practice –
                                                          Learning Disabilities. Justification: Part of larger program revision in the Special Education Learning
2004-2005   AA-40   Academic Affairs      EDLD 444                                                                                                                         7/13/2005   10/1/2005   10/5/2005   10/5/2005
                                                          Disabilities program in the Spadoni College of Education. Essential content from this course is relocated in
                                                          new or revised course proposals included in this program revision.


                                                           57. Request for a change in an undergraduate degree program. Special Education Learning Disabilities.
                                                           Request change in deletion of courses: Course numbers 9 hours of electives and, EDLD 300, EDLD 419,
                                      Special Education
2004-2005   AA-40   Academic Affairs                       EDLD 423, EDLD 444, changes in other to add EDLD 381, EDLE 400, EDLD 420, EDLD 430, EDLE 459,                   7/13/2005   10/1/2005   10/5/2005   10/5/2005
                                     Learning Disabilities
                                                           EDLF 469, EDLF 479. Justification: Review of the current program found a need for revisions to more
                                                           closely align with and meet accreditation and licensure requirements.


                                                           58. Request for a change in an undergraduate degree program: Special Education Learning Disabilities.
                                                           Request change in deletion of courses: Course numbers Biology 111 and lab, Physical Science 102 and lab,
                                                           Philosophy 101, change in other to add the following course as program requirements for Core Curriculum:
                                      Special Education Biology 101 and lab, Science 101 and lab, Psychology 101. Justification: Following an analysis of the
2004-2005   AA-40   Academic Affairs                                                                                                                                       7/13/2005   10/1/2005   10/5/2005   10/5/2005
                                     Learning Disabilities content mastery requirements for Special Education teachers (considering especially South Carolina
                                                           licensure requirements and the federal No Child Left Behind act, and pursuant discussions with department
                                                           across campus upon whom we rely for delivery of content, these courses are to be dropped from the
                                                           program and replaced by courses that better cover the requisite content.

                                                          59. Request for change in an undergraduate course: HLED 331, Health Education for the Primary and
2004-2005   AA-40   Academic Affairs      HLED 331                                                                                                                         7/13/2005   10/1/2005   10/5/2005   10/5/2005
                                                          Elementary Teacher. Proposed change in prerequisites from HLED 331 TO none.
                                                          60. Request for a change in an undergraduate program (emphasis). Dramatic Arts. Changes requested:
                                                          The first item of curricular change was to organize the curriculum in a clear freshman, sophomore, junior,
                                                          and senior sequence to alleviate confusion among students and to make advising a much more transparent
                                                          and intuitive process. Those changes have already received approval from the Academic Affairs Committee
                                                          and the Faculty Senate.
                                                          The second, and more dramatic, change is the formation of “tracks” within the degree. Initially, three (3
                                                          tracks) were approved (Acting/Directing, Technical Theatre, and General Theatre) but, in an effort to address
2004-2005   AA-41   Academic Affairs    Dramatic Arts     concern about small class sizes, we have revised the proposal to be limited to two (2) tracks.                   7/13/2005   11/29/2005   11/29/2005   11/29/2005
                                                          Justification: Based on National Association of Schools of Theatre (NAST) standards, Coastal Carolina
                                                          University enrollment trends and retention rates, and student interest/feedback, the Department of
                                                          Performing Arts/Theater has undertaken an extensive revision of the content of the theatre curriculum, the
                                                          organization of that curriculum, and structures within the department to deliver the curriculum. All of these
                                                          proposed changes are envisioned with the goal of increasing enrollment in the program, increasing class
                                                          size, and improving retention and graduation rates.
                                                          While there is an understandable concern about class sizes within such a specialized concentration, the

                                                          61. Request for changes in an undergraduate minor program: Latin American Studies Minor. Proposed
                                                          change in adding courses, History/Politics 321, Politics 488, change in other, Required course presently
                                                          shown as History/Politics 320, should be change to read History/Politics 320 or 321. Politics 488 should be
                                        Latin American
2004-2005   AA-41   Academic Affairs                      added to the list of elective courses. Justification: As the foundation survey course History/Politics 320 and   7/13/2005   11/29/2005   11/29/2005   11/29/2005
                                        Studies Minor
                                                          History/Politics 321 are offered on alternate years, it has been determined that either course may be taken to
                                                          satisfy the requirement for the minor in Latin American Studies. Politics 488 was mistakenly not included in
                                                          the original proposal for establishing the minor in Latin American Studies.

                                                          62. Request for a new undergraduate course: THEA 100 Common Hour. (0) This course in required for a
                                                          major. Proposed Catalog description to read: Weekly meeting for Theatre and Musical Theatre majors to
2004-2005   AA-41   Academic Affairs      THEA 100        discuss theatre issues including (but not limited to): audition strategies, head shots, career options and       7/13/2005   11/29/2005   11/29/2005   11/29/2005
                                                          planning, workshop opportunities, etc. Justification: Necessary for development of departmental identity and
                                                          unity.
                                                        **THE ADMINISTRATION DID NOT CONCUR WITH THE MOTION OF THE SENATE BECAUSE:
                                                        [UNDER THE CURRENT METHODOLOGY, THE FACULTY MEEMBER'S "YEARS" IN RANK RESULTS
                                                        IN A HIGHER SALARY.]                                                                                         A
                                       Faculty salary   motion was made by Jill Sessoms, seconded by Philip Schneider to recommend Motion I, submitted by the
                    Faculty Welfare
                                      adjustments for   Faculty Welfare and Development Committee and forward it to the Provost for his approval. After much
                          and
2004-2005   AA-42                      promotions to    discussion, the motion passed.                                                                                     7/13/2005   11/29/2005   11/29/2005   11/29/2005
                     Development
                                    Associate Professor Motion I: In the interest of fairness and equity, the Faculty Senate strongly recommends that administration
                      Committee
                                           rank         compensate those faculty members who were promoted to the rank of Associate Professor and held that
                                                        rank beginning in academic year 2003-2004 but did not receive any salary adjustment under the salary
                                                        decompression initiative undertaken in that year. Compensation should reflect all lost wages, benefits and
                                                        summer pay.

                                                        STIPULATION: THIS STIPULATION REPLACES THE LAST SENTENCE OF MOTION 2: "THE
                                                        ADJUSTMENT WILL BE MADE BASED UPON A SALARY DECOMPRESSION STUDY UNDERTAKEN
                                                        IMMEDIATELY." The last sentence of Motion 2: "The adjustment will be made based upon the
                                       Faculty salary   current methodology that is part of the three year model."           A motion was made by Philip
                    Faculty Welfare
                                      adjustments for   Schneider, seconded by John Marcis to recommend Motion II, submitted by the Faculty Welfare and
                          and
2004-2005   AA-43                      promotions to    Development Committee and forward it to the Provost for his approval. The motion passed.                           7/13/2005   12/5/2005    12/7/2005     2/1/2006
                     Development
                                    Associate Professor Motion II: The Faculty Senate strongly recommends that those faculty members promoted to Associate
                      Committee
                                           rank         Professor in academic years 2002-3, 2003-4 and 2004-5 have their salaries adjusted no later than academic
                                                        year 2006-7. The adjustment will be made based upon a salary decompression study undertaken
                                                        immediately. The adjustment will be made based upon the current methodology that is part of the three year
                                                        model.
                                                         **THE ADMINISTRATION DID NOT CONCUR WITH THE MOTION OF THE SENATE BECAUSE: [WHILE
                                                         PARITY WITH AVERAGE CUPA SLARAIES FOR PEER INSTITUTIONS IS THE LONG TERM GOAL OF
                                                         THE ADMINISTRATION, THE ECONOMIC CLIMATE FOR HIGHER EDUCAITON IN THIS STATE MAKES
                                                         A TARGET DATE OF 2006-2007 SOMEWHAT UNREALISTIC. THE PROVOST WILL GLADLY MEET
                                                         WITH SENATE REPRESENTATIVES TO DISCUSS THE PROGRESS AND PLANS FOR FACULTY
                    Faculty Welfare                      SALARY INCREASES.]                                             A motion was made by Philip Schneider,
                          and          Faculty Manual    seconded by Arne Flaten to recommend Motion III, submitted by the Faculty Welfare and Development
2004-2005   AA-44                                        Committee and forward it to the Provost for his approval. After a discussion, a motion was made by Philip           7/13/2005   NO DATE      12/15/2005    2/1/2006
                     Development          change
                      Committee                          Schneider, seconded by Bob Burney to add “or appropriate national discipline specific” in the second
                                                         sentence after the word CUPA. The motion to amend passed. A motion was then made by Philip
                                                         Schneider, seconded by Arne Flaten to accept the motion as amended. The amended version passed.
                                                         Motion III: The Faculty Senate strongly recommends that a CUPA-based salary adjustment be enacted
                                                         beginning academic year 2006-7 across all ranks of the faculty beginning with Assistant Professors in their
                                                         fifth year at Coastal Carolina University up through and including the rank of Full Professor. The adjustments
                                                         will be based on increments determined by the CUPA or “appropriate national discipline specific” averages
                                                         Item I. C. Provide midterm grades of A-F rather than the current S/U for freshman, from the proposal
                        Student
                                                         submitted from Sharon Gilman, Chair of University Student Retention and Assessment Committee. Sandi
                     Retention and     Midterm grading
2005-2006   AA-01                                        Shackelford seconded the motion, and the motion passed.                                                             9/7/2005    10/12/2005   10/17/2005   10/17/2005
                      Assessment            policy
                                                         The intent of the committee was to give the person responsible for the student’s academic career more
                       Committee
                                                         information.


                                                         A motion was made by Patti Edwards, seconded by Lee Bollinger to accept the recommendation for a
                                                         course change for SSUN 195, Success Seminar for Undeclared Majors I. Request change in number of
                                                         credits from one to three. Proposed Description: Designed to enhance the first-year experience of students
                                                         who have not declared a major. Focuses on developing critical thinking skills, improving written and oral
2005-2006   AA-02   Academic Affairs     SSUN 195        communication skills, setting personal and academic goals, developing structured and consistent study               11/2/2005   1/23/2006    2/24/2006    2/24/2006
                                                         habits, practicing effective time management, exploring majors/career, and introducing campus resources.
                                                         Justification: Instructors request to spend more time with students during first semester. Feedback on end
                                                         of term evaluations. A three-credit seminar is more in line with top tier first-year program.
                                                         The motion to change the number of credits and to remove the roman numeral I from the title passed.



                                                         A motion was made by Michael Ruse, seconded by Sandi Shackelford to accept the recommendation to
                                                         delete the following course: SSUN 196, Success Seminar for Undeclared Majors II. Justification: Instructor
2005-2006   AA-03   Academic Affairs     SSUN 196                                                                                                                            11/2/2005   1/23/2006    2/24/2006    2/24/2006
                                                         requests to spend more time with students during the initial semester. Feedback on end of term evaluations.
                                                         A three credit hour seminar is more in line with top tier first-year program.

                                                         STATEMENT OF CORRECTION: [MATH 160 AND MSCI 472L WERE LEFT OFF OF THE AA, BUT
                                                         WERE ON THE ACADEMIC AFFAIRS FORM C PAPERWORK. CHANGED IN THE 2012-2013 UG
                                                         CATALOG.]        A motion was made by Michael Ruse, seconded by Sandy Nelson to accept the
                                                         recommendation from Academic Affairs with one correction. Item 1, MSCI 472 (prereq. corrected to MSCI
                                                         302 & 302L or permission of instructor) The motion as corrected passed.
                                                         1. Request for new undergraduate course: MSCI 472, Population Biology of Marine Organisms. (3) (Prereq:
                                                         MSCI 302 & 302 L or permission of instructor) Proposed Catalog description: The course will cover
2005-2006   AA-04   Academic Affairs     MSCI 472        principles of population biology as related to marine organisms emphasizing theoretical and applied aspects         12/7/2005   2/21/2006    2/22/2006    2/22/2006
                                                         of natural population dynamics and regulation, and development of skills for modeling and managing coastal
                                                         marine populations. Specific topics covered include concepts of linear and nonlinear dynamics,
                                                         demography, life history evolution, density dependence, population interaction models, individual based
                                                         models, and larval ecology. Justification: (1) Marine Science student request for upper-division, lab related
                                                         courses in the area of marine biology. (2) The general need for an advanced population biology course
                                                         providing material that directly will provide job-related experience (e.g., natural resource managers). (3)
                                                         Generation of a course that bridges the molecular-organismal spectrum providing a future opportunity to
                                                         2. Request for new undergraduate course: MSCI 472L, Population Biology of Marine Organisms Lab. (1)
                                                         (Prereq: MSCI 302 & 302L or permission of instructor) Proposed Catalog description: Laboratory
2005-2006   AA-04   Academic Affairs     MSCI 472L       accompanying MSCI 472. Justification: Provide laboratory course associated with the Population Biology of           12/7/2005   2/21/2006    2/22/2006    2/22/2006
                                                         Marine Organisms lecture course enabling students to partake in hands-on research experiences associated
                                                         with population biology theory.

                                                         A motion was made by Andrew Incognito, seconded by Deborah Vrooman to approve the request for a